Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to            

Commission file number: 000-52024

 

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   20-2463898

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

5818 El Camino Real, Carlsbad,

California

  92008
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(760) 431-9286

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

 

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share   The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

       Accelerated filer   x   

Non-accelerated filer   ¨

   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)     Smaller reporting company   ¨  

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (without admitting that any person whose shares are not included in such calculation is an affiliate) based on the last reported sale price of the common stock on June 30, 2012 was approximately $105.4 million.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of February 28, 2013 was 96,704,666.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents (or parts thereof) are incorporated by reference into the following parts of this Form 10-K: Certain information required in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM 10-K—ANNUAL REPORT

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

Table of Contents

 

          Page  

PART I

     

Item 1.

   Business      1   

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      20   

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      47   

Item 2.

   Properties      47   

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      47   

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      48   

PART II

     

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     49   

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      50   

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     51   

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      67   

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      67   

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     67   

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      67   

Item 9B.

   Other Information      70   

PART III

     

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      71   

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      71   

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     71   

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      71   

Item 14.

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services      71   

PART IV

     

Item 15.

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      72   

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Alphatec Holdings” and “Alphatec” mean Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and our subsidiaries. “Alphatec Spine” refers to our wholly-owned operating subsidiary Alphatec Spine, Inc. “Scient’x” refers to our operating affiliate, Scient’x S.A.S., which is wholly-owned by several of our subsidiaries, and Scient’x S.A.S.’s subsidiaries


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

Overview

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. We have a comprehensive product portfolio and pipeline that addresses the cervical, thoracolumbar and intervertebral regions of the spine and covers a variety of major spinal disorders and surgical procedures. Our principal product offerings are focused on the global market for orthopedic spinal disorder solutions. Our “surgeons’ culture” enables us to respond to changing surgeon needs through collaboration with spinal surgeons to conceptualize, design and co-develop a broad range of products. We have a state-of-the-art, in-house manufacturing facility that provides us with a unique competitive advantage, and enables us to rapidly deliver solutions to meet surgeons’ and patients’ critical needs. We believe that our products and systems have enhanced features and benefits that make them attractive to surgeons and that our broad portfolio of products and systems provide a comprehensive solution for the safe and successful surgical treatment of spinal disorders.

Strategy

Our strategy is to be a leading global independent full-line spine company by providing products for the surgical treatment of spinal disorders. Spinal disorders arise from degenerative conditions, deformities, trauma-based disorders and tumors from the aging spine such as poor bone density, vertebral compression fractures, adult deformity or scoliosis, degenerative disc disease, and spinal stenosis. Our broad line of spinal products are used to treat many of these conditions and facilitate the spinal procedures necessary to correct them. Most of our products are designed to promote spinal fusion. Spinal fusion surgery is designed to stabilize the spine after the defect has been corrected until natural bone healing or fusion, occurs. We sell implant products that interlock the segments of the spine until natural spinal fusion takes place. Additionally, we offer a broad line of biologic products that help promote or accelerate spinal fusion. To further differentiate our solutions, we have incorporated minimally invasive surgical, orMIS, devices and techniques and biologics-based solutions into our portfolio to improve patient outcomes. We achieve this through internal product development, technology acquisition, product licensing and by responding to surgeon feedback and input. We believe that we have developed a strong product platform for consistent and measured growth and intend to leverage this platform by, among other things, providing unmatched service to, and taking scientific direction from, surgeons. In addition to bringing innovative products to market, we understand that surgeons are a critical component of the product development process. Accordingly, we view our relationship with the surgeon community as an integral component of our strategy.

The key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Provide a Full Range of Spine Disorder Products and Continually Expand our Product Offerings. We offer a full range of spinal devices and surgical instruments used to treat spine disorders. We believe that this comprehensive approach enables us to maximize our revenue for each procedure by fulfilling a greater portion of a surgeon’s spine product needs. We intend to continue to enhance our product offerings by developing technologies that we can market through our sales organization to our established surgeon base and surgeons not yet using our products.

 

   

Continuously Refine and Improve our Manufacturing and Supply Chain Operations. We are a vertically integrated company with a major manufacturing facility in our Carlsbad, California headquarters. We employ lean manufacturing and Six Sigma concepts to streamline our operations to drive efficiencies and lower cost. We believe these lean principles and continuous improvement efforts will enhance our operating efficiencies and improve our ability to compete in an increasingly price sensitive healthcare industry.

 

1


Table of Contents
   

Enhance U.S. Sales and Marketing Efforts . Our products are sold in the U.S. through a network of over 115 independent distributors, which we believe employ approximately 275 sales representatives. We also employ 30 direct sales representatives and sales management employees and executives. We continually seek to increase the number and quality of our independent distributors, direct sales representatives, sales management employees and sales executives.

 

   

Develop Innovative Products and Solutions in Conjunction with Surgeons.  One of our core competencies is our ability to develop and commercialize creative spinal implants and instruments that incorporate concepts and feedback from surgeons. We collaborate with surgeons to help us to enhance our current products and develop innovative new technologies. We believe that our short-term and long-term product pipeline will offer us increased revenue opportunities by addressing a wider range of spine disorders, and improving patient outcomes.

 

   

Grow our International Business. As the result of our acquisition of Scient’x, which transaction closed in March 2010, we now have an established global platform from which we can grow internationally. In addition to our previously existing subsidiaries in Japan, Germany, Brazil and Hong Kong, as a result of the Scient’x acquisition we added a direct sales force in each of France, Italy and the U.K., and independent distributors in Europe, South America, the Middle East, Africa, Asia and Latin America. We plan to continue expanding our distribution network and product offerings throughout the world.

 

   

Focus on Underserved and Rapidly Growing Segments of the Market. We are focused on creating solutions to address the rapidly growing elderly population and the unique issues facing elderly patients. We will focus on less invasive implants and techniques, solutions for adult onset deformities, vertebral compression fractures and stenosis and issues related to patients with poor bone quality, each of which represents a large underserved market segment. We believe that our strategic focus on underserved and rapidly growing market segments may increase our revenue and market penetration.

Spine Anatomy

The human spine is the core of the human skeleton and provides important structural support while remaining flexible to allow movement. The human spine is a column of 33 bones that protects the spinal cord and enables people to stand upright. Each bony segment of the spine is referred to as a vertebra (two or more are called vertebrae). The spine has five regions containing groups of similar bones, listed from top to bottom: seven cervical vertebrae in the neck, 12 thoracic vertebrae in the mid-back (each attached to a rib), five lumbar vertebrae in the lower back, five sacral vertebrae fused together to form one bone in the hip region, and four coccygeal bones fused together that form the tailbone. At the front of each vertebra is a block of bone called the vertebral body. The vertebral body consists of an inner core of soft cancellous bone, surrounded by a thin outer layer of hard cortical bone. Vertebrae are stacked on top of each other and enable people to sit and stand upright. Vertebrae in the cervical, thoracic and lumbar regions are separated from each other and cushioned by a rubbery soft tissue called the intervertebral disc. Segments of bone that extend outward at the back of each cervical, thoracic and lumbar vertebral body surround and protect the spinal cord and its nerve roots. These bones, known as the posterior spinous processes, can be felt along the middle of a person’s back.

Disorders Affecting the Spine

There are four major categories of spine disorders: degenerative conditions, deformities, trauma-based disorders and tumors. While our product offering addresses all four categories of spine disorders, the majority of our business is concentrated on products used in the treatment of degenerative and deformity conditions. These conditions can result in instability and pressure on the nerve roots as they exit the spinal column, causing back pain and potentially pain in the arms or legs.

 

2


Table of Contents

Some of the most common degenerative conditions and deformities affecting the spine are as follows:

 

   

Degenerative disc disease is a common medical condition affecting the cervical, thoracic and lumbar regions of the spine and refers to the degeneration of the disc from aging and repetitive stresses, resulting in a loss of flexibility, elasticity and shock-absorbing properties. As degenerative disc disease progresses, the space between the vertebrae narrows, or the disc can bulge or rupture, which can pinch the nerves exiting the spine and result in back pain, leg pain, numbness and loss of motor function. This back pain can be overwhelming for patients as the resulting pain can have significant physical, psychological and financial implications.

 

   

A Vertebral compression fracture, or VCF, occurs when a vertebra in the spinal column fractures or collapses. Vertebral compression fractures have multiple acute and chronic consequences, including back pain, loss of back function and diminished quality of life. Chronic consequences of a VCF can also result in pulmonary and gastric dysfunction, as well as depression. Deformity resulting from a VCF worsens these problems and can increase the risk of another fracture, which can further exacerbate complications from the initial VCF, including an increase in the loss of mobility and ultimately increased mortality.

 

   

Spinal stenosis is a narrowing of the spinal canal, which places pressure on the spinal cord. If the stenosis is located on the lower part of the spinal cord, it is called lumbar spinal stenosis. Stenosis in the upper part of the spinal cord is called cervical spinal stenosis. While spinal stenosis can be found in any part of the spine, the lumbar and cervical areas are the most commonly affected. Some patients are born with this narrowing, but most often spinal stenosis is seen in patients over the age of 50. In these patients, stenosis is the gradual result of aging and wear and tear on the spine during everyday activities.

 

   

Spondylolisthesis occurs when one vertebra slips forward in relation to an adjacent vertebra, usually in the lumbar spine. The symptoms that accompany spondylolisthesis include pain in the lower back and legs, and muscle spasms and weakness. Spondylolisthesis can be congenital or develop later in life. The disorder may result from physical stresses to the spine, intense physical activity, and general wear and tear.

The Alphatec Solution

Our principal product offering includes a wide variety of spinal implant products and systems comprised of components such as spine screws and rods, spinal spacers, plates, and various biologics offerings. In addition, outside of the U.S. we sell solutions for treating vertebral compression fractures and spinal stenosis, both of which are conditions that disproportionately effect elderly patients. Certain of our biologics offerings are used as an alternative to synthetic products while others complement our synthetic products by promoting fusion.

 

3


Table of Contents

The chart below illustrates the principal products in our broad portfolio of spine systems currently available for sale by market segment. Certain systems and products are described in greater detail below the chart. Items marked with an asterisk are not available for sale in the U.S.

 

 
Current Products:
   

Market Segment

 

Principal Products

Cervical and Cervico-thoracic

 

Trestle Anterior Cervical Plate

Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate

Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System

Avalon Occipital Plate

DiscoCerv Artificial Disc*

PCB Evolution*

Thoracolumbar Fixation

 

Zodiac Degenerative Fixation System

Zodiac Deformity Fixation System with Smart Set

ILLICO FS Fixation System

TTL IN Fixation System*

Xenon Fixation System

BridgePoint Spinous Process Fixation System

Isobar Evolution Dynamic Rod*

Aspida Anterior Lumbar Interbody Plate System

TTL-D Fixation System*

Hemi Fixation System

Spinal Spacers

 

Novel Spinal Spacers

Alphatec Solus Locking ALIF Spacer*

Samarys*/Samarys RF*

Pegasus Anchored Cervical Interbody

TeCorp*

Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS)

 

Illico MIS System

GLIF/ARC Portal Access System

OsseoScrew MIS System*

Epicage TLIF System*

Aging Spine

 

OsseoFix Spinal Fracture Reduction System*

OsseoFix+ Vertebroplasty System

OsseoScrew Spinal Fixation System*

HeliFix Interspinous Spacer System*

Biologics

 

AlphaGraft Structural Allograft Spacers

AlphaGraft Demineralized Bone Matrix

PureGen Osteoprogenitor Cell Allograft

AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffolds

AmnioShield Amniotic Membrane

Alphatec NEXoss Synthetic Bone Graft

Cervical and Cervico-Thoracic Products

Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System

Our Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System has a large window that enables the surgeon to have improved graft site and end plate visualization; which is designed to allow for better placement of the plate. The Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System also has a low-profile design, which we believe is among the lowest in the spine market. Low-profile cervical plates are intended to reduce the irritation of the tissue adjacent to the

 

4


Table of Contents

plate following surgery. Other key features of the Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate system include a self-retaining screw-locking mechanism that is designed to ensure quick and easy locking of the plate and a flush profile after the screws are inserted.

Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System and Avalon Occipital Plate

Our Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System consists of rods, polyaxial screws, hooks, and connectors that provide a solution for posterior cervico/thoracic fusion procedures. We also designed the Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic System to be used in combination with our existing Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System and our Avalon Occipital Plate, thereby providing surgeons with a solution for occipito-cervico-thoracic fixation. The Avalon Occipital Plate has a unique buttress design for optimal bone graft placement and superior fusion, including three points of plate rotation and translation, which is designed to ease the placement of the plate.

DiscoCerv Artificial Disc

Our DiscoCerv product is a cervical disc prosthesis. The design consists of convex upper and lower plates that are designed to fit into the anatomical curvature of the disc space. The disc provides angulations of nine degrees in the sagittal and coronal planes to preserve the physiological amplitude of a normal disc.

Thoracolumbar Fixation Products

Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System

Our Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System is a comprehensive spinal system that offers a wide variety of polyaxial pedicle screws, connectors and advanced instruments for the stabilization of the thoracolumbar spine. The Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System offers surgeons a low-profile; friction-fit polyaxial screw with up to 76 degrees of variability and a secure buttress thread closure mechanism that eases final construct assembly. Our Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System offers pre-cut and pre-contoured rods, which allow surgeons to customize each construct depending on the patient’s needs. The Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System is designed to be used in combination with Novel Spinal Spacers and AlphaGraft Structural Allograft Spacers.

Zodiac Deformity Spinal Fixation System

Our Zodiac Deformity Spinal Fixation System is a comprehensive system of instrumentation and implants designed to enable the surgeon to address patient-specific spinal deformity correction procedures. The Zodiac Deformity Spinal Fixation System contains polyaxial screws that are similar in design to those in the Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System. The Zodiac Deformity Spinal Fixation System offers components that are frequently used in deformity correction procedures, such as fixed and uniplanar screws, high-strength deformity rods, including cobalt chromium, hooks, rod connectors, pelvic-fixation implants and deformity specific instrumentation. The Zodiac Degenerative Fixation System is designed to be used in combination with Novel Spinal Spacers and AlphaGraft Structural Allograft Spacers

Aspida Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion, or ALIF, Plate System

Our Aspida ALIF Plate System is designed to be used in conjunction with a spacer, and is intended to offer comparable stabilization to pedicle screw and rod systems. Our Aspida ALIF Plate System is designed to provide surgeons with the option of performing a single anterior procedure without having the need for a complementary posterior procedure. The Aspida ALIF Plate System is designed to be anatomically shaped and have a low profile, which is intended to minimize the risk of irritation or damage to the adjacent tissue.

 

5


Table of Contents

Spinal Spacers

Novel PEEK and Titanium Spinal Spacers

Our family of Novel spinal spacers addresses the surgical need to accommodate varying patient anatomies, surgical approaches and composite material options. We offer multiple unique implant designs, each of which is available in numerous shapes and heights. Certain of our Novel spinal spacers are made of titanium and others are made of a strong, heat resistant, radiolucent, biocompatible plastic called polyetheretherketone, or PEEK. Our Novel PEEK spinal spacers have been approved for use in both the lumbar and cervical regions of the spine. A Novel PEEK spinal spacer is not visible during a magnetic resonance imaging, which allows the surgeon to better assess the progress of the healing process following surgery. Novel spacers and their accompanying instrumentation are designed to be inserted from several planes of the body to accommodate surgeons’ needs. Novel spinal spacers feature sizable central openings that help accommodate the placement of bone grafting material inside and around the spacer, which we believe promotes fusion. A ridge pattern on the top and bottom of our Novel spacers helps prevent movement after placement and enhances the stability of the overall construct.

Alphatec Solus Locking ALIF Spinal Spacer

Our Alphatec Solus locking ALIF spinal spacer, or Alphatec Solus, is a zero-profile PEEK and titanium device offering four points of fixation for improved stability. Alphatec Solus features a one-step insertion and deployment feature and is used in ALIF procedures. We believe that Alphatec Solus’ locking mechanism is a substantial upgrade over similar products currently on the market.

Samarys/Samarys RF

Our Samarys PEEK cervical cage restores disc height as well as cervical lordosis. The cage is anatomically designed for immediate stability and optimum fusion with a large graft window. Neither Samarys nor Samarys/RF is approved for sale in the U.S. Both Samarys and Samarys/RF are available for sale in the European Union.

Minimally Invasive Surgery, or MIS Products

Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System

The Illico Minimally Invasive Surgery System is a cannulated pedicle screw and rod system that is designed to be inserted via a minimally invasive surgical procedure. Access to the spine is gained through a small incision. The surgeon is then able to see the surgical site by using a small canal through which implants are inserted into the patient with a minimum amount of disruption to the surrounding tissue. We believe that the Illico Minimally Invasive System limits trauma to the tissue surrounding the location of the surgery, which is designed to enable patients to recover faster.

Guided Lumbar Interbody Fusion, or GLIF and ARC Portal Access System

Our GLIF technique, used in conjunction with our ARC Portal Access System, is a unique access system that is designed to enable surgeons to perform a minimally invasive procedure from multiple surgical planes without the need for a second incision or to reposition the patient. The GLIF technique is intended to reduce the length of the procedure, trauma to the patient and reduce the post-surgery recovery period.

Aging Spine

OsseoFix Spinal Fracture Reduction System

Our OsseoFix Spinal Fracture Reduction System provides a solution for VCF indications. The OsseoFix implant is an expandable titanium cage that is designed to be implanted in a minimally invasive manner into a vertebral body to treat a VCF. The OsseoFix system is designed to provide the surgeon with control over the

 

6


Table of Contents

placement and expansion of the device as the fracture is treated. In addition, the OsseoFix System is designed to use less PMMA bone cement than current standards of care and may overcome one of the primary complications of kyphoplasty and vertebroplasty, which is the potential risk of extravasation of PMMA bone cement into the spinal canal or venous system. The OsseoFix System is not available for sale in the U.S. In early 2012, the Company filed an Investigational Device Exemption with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, to begin a clinical study of the OsseoFix System. The OsseoFix System is available for sale in the European Union.

OsseoScrew Spinal Fixation System

The OsseoScrew Spinal Fixation System is an innovative pedicle screw system that is designed to provide a solution for patients who have poor bone density. The OsseoScrew System is designed to be implanted into the pedicle and then expanded after implementation to achieve increased screw fixation in bone with poor density. We believe that the OsseoScrew Spinal Fixation System will help us reach our goal of providing solutions targeted at serving the needs of the spine surgeon and the aging spinal segment of the marketplace. The OsseoScrew Spinal Fixation System is available for sale in the European Union, but is not available for sale in the U.S.

Helifix Interspinous Spacer System

Our Helifix Interspinous Spacer System is designed to be inserted in a minimally invasive manner into a patient’s spinous process to treat lumbar spinal stenosis. The Helifix Interspinous Spacer System is a non-fusion interspinous device designed to provide relief from lumbar spinal stenosis by widening the spinal canal and decompressing the level of the compressed nerve, providing flexion in the posterior elements. The Helifix Interspinous Spacer System is available for sale in the European Union, is not available for sale in the U.S.

Biologics

AlphaGraft Structural Allograft Spacers

We offer a broad portfolio of allograft spacers available in a wide range of shapes and sizes, each with corresponding instrumentation, which are intended for use in the cervical, thoracic, and lumbar regions of the spine. In addition, many of our allograft spacers are packaged in our VIP packaging system, or VIP System. The VIP System is a packaging and fluid delivery system that allows for fast and efficient infusion of the surgeon’s choice of hydration fluid. The VIP System provides rapid and uniform hydration, which reduces the brittleness of the graft and the length of the surgical procedure.

PureGen Osteoprogenitor Cell Allograft

Our PureGen Osteoprogenitor Cell Allograft, or PureGen, is a unique adult stem cell that supplements the body’s own cells and helps to stabilize the repair site, which allows the healing process to advance naturally and efficiently. There is a significant clinical need to improve fusion rates, especially in patients with impaired wound healing due to age, obesity, diabetes, smoking, anti-inflammatory medication, and other factors. PureGen is a safe and natural alternative to autograft, and other expensive fusion options.

AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold

Our AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold consists of a sponge-like demineralized bone matrix that has been pre-cut into sizes to fit within a spinal spacer. The AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold provides a natural scaffold derived entirely of bone that can be placed into a void within a spinal spacer or on top of a spinal spacer. The sponge-like qualities of the scaffold allow a surgeon to compress the scaffold and place it into a small space. Following placement, the scaffold expands for maximum contact between the spinal spacer and the endplate of the vertebral body and is designed to promote fusion. The AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold is pre-packaged in our proprietary VIP vacuum infusion packaging system.

 

7


Table of Contents

Amnioshield Amniotic Tissue Barrier

Our Amnioshield Amniotic Tissue Barrier is an allograft for spinal surgical barrier applications. The composite amniotic membrane reduces inflammation and enhances healing at the surgical site, reduces scar tissue formation and provides an excellent dissection plane.

Alphagraft Demineralized Bone Matrix

Our Alphagraft Demineralized Bone Matrix consists of demineralized human tissue that is mixed with a bioabsorbable carrier and used in surgery for bone grafting.

Alphatec NEXoss Synthetic Bone Graft

Our Alphatec NEXoss nanostructure bioactive matrix is the next-generation synthetic that is an innovative bioactive scaffold for bone grafting. The Alphatec NEXoss biomimetic nanostructured hydroxyapatite crystals mimic bone composition, structure and size to resorb similar to naturally occurring hydroxyapatite.

Sales and Marketing

Our U.S. sales force consists of over 115 independent distributors, which we believe employ approximately 275 agents dedicated to selling our products in the U.S., and approximately 30 direct sales representatives and sales management employees and executives. In general, in the U.S., although surgeons in the U.S. make the ultimate decision to use our products, we bill hospitals for the products that are used and pay commissions to our independent distributors and direct sales agents based on payments received from hospitals. In general, outside of the U.S. we sell products directly to distributors, and the distributors resell the products to hospitals. We compensate our sales management employees and sales executives through salaries and incentive bonuses based on performance measures. We select our sales force based on their expertise in selling spinal devices, reputation within the surgeon community, geographical coverage and established sales network. Increasingly, we contractually require our distributors to sell exclusively our products both within and outside of their allocated sales territory. We offer sales and product training to each of our independent distributors and direct sales representatives. We market our products at various industry conferences, organized surgical training courses, and in industry trade journals and periodicals. We plan on expanding our global sales coverage through the use of additional distributors and direct sales representatives in order to support continued adoption of our products by new surgeons and increased use of our products by surgeons who currently use our products.

In Europe and the Middle East we have approximately 40 independent distributors who have a sales force consisting of approximately 150 sales representatives. We have 17 direct sales representatives and approximately 90 independent in Japan and 12 independent distributors in the rest of Asia. In Latin America and South America we conduct our sales and marketing activities through our subsidiary, Cibramed Products Medicos Ltda., which we plan to rename Alphatec Spine do Brazil. We currently have 18 independent distributors and two direct sales representatives selling our products in Latin America.

In the markets in which we have a direct sales force, we bill the hospitals for the products that are used. In markets that use independent distributors, we sell our products to the distributor, and the distributor resells the products to the hospital. We plan to continue expanding our direct sales and distribution network and product offerings throughout the world. Similar to our sales and marketing activities in the U.S., outside of the U.S. we market our products at various international industry conferences, organized surgical training courses, and in industry trade journals and periodicals. In addition, we host several international educational conferences, including the International Spine Research and Innovation and Argos and Sisyphean Spinal Society meetings, in the U.S., Europe, Asia and Latin America and South America.

 

8


Table of Contents

Surgeon Training and Education

We devote significant resources to train and educate surgeons in the proper use of our implants, instrumentation, and surgical access technologies. We believe that one of the most effective ways to introduce and build market demand for our products is by training and educating spine surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives in the benefits and use of our products. We believe that surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives will become exposed to the merits and distinguishing features of our products through our training and education programs, and in doing so, will increase the use and promotion of our products.

Research and Development

Our research and development department has extensive experience in developing products to treat spine pathologies. Our research and development department works closely with our Scientific Advisory Board and surgeon collaborators to design products that are intended to improve patient care, simplify surgical techniques and reduce overall costs. We are focusing our research and development efforts in two major strategic areas. First, we focus on continually enhancing and upgrading our current product portfolio and supplementing it with new products where appropriate. Second, we devote significant resources to developing complementary products and unique technologies to create new solutions to address spinal pathologies that affect the aging spine. Our goal is to become the market leader in providing solutions for the aging spine by developing products that have superior efficacy for patients who suffer from conditions that disproportionally affect the aging spine, such as poor bone density, VCFs, adult deformity or scoliosis, degenerative disc disease and spinal stenosis. In order to further promote this strategy, we are focused on converting these research and development programs into commercially viable products that incorporate minimally invasive access techniques and biologics solutions to improve patient outcomes across all of our product lines.

Manufacture and Supply

We conduct a large portion of our manufacturing operations at our facilities in Carlsbad, California, although we also manufacture products at our facility in Beaurains, France. We manufacture a significant amount of our non-biologic implants in-house. Certain of our implants and a significant amount of our instrumentation are purchased from third parties. We believe that the in-house production of our implants maximizes efficiency, reduces product development time, simplifies production scheduling, reduces inventory backlogs and is more responsive to the changing needs of surgeons. Our facilities include seperate areas dedicated to the machining, tooling, quality control, cleaning and labeling of our products. Additionally, we have an advanced manufacturing group that includes design engineering and manufacturing personnel. The advanced manufacturing group is dedicated to providing rapid prototyping and innovative custom instrumentation for our research and development programs and our surgeon customers.

We devote significant time and attention to ensure that all of our products are safe, effective, adhere to all applicable regulations and are of the highest quality. An established and comprehensive quality system drives our focus from the initial translation of surgeon needs into design specifications through an exhaustive series of quality control checks that are performed through the purchasing, production, and packaging of our products. We record the complete production history for every product, ensuring full traceability from the raw material stage through the delivery of the product into the marketplace.

Following the receipt of products or product components that we receive from third parties, we conduct inspection, quality control, packaging and labeling, as needed, at our manufacturing facilities. The raw materials used in the manufacture of our products are principally titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, cobalt chrome, ceramic, allograft and PEEK. Invibio, Inc., or Invibio, is one of a limited number of companies that is currently approved in the U.S. to distribute PEEK for use in implantable devices.

 

9


Table of Contents

With the exception of PEEK and tissue-based products, none of our raw material requirements is limited to any significant extent by critical supply. We are subject to the risk that Invibio will fail to supply PEEK in adequate amounts for our needs on a timely basis. In addition, because our biologics products are processed from human tissue, maintaining a steady supply can sometimes be challenging. See “Item 1A—Risk Factors.” Our manufacturing operations and those of the third-party manufacturers we use are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA or similar entities outside of the U.S. under its quality systems regulations, or QSRs, and other applicable device-related good manufacturing practices, or GMPs, or tissue-related tissue practices, or GTPs, and applicable local regulations. With respect to biologics products, we are FDA-registered and licensed in the states of California, New York and Florida, the only states that currently require licenses. Our facility and the facilities of the third-party manufacturers we use are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities, and may undergo compliance inspections conducted by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies.

Competition

Although we believe that our current broad product portfolio and development pipeline is differentiated and has numerous competitive advantages, the spinal implant industry is highly competitive, subject to rapid technological change, and significantly affected by new product introductions. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

   

improved outcomes for spine pathology procedures;

 

   

ease of use and reliability;

 

   

effective sales, marketing and distribution;

 

   

technical leadership and superiority;

 

   

surgeon services, such as training and education;

 

   

responsiveness and ability to develop unique products that addresses the needs of surgeons;

 

   

manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

acceptance by spine surgeons;

 

   

product price and qualification for reimbursement; and

 

   

speed to market.

Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to intense competition and we are aware of several companies that compete in our current and future product areas. We believe that our most significant competitors are Medtronic Sofamor Danek, DePuy Spine, Stryker, Biomet, NuVasive, Zimmer, Orthofix, Globus, Integra and others, many of which have substantially greater financial resources than we do. In addition, these companies may have more established distribution networks, entrenched relationships with physicians, and greater experience in developing, launching, marketing, distributing and selling spinal implant products.

Our competitors include providers of non-operative therapies for spine disorder conditions. While these non-operative treatments are considered to be an alternative to surgery, surgery is used in the event that non-operative treatments are unsuccessful. We do not believe that, to date, these non-operative treatments have caused a material reduction in the demand for surgical treatment of spinal disorders.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure agreements, proprietary information ownership agreements and other measures to protect our

 

10


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights. We believe that in order to have a competitive advantage, we must develop, maintain and enforce the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We require our employees, consultants, co-developers, distributors and advisors to execute agreements governing the ownership of proprietary information and use and disclosure of confidential information in connection with their relationship with us. In general, these agreements require these people and entities to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions that were conceived on our behalf or which relate to our property or business and to keep our confidential information confidential and only use such confidential information in connection with our business.

Despite any measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. In addition, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. Further, as described in “Item 3—Legal Proceedings,” others may attempt to obtain royalties based on the net sales of our products, which may impact our revenues. We may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

Patents

As of December 31, 2012, we and our affiliates owned 73 issued U.S. patents, 71 pending U.S. patent applications and 347 issued or pending foreign patents. We own multiple patents relating to unique aspects and improvements for several of our products. We do not believe that the expiration of any single patent is likely to significantly affect our intellectual property position.

The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions and its outcome is uncertain. Any claim relating to infringement of patents that is successfully asserted against us may require us to pay substantial damages (including treble damages if our infringement is found to be willful) or may require us to remove our infringing product from the market. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. Our success will also depend in part on our not infringing patents issued to others, including our competitors and potential competitors. If our products are found to infringe the patents of others, our development, manufacture and sale of such potential products could be severely restricted or prohibited. In addition, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. We may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

As the number of entrants into our market increases, the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us grows. While we make an effort to ensure that our products do not infringe other parties’ patents and proprietary rights, our products and methods may be covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by our competitors. In addition, our competitors may assert that future products we may manufacture or market infringes their patents.

If we are accused of patent infringement, we may be required to obtain licenses to patents or proprietary rights of others in order to continue to commercialize our products. However, we may not be able to obtain any licenses required under any patents or proprietary rights of third parties on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain rights to the third party’s intellectual property, these rights may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we may be unable to commercialize some of our potential products or may have to cease some of our business operations as a result of patent infringement claims, which could severely harm our business financial condition and results of operations.

Trademarks

As of December 31, 2012, we and our affiliates owned these registered US marks: Adonys, Aging Spine Center, Aladyn, Alphagraft, Alphagraft Duofuse, Alphagraft Nanoblast, Alphagraft Profuse, Alphatec, Alphatec logo, Alphatec MHS, Alphatec Solus, Alphatec Solus with logo, Alphatec Spine, Alphatec Spine with logo, Amnioshield, Antelys, ARC, Aspida, Aurys, Avalon, Biofill, Bone’x, Chorus, Corelys, Corlok, Cortek, Cortek

 

11


Table of Contents

logo, Del Mar, Deltaloc, Discocerv, Dovetome, Dynamic-TTL Rod, Dynoss, Easys, Electra, Elfix, Ellys, Epicage, GLIF, Helifix, Illico, Isobar, Isobar Duo, Isobar Hemispherical Screw, Isobar LP, Isobar TTC, Isobar TTL, Isobar U-Screw, Laguna, Majorys, MX System, Novel, Openview, Osseofix, Osseofix with logo, Osseofix+ with logo, Osseoscrew, Osseoscrew with logo, Pach, Pantheon, Preview, Puregen, Samarys, Scient’x, Scient’x logo, Solanas, Solo, Solutions for the Aging Spine, Stella, Tamarack, Trestle, Trestle Luxe, Tribeca, Xenon, Zodiac.

License and Supply Agreements

As part of our product development strategy, when commercially feasible we enter into agreements with third parties that enable us to develop, commercialize and/or distribute products for the treatment of spinal disorders that are based upon technology owned by such third parties.

License Agreements

In June 2012, we entered into a Private Label Supply Agreement with a third party supplier whereby we acquired exclusive U.S. distribution rights to market a synthetic biologic product under our brand name. Under the terms of the agreement we are obligated to make payments of $1.0 million in connection with the execution of the agreement. Additionally, we are required to meet certain minimum purchase requirements of up to $3.0 million per year. The $1.0 million initial-payment will be capitalized as an intangible asset and will be amortized over the four-year term of the agreement.

In October 2012, we entered into a Supply Agreement with a third party supplier whereby we acquired exclusive worldwide distribution rights to sell an anchored, fully retractable cervical interbody spacer. Under the terms of the agreement we are obligated to make payments of $1.0 million in connection with the execution of the agreement. Additionally, we are required to meet certain minimum annual purchase requirements ranging from $4.0 million to $5.9 million per year to maintain our exclusive distribution rights. The $1.0 million in initial payments will be capitalized as an intangible asset and will be amortized over the seven-year term of the agreement.

Our additional key agreements are described in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements under Part II, Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Phygen Acquisition

On November 6, 2012, we closed a transaction related to the purchase of certain assets used in connection with the design, development, marketing and distribution of certain spinal implant products, together with the intellectual property rights, contractual rights, inventories, and certain liabilities related thereto, from Phygen, LLC, or Phygen, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2012. This acquisition should provide us with access to a network of over 100 leading U.S. spine surgeons who formed Phygen out of a desire to seek improved treatment outcomes for spinal disorders through surgeon-inspired technology that generates unique, high-quality and cost effective products. The acquisition should also enable us to collaboratively tap into the collective medical knowledge of members of the Phygen surgeon group, enhancing our product innovation and product refinement capabilities to help advance the standard of patient care in an evolving spine industry. With complementary cultures, product portfolios and distribution networks, Phygen should represent a great opportunity for both us and Phygen to layer their respective products into each other’s distribution network.

Government Regulation

Our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other U.S. federal and state regulatory bodies and comparable authorities in other countries. To ensure that medical products distributed domestically and internationally are safe and effective for their intended use, FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have imposed regulations that govern, among other things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:

 

   

product design and development;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

product testing;

 

   

product manufacturing;

 

   

product labeling;

 

   

product storage;

 

   

premarket clearance or approval;

 

   

advertising and promotion;

 

   

product marketing, sales and distribution; and

 

   

post-market surveillance, including reporting deaths or serious injuries related to products and certain product malfunctions.

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the U.S. will require either prior 510(k) clearance or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA. The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or approval to market a new medical device varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes on the basis of the intended use of the device, the indications for use and on controls deemed by the FDA to be necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness. Class I devices, which are those that have the lowest level or risk associated with them, are subject to general controls, Class II devices are subject to general controls and special controls, including performance standards, and Class III devices, which have the highest level of risk associated with them, are subject to general controls and premarket approval. Most Class I devices and many Class II devices are exempt from the 510(k) requirement, although the manufacturers will still be subject to registration, listing, labeling and GMP requirements. Class III devices are subject to those requirements, too, but also require and PMA approval. A new medical device for which there is no substantially equivalent device is automatically designated a Class III device. Depending on the nature of the new device, the manufacturer may ask the FDA to make a risk-based determination of the new device and reclassify it in Class I or Class II. This process is referred to as the de novo process. If the FDA agrees, the new device will be reassigned to the appropriate other class. If it does not agree, the manufacturer will have to submit a PMA. Our current commercial products are Class II devices marketed under FDA 510(k) premarket clearance. Both premarket clearance and premarket approval applications are subject to the payment of user fees, paid at the time of submission for FDA review.

510(k) Clearance Pathway

To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a device legally marketed in the U.S. for which a PMA was not required. The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but it may take longer based on requests for additional information by the FDA. Most 510(k)s do not require supporting data from clinical trials, but the FDA may request such data.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, require premarket approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k), or a premarket approval, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket approval is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or premarket approval for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to

 

13


Table of Contents

cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. We have made and plan to continue to make additional product enhancements to our products, and we will consider on a case-by-case basis whether a new 510(k) or PMA is necessary.

Premarket Approval Pathway

A premarket approval application must be submitted if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The premarket approval application process is generally more complex, costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process. A premarket approval application must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

After a premarket approval application is sufficiently complete, the FDA will accept the application and begin an in-depth review of the submitted information. By statute, the FDA has 180 days to review the “accepted application,” although, generally, review of the application can take between one and three years. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with quality system regulations. New premarket approval applications or premarket approval application supplements are required prior to marketing for product modifications that affect the safety and efficacy of the device. Premarket approval supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a premarket approval application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original premarket approval application, and may not require clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. We were not required to submit a PMA for any of our currently marketed products, but devices in development may require a PMA.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials are usually required to support a PMA and are sometimes required for a 510(k). In the U.S., if the device is determined to present a “significant risk,” the manufacturer may not begin a clinical trial until it submits an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application and obtains approval of the IDE from the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. These clinical trials are also subject to the review, approval and oversight of an institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical trial site. The clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA’s IDE regulations and international regulations concerning human subject protection. A clinical trial may be suspended by FDA, the sponsor or the IRB at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the study participants outweigh the benefits of participation in the study. Even if a study is completed, the results of a clinical trial may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a device, or may be equivocal or otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval of a device.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

   

quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party contract manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, record maintenance and other quality assurance controls, during all aspects of the manufacturing process and to maintain and investigate complaints;

 

   

labeling regulations, and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved “off-label” uses;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

medical device reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers submit reports to the FDA of adverse events; and

 

   

other post-market surveillance requirements, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

 

   

recall or seizure of our products;

 

   

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

   

refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products; and

 

   

criminal prosecution.

To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, medical device manufacturers are subject to market surveillance and manufacturers and their third-party manufacturers are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspection by the FDA.

In June of 2011 the FDA sent an untitled letter to the manufacturer of our PureGen product, Parcell Laboratories, LLC regarding the regulatory status of the product. In the letter, the FDA raised questions in connection with Parcell’s position that the PureGen product is a human cell, tissue, and cellular or tissue-based products regulated solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and 21 C.F.R, Part 1271, and is not subject to any premarket review requirements. Parcell responded to the FDA’s letter in July of 2011 with additional information about PureGen and why the product qualifies as a Section 361 product. A formal request for designation of the regulatory status of PureGen was submitted in January 2013. While we believe that this product should be included within the classification of Section 361, the FDA may take a position contrary to ours which would require us to stop selling the product. In addition, in February 2013 each of the two vendors that are collectively responsible for the procurement, processing, storage and shipment of PureGen were inspected by the FDA. Following such inspections several Form 483 observations were issued related to PureGen. Despite the fact that the PureGen product has been implanted in over 3,500 patients with no adverse events related to the product, in February of, 2013 we voluntarily stopped shipping PureGen until all issues have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction. See “Item 1-A – Risk Factors”.

International Device Regulations

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ.

Japan

In Japan, certain medical devices classified as “highly controlled” must be approved prior to importation and commercial sale by the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare, or MHLW, pursuant to the Japanese Pharmaceutical Affairs Law. Manufacturers of medical devices outside of Japan which do not operate through a Japanese entity are required to appoint a contractually bound authorized representative to directly submit an application for device approval to the MHLW. The MHLW evaluates each device for safety and efficacy and may require that the product be tested in Japanese laboratories. After a device is approved for importation and commercial sale in Japan, the MHLW continues to monitor sales of approved products for compliance. Failure to

 

15


Table of Contents

comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the MHLW, including administrative inspections and recommendations; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions, including partial suspension or total shut down of marketing activity in Japan; withdrawal of product approvals; and criminal prosecution by a public prosecutor, including criminal fines and/or imprisonment.

Our devices fall into the “highly controlled” medical device category. Currently, MHLW review times for our device applications range from one year if clinical data is not required, to up to two years if clinical data is required. The review times for our products are expected to be reduced to six months and one year, respectively, and we expect application fees to be reduced as new approval screening standards are established by the MHLW, which has delegated responsibility for these review functions to the Japanese Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency, for various medical device categories. Currently, the MHLW is working with trade organizations such as AdvaMed, and MHLW may adopt similar standards.

European Union

The European Union, which consists of 27 of the countries in Europe, has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling, and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, and other countries that comply with or mirror these directives. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer or a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body,” an independent and neutral institution appointed to conduct conformity assessment. This third-party assessment consists of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and technical review and testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a Notified Body in one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union. In addition, compliance with voluntary harmonized standards including ISO 13845 issued by the International Organization for Standards establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE mark. In October 2007, we were certified by Intertek Semko, a Notified Body, under the European Union Medical Device Directive allowing the CE conformity marking to be applied. In September 2012, the European Commission adopted a proposal for a regulation which if adopted will change the way that most medical devices are regulated in the European Union, and may subject our products to additional requirements.

Environmental Matters

Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive federal, state, and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions; wastewater discharges; the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the handling and disposal of hazardous wastes; the cleanup of contamination; and the health and safety of our employees. Under such laws and regulations, we are required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for some of our operations. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We could also be held responsible for costs and damages arising from any contamination at our past or present facilities or at third-party waste disposal sites. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from hazardous materials, and we may incur material liability as a result of any contamination or injury.

Compliance with Fraud and Abuse Laws and Other Applicable Statutes

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws, physician self-referral laws, false claims laws, criminal health care fraud laws, and foreign corrupt practice laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in

 

16


Table of Contents

some instances, fines, imprisonment and, within the United States, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs. These laws are administered by, among others, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and state attorneys general. Many of these agencies have increased their enforcement activities with respect to medical device manufacturers in recent years.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service, for which payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. For example, the definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. In addition, in March 2010, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act, which, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, is referred to as ACA. ACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act.

In implementing the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Office of Inspector General, or OIG, has issued a series of regulations, known as the safe harbors, which began in July 1991. These safe harbors set forth provisions that, in circumstances where all the applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG. Penalties for violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Many states have anti-kickback laws that are similar to the federal law, including penalties, fines, sanctions for violations, and exclusions from state or commercial programs.

The federal ban on physician self-referrals, commonly known as the Stark Law, prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the physician or an immediate family member of the physician has any financial relationship with the entity. Penalties for violating the Stark Law include fines, civil monetary penalties and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs. In addition to the Stark Law, many states have their own self-referral laws. Often, these laws closely follow the language of the federal law, although they do not always have the same scope, exceptions or safe harbors.

We have entered into various agreements with certain surgeons that perform services for us, including some who make clinical decisions to use our products. Some of our referring surgeons own our stock, which they either purchased in an arms’ length transaction on terms identical to those offered to non-surgeons or received from us as fair market value consideration for services performed. In addition, physician-owned distribution companies have increasingly become involved in the sale and distribution of medical devices, including the products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. In many cases, these distribution companies enter into arrangements with hospitals that bill Medicare or Medicaid for the furnishing of medical services, and the physician-owners are among the physicians who refer patients to the hospitals for surgery. While we believe that our current operations comply with applicable fraud and abuse laws and do not believe that we are subject to any arrangements that violate any such laws, if material information regarding such entity were misrepresented or

 

17


Table of Contents

omitted during our due diligence, we would not be in a position to be aware of all of the financial arrangements of the physician-owned distribution companies with which we contract, even after conducting reasonably inquiry. All arrangements we have that involve surgeons, sales agents or distributors have all been structured with the intention of complying with all applicable fraud and abuse laws, including the Anti-Kickback Statute, Stark Law and similar state self-referral laws.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly filing or causing to be filed a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from, the federal government. Private suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as qui tam actions, can be brought by individuals on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. The number of filings of qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent years, causing more healthcare companies to have to defend a False Claim Act action. If an entity is determined to have violated the federal False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim and may be subject to exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Various states have also enacted similar laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. Under recent changes in ACA, the intent requirement of the healthcare fraud statute is lowered such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in similar sanctions.

ACA also includes various provisions designed to strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement in addition to those changes discussed above. Among these additional provisions include increased funding for enforcement efforts and new “sunshine” provisions to require us to report and disclose to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, any payment or “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. These sunshine provisions also require certain group purchasing organizations, including physician-owned distributors, to disclose physician ownership information to CMS. On February 8, 2013 CMS published a detailed regulation implementing these sunshine provisions. Under this final rule, starting August 1, 2013, the company and other device manufacturers will be required to collect specific data on payments to physicians and teaching hospitals for the remaining calendar year 2013, with such data to be assembled into a report due to CMS by March 31, 2014, and annually thereafter. CMS will then publish on its website all manufacturer reports of such payments and transfers of value. There are various state laws and initiatives that require device manufacturers to disclose to the appropriate regulatory agency certain payments or other transfers of value made to physicians, and in certain cases prohibit some forms of these payments, with the risk of fines for any violation of such requirements. Massachusetts has one of the most stringent of these laws, and the District of Columbia and Vermont passed such laws in 2008 and 2009, respectively.

HIPAA also includes privacy and security provisions designed to regulate the use and disclosure of “protected health information” or “PHI” which is health information that identifies a patient and that is held by a health care provider, a health plan or health care clearinghouse. We are not directly regulated by HIPAA, but our ability to access PHI for purposes such as marketing, product development, clinical research or other uses is controlled by HIPAA and restrictions placed on health care providers and other covered entities. HIPAA was amended in 2009 by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH) which

 

18


Table of Contents

strengthened the rule, increased penalties for violations and added a requirement for the disclosure of breaches to affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media. We must carefully structure any transaction involving PHI to avoid violation of HIPAA and HITECH requirements.

Almost all states have adopted data security laws protecting personal information including social security numbers, state issued identification numbers, credit card or financial account information coupled with individuals’ names or initials. We must comply with all applicable state data security laws, even though they vary extensively, and must ensure that any breaches or accidental disclosures of personal information are promptly reported to affected individuals and responsible government entities. We must also ensure that we maintain compliant, written information security programs or run the risk of civil or even criminal sanctions for non-compliance as well as reputational harm for publicly reported breaches or violations.

We may also be exposed to liabilities under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires companies to maintain adequate record-keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately reflect the transactions of the company. We are also subject to a number of other laws and regulations relating to money laundering, international money transfers and electronic fund transfers. These laws apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents.

If any of our operations are found to have violated or be in violation of any of the laws described above and other applicable state and federal fraud and abuse laws, we may be subject to penalties, among them being civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Third-Party Reimbursement

In the U.S., healthcare providers generally rely on third-party payors, principally private insurers and governmental payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, to cover and pay for all or part of the cost of a spine surgery in which our medical devices are used. We expect that sales volumes and prices of our products will depend in large part on the continued availability of reimbursement from such third-party payors. These third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not medically necessary in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an unapproved indication. Particularly in the U.S., third-party payors continue to carefully review, and increasingly challenge, the prices charged for procedures and medical products.

Medicare coverage and reimbursement policies are developed by CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, and its contractors. CMS establishes these Medicare policies for medical products and procedures and such policies are periodically reviewed and updated. While private payors vary in their coverage and payment policies, the Medicare program is viewed as a benchmark. Medicare payment rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to geographic location, nature of the facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., teaching or community hospital) and other factors. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the procedures in which our products are used.

ACA and other reform proposals contain significant changes regarding Medicare, Medicaid and other third party payors. Among these changes was the imposition of a 2.3% excise tax on domestic sales of medical devices that went into effect on January 1, 2013. These taxes will result in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry. Other elements of this legislation include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and by instituting more sweeping payment reforms, such as bundled payments for episodes of care, the establishment of “accountable care organizations” under which hospitals and physicians will be able to share savings that result from cost control efforts, comparative effectiveness research,

 

19


Table of Contents

value-based purchasing, and the establishment of an independent payment advisory board. Many of these provisions will be implemented through the regulatory process, and policy details have not yet been finalized. In addition, although ACA has been subject to various legal challenges, in June 2012 the United States Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the minimum essential health insurance coverage rule, or so-called personal mandate, while holding that the federal government must give states option to accept ACA’s Medical expansion provisions without risk of losing all federal Medicaid funds. Other proposals have been introduced in Congress to repeal the device tax and various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged at the state level. Although not a prediction, it now appears likely that ACA will be implemented largely as enacted, but it is less clear what other healthcare initiatives at the federal or state level, if any, will be implemented. However, an expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for our products, reduce medical procedure volumes, and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially. At the same time, the failure of any state to expand its Medicaid program as prescribed in ACA will restrict the ability of populations potentially served by such expansion to use our products.

Internationally, healthcare payment systems vary substantially from country to country and include single-payor, government-managed systems as well as systems in which private payors and government-managed systems exist side-by-side. Our ability to achieve market acceptance or significant sales volume in international markets we enter will be dependent in large part on the availability of reimbursement for procedures performed using our products under the healthcare payment systems in such markets. A small number of countries may require us to gather additional clinical data before covering our products. It is our intent to complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain coverage in countries where it makes economic sense to do so.

We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the procedures using our products. In addition, it is possible that future legislation, regulation, or reimbursement policies of third-party payors will adversely affect the demand for procedures using our products or our ability to sell our products on a profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of third-party payor coverage or reimbursement could have a significant adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 490 employees worldwide in the following areas: sales, physician services, marketing, clinical education, manufacturing, advanced manufacturing, quality assurance, regulatory affairs, research and development, human resources, finance, legal, information technology and administration. We have never experienced a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations with our employees are good. Certain employees in Europe have labor committees and collective bargaining agreements in place.

Corporate and Available Information

We are a Delaware corporation. We were incorporated in March 2005. Our principal executive office is located at 5818 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, California 92008. Our Internet address is www.alphatecspine.com. By referring to our website, we do not incorporate the website or any portion of the website by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are not including the information contained on our website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available to you free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties

 

20


Table of Contents

described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of such risks or the risks described below occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business plan relies on certain assumptions pertaining to the market for our products that, if incorrect, may adversely affect our growth and profitability.

We allocate our design, development, manufacturing, marketing, management and financial resources based on our business plan, which includes assumptions about various demographic trends and trends in the treatment of spine disorders and the resulting demand for our products. However, these trends are uncertain. There can be no assurance that our assumptions with respect to an aging population with broad medical coverage and longer life expectancy, which we expect to lead to increased spinal injuries and degeneration, are accurate. In addition, an increasing awareness and use of non-invasive means for the prevention and treatment of back pain and rehabilitation purposes may reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. A significant shift in technologies or methods used in the treatment of back pain or damaged or diseased bone and tissue could adversely affect demand for some or all of our products. For example, pharmaceutical advances could result in non-surgical treatments gaining more widespread acceptance as a viable alternative to spine fusion. The emergence of new biological or synthetic materials to facilitate regeneration of damaged or diseased bone and to repair damaged tissue could increasingly minimize or delay the need for spine fusion surgery and provide other biological alternatives to spine fusion. New surgical procedures could diminish demand for some of our products. The increased acceptance of emerging technologies that do not require spine fusion, such as artificial discs and nucleus replacement, for the surgical treatment of spine disorders would reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. If our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or if alternative treatments to those offered by our products gain further acceptance, then actual demand for our products could be significantly less than the demand we anticipate for our products and we may not be able to achieve or sustain growth or profitability.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We will continue to pursue growth in, the number of surgeons using our products, including, without limitation the surgeon members of Phygen, the types of products we offer and the geographic regions in which our products are sold. Such anticipated growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our managerial, operational and financial resources and systems. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional personnel. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these anticipated growth activities. We are currently focused on increasing the size and effectiveness of our sales force and distribution network, marketing activities, research and development efforts, inventory management systems, management team and corporate infrastructure. If we do not manage our anticipated growth effectively, the quality of our products, our relationships with physicians, including the surgeon members of Phygen, distributors and hospitals, and our reputation could suffer, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We must attract and retain qualified personnel and third-party distributors and manage and train them effectively. Personnel qualified in the design, development, production and marketing of our products are difficult to find and hire, and enhancements of information technology systems to support our growth are difficult to implement. We will also need to carefully monitor and manage our surgeon services, our manufacturing capabilities, quality assurance and efficiency, and the quality assurance and efficiency of our suppliers and distributors. This managing, training and monitoring will require allocation of valuable management resources and significant expense. If our management is unable to effectively manage our

 

21


Table of Contents

expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenues could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy.

We are in a highly competitive market segment, face competition from large, well-established medical device companies with significant resources, and may not be able to compete effectively.

The market for spine fusion products and procedures is intensely competitive, subject to rapid technological change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. In 2012, a large portion of global spinal implant product revenues was generated by Medtronic Sofamor Danek, a subsidiary of Medtronic, Inc., Depuy Spine, a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson and Stryker Spine. Our competitors also include numerous other publicly traded companies and privately held companies.

Several of our competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, including:

 

   

more established relationships with spine surgeons;

 

   

more established distribution networks;

 

   

broader spine surgery product offerings;

 

   

stronger intellectual property portfolios;

 

   

greater financial and other resources for product research and development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation;

 

   

greater experience in, and resources for, launching, marketing, distributing and selling products;

 

   

significantly greater name recognition as well as more recognizable trademarks for products similar to the products that we sell;

 

   

more established relationships with healthcare providers and payors;

 

   

products supported by more extensive clinical data; and

 

   

greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancements.

In addition, at any time our current competitors or other companies may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products, including ones that prove to be superior to our spine surgery products. For these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors. Any such failure could lead us to modify our strategy, lower our prices, increase the commissions we pay on sales of our products and have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant percentage of our revenues are derived from the sale of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws.

Net sales of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws represented approximately 45% and 46% of our net sales for 2012 and 2011, respectively. A decline in sales of these systems, due to market demand, the introduction by a third party of a competitive product, an intellectual property dispute involving these systems, or otherwise, would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Some of the technology related to our polyaxial pedicle screw systems is licensed to us. Any action that would prevent us from manufacturing, marketing and selling our polyaxial pedicle screw systems would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our sales and marketing efforts in the U.S. are largely dependent upon third parties, some of which are free to market products that compete with our products.

As of December 31, 2012, approximately 23% of our independent distributors in the U.S. also market and sell the products of our competitors, and those competitors may have the ability to influence the products that our independent distributors choose to market and sell. Our competitors may be able, by offering higher commission payments or otherwise, to convince our independent distributors to terminate their relationships with us, carry fewer of our products or reduce their sales and marketing efforts for our products.

We may be unable to accurately predict future sales through distributors that purchase products directly from us, which could harm our ability to forecast sales performance.

A portion of our sales are made through domestic and international third-party distributors that purchase our products directly from us and then resell such products to hospitals. As a result, our financial results, quarterly product sales, trends and comparisons are affected by fluctuations in the buying patterns and inventory levels of these distributors. While we attempt to assist such distributors in forecasting its future sales and maintaining adequate inventory levels, we may not be consistently accurate or successful. In addition, our distributors’ decision-making process regarding orders is complex and involves several factors, including surgeon demand levels, which can make it difficult to accurately predict our sales until late in a quarter. Our failure to accurately forecast sales through distributors that purchase products directly from us and the failure of such distributors to maintain adequate inventory levels could lead to a decline in sales and adversely affect our results of operations.

If pricing pressures cause us to decrease prices for our goods and services and we are unable to compensate for such reductions through changes in our product mix and reductions to our expenses, our results of operations will suffer.

We may experience decreasing prices for our goods and services we offer due to pricing pressure exerted by our customers in response to increased cost containment efforts from managed care organizations and other third-party payors and increased market power of our customers as the medical device industry consolidates. If we are unable to offset such price reductions through changes in our product mix or reductions in our expenses, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be adversely affected.

We conduct a significant amount of our sales activity outside of the U.S., which subjects us to additional business risks and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately $65.8 million, or 33% of our net sales from sales of products outside of the U.S. We intend to continue to pursue growth opportunities in sales internationally, which could expose us to additional risks associated with international sales and operations. Our international operations are, and will continue to be, subject to a number of risks and potential costs, including:

 

   

changes in foreign medical reimbursement policies and programs;

 

   

changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

 

   

differing local product preferences and product requirements;

 

   

diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries outside of the U.S.;

 

   

differing payment cycles;

 

   

trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;

 

   

difficulty in staffing, training and managing foreign operations;

 

   

differing legal regulations and labor relations;

 

   

potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws (including potentially taxes payable on earnings of foreign subsidiaries upon repatriation); and

 

23


Table of Contents
   

political and economic instability.

In addition, we are subject to risks arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations, which could decrease our revenues, increase our costs and may adversely affect our results of operations. Significant increases in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could have a material adverse effect on our international results of operations.

To be commercially successful, we must convince the spine surgeon community, including the surgeon members of Phygen, that our products are an attractive alternative to our competitors’ products. If the spine surgeon community, including the surgeon members of Phygen, does not use our products, our sales will decline and we will be unable to increase our sales and profits.

In order for us to sell our products, surgeons, including the surgeon members of Phygen, must be convinced that they are superior to competing products for use in spine fusion procedures. Acceptance of our products depends on educating the spine surgeon community, including the surgeon members of Phygen, as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to our competitors’ products and on training surgeons in the proper application of our products. If we are not successful in convincing the spine surgeon community, including the surgeon members of Phygen, of the merit of our products, our sales will decline and we will be unable to increase our sales and will be unable to achieve and sustain growth or profitability.

There is a learning process involved for spine surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products. Although most spine surgeons may have adequate knowledge on how to use most of our products based on their clinical training and experience, we believe that the most effective way to introduce and build market demand for our products is by directly training spine surgeons in the use of our products. If surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. This may also result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must retain the current distributors of our products and attract new distributors of our products.

As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we will need to expand our sales and marketing organization. We plan to accomplish this by increasing our network of independent distributors and hiring additional direct sales representatives. The establishment and development of a broader sales network and dedicated sales force may be expensive and time consuming. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent distributors and to hire additional direct sales representatives to work with us. Often, our competitors enter into distribution agreements with independent distributors that require such distributors to exclusively sell the products of our competitors. Further, we may not be able to enter into agreements with independent distributors on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even if we do enter into agreements with additional independent distributors, it often takes 90 to 120 days for new distributors to reach full operational effectiveness and such distributors may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our products or ultimately be successful in selling our products. Our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected if we do not retain our existing independent distributors and attract new, additional independent distributors or if the marketing and sales efforts of our independent distributors and our own direct sales representatives are unsuccessful.

We may not be successful in manufacturing products at the levels required to meet future market demand.

We are seeking to rapidly grow sales of our products and if we are successful, such growth may strain our ability to manufacture an increasingly large supply of our products. We have never produced products in quantities significantly in excess of our current production levels. Manufacturers regularly experience difficulties

 

24


Table of Contents

in scaling up production and we may face such difficulties in increasing our production levels. Moreover, we may not be able to manufacture our products with consistent and satisfactory quality or in sufficient quantities to meet demand. Our failure to produce products of satisfactory quality or in sufficient quantities could hurt our reputation; cause hospitals, surgeons or distributors to cancel orders or refrain from placing new orders for our products; and reduce or slow growth of sales of our products. Increases in our production volume also could make it harder for us to maintain control over expenses, manage our relationships with our suppliers, maintain good relations with our employees or otherwise manage our business. In addition, should we not be able to achieve our revenue forecast and cash consumption starts to exceed forecasted consumption, management will need to adjust our production of surgical instruments and manage our inventory to the decreased sales volumes. If we do not make these adjustments in a timely manner, there could be an adverse impact on our financial resources.

We depend on various third-party suppliers, and in one case a single third-party supplier, for key raw materials used in our manufacturing processes and the loss of these third-party suppliers, or their inability to supply us with adequate raw materials, could harm our business.

We use a number of raw materials, including titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, PEEK, and human tissue. We rely from time to time on a number of suppliers and in one case on a single source vendor, Invibio. We have a supply agreement with Invibio, pursuant to which it supplies us with PEEK, a biocompatible plastic that we use in some of our spacers. Invibio is one of a limited number of companies approved to distribute PEEK in the U.S. for use in implantable devices. During 2012 and 2011 approximately 14% and 16%, respectively, of our revenues were derived from products manufactured using PEEK.

We depend on a limited number of sources of human tissue for use in our biologics products, and any failure to obtain tissue from these sources or to have the tissue processed by these entities for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to meet demand for our biologics products effectively. The processing of human tissue into biologics products is labor intensive and it is therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream. In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used for our biologics products are at times in particularly short supply. We cannot be certain that our supply of human tissue from our current suppliers and our current inventory of biologics products will be available at current levels or will be sufficient to meet our needs.

Our dependence on a single third-party PEEK supplier and the challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of biologics products involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. In addition, any supply interruption in a limited or sole sourced component or raw material, such as PEEK or human tissue, could materially harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be found. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our tissue-based products and related technologies could become subject to significantly greater regulation by the FDA, which could disrupt our business.

The FDA may regulate certain tissue-based products as medical devices, drugs or biologics if the product is deemed to have been more than minimally manipulated or indicated for nonhomologous use. Homologous use is generally interpreted as the use of tissue for the same basic function in the recipient as it fulfilled in the donor. If the FDA decides that any of our current or future tissue-based products are more than minimally manipulated or indicated for nonhomologous use, it would require us to either obtain 510(k) clearance or a PMA approval if the biologics product is viewed as a medical device or obtain approval as a drug or licensure as a biologic if it is viewed as a drug or biologic. Depending on the nature and extent of any FDA decision applicable to our tissue-based products, further distribution of the affected products could be interrupted for a substantial period of time, which would reduce our revenues and hurt our profitability.

 

25


Table of Contents

The regulatory status of our PureGen product is unclear, and we could be forced to stop marketing the product. In addition, in February of 2013 we voluntarily stopped shipping PureGen.

In 2010, we began to market and sell our PureGen Osteoprogenitor Cell Allograft product pursuant to section 361 of the Public Health Service Act and 21 CFR Part 1271 Human Cell & Tissue Products Controls, or the HCT/P. Such action was based on our good faith belief that PureGen was a 361 HCT/P tissue product. In June 2011 the manufacturer of PureGen, Parcell Laboratories, was contacted by FDA concerning the regulatory status of PureGen. These communications stated FDA’s belief that PureGen was a biologic product subject to regulation under Section 351 of the Public Health Service Act, or the PHS Act, by the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER. Both we and Parcell disagreed with this position. Parcell responded to the FDA’s letter in July of 2011 with more complete information of the function of PureGen and how the product meets all of the criteria for being marketed under Section 361. A formal request for designation of the regulatory status of PureGen was submitted in January 2013. In February 2013 each of the two vendors that are collectively responsible for the procurement, processing, storage and shipment of PureGen were inspected by the FDA. Following such inspections several Form 483 observations were issued related to PureGen. Despite the fact that the PureGen product has been implanted in over 3,500 patients with no adverse events related to the product, in February of, 2013 we voluntarily stopped shipping PureGen until all issues have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction, and we cannot be certain that such actions will take place in a timely manner, or if such actions will happen at all. In the event that the FDA requires us to stop marketing or selling PureGen until it has achieved regulatory approval as a medical device or biologic product, we would be forced to stop selling the product. In addition, if we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements related to PureGen, the FDA could deny future marketing clearance, approval or licensing, withdraw approvals or revoke licenses, or impose civil penalties, including fines, product seizures or product recalls and, in extreme cases, criminal sanctions.

Negative publicity concerning methods of tissue recovery and screening of donor tissue in our industry could reduce demand for biologics products and impact the supply of available donor tissue.

Media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery from donors and disease transmission from donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of biologics products. Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices, both in the U.S. and internationally, as well as incidents of improperly processed tissue leading to the transmission of disease, may broadly affect the rate of future tissue donation and market acceptance of biologics product. In addition, such negative publicity could cause the families of potential donors to become reluctant to agree to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors, which could have a negative effect on our biologics products business.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s quality system and good tissue practice regulations, the manufacture of our products could be delayed.

We and our suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s QSRs, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, record keeping, storage and shipping of our products. In addition, suppliers and processors of products derived from human cells and tissues must comply with the FDA’s current good tissue practice regulations, or CGTPs, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and controls used for the manufacture of human cell tissue and cellular products, record keeping and the establishment of a quality program. The FDA audits compliance with the QSRs and CGTPs through inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan is not sufficient, we or our suppliers could be forced to delay the manufacture of our products until such problems are corrected to the FDA’s satisfaction, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, our products could be subject to recall if the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products are not safe or effective. Any recall or FDA requirement demanding that we seek additional approvals or clearances could result in delays, costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential operating restrictions

 

26


Table of Contents

imposed by the FDA, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Global economic and credit market conditions could affect a portion of our client base, subcontractors and suppliers, which could materially affect our backlog and profits.

Volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets have reduced the availability of liquidity and credit to fund or support the continuation and expansion of industrial business operations worldwide. Recent financial market conditions have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, and have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers. Continued disruption of the credit markets could adversely affect the borrowing capacity of us or our suppliers and customers, which support the continuation and expansion of our sales worldwide, and could result in suppliers not being able to supply us with raw materials or finished goods or payment delays or defaults by our customers. In addition, in response to current market conditions, vendors or customers may choose to seek contract terms more favorable to them. Finally, our ability to expand our business could be limited if, in the future, we are unable to raise capital, on favorable terms or at all.

Healthcare policy changes, including recent federal legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the federal government, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products, limit the acceptance and availability of our products, and have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

In March 2010, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law the ACA. The legislation imposes a 2.3% excise tax on domestic sales of medical devices which went into effect on January 1, 2013. These taxes are resulting in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry. Other elements of this legislation include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and by instituting more sweeping payment reforms, such as bundled payments for episodes of care, the establishment of “accountable care organizations” under which hospitals and physicians will be able to share savings that result from cost control efforts, comparative effectiveness research, value-based purchasing, and the establishment of an independent payment advisory board. Many of these provisions will be implemented through the regulatory process, and policy details have not yet been finalized. In addition, although ACA has been subject to various legal and legislative challenges, in June 2012 the United States Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the minimum essential health insurance coverage rule, or so-called personal mandate, while holding that the federal government must give states the option to accept ACA’s Medical expansion provisions without risk of losing all federal Medicaid funds. Other proposals have been introduced in Congress to repeal the device tax, and various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged at the state level. Although not a prediction, it now appears likely that ACA will be implemented largely as enacted, but it is less clear what other healthcare initiatives at the federal or state level, if any, will be implemented. However, an expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for our products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially. At the same time, the failure of any state to expand its Medicaid program as prescribed in ACA will restrict the ability of populations potentially served by such expansion to use our products.

 

27


Table of Contents

The demand for our products and the prices at which customers and patients are willing to pay for our products depend upon the ability of our customers to obtain adequate third-party coverage and reimbursement for their purchases of our products.

Sales of our products depend in part on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental and private payors. In the U.S., healthcare providers that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, principally Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the use of our products. While our currently marketed products are eligible for reimbursement in the U.S., if surgical procedures utilizing our products are performed on an outpatient basis, it is possible that private payors may no longer provide reimbursement for our products without further supporting data on our procedure. Any delays in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, adequate coverage or reimbursement for procedures using our products could significantly affect the acceptance of our products and have a significant adverse effect on our business. Additionally, third-party payors continue to review their coverage policies carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without notice, deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products. Our business would be negatively impacted to the extent any such changes reduce reimbursement for our products.

With respect to coverage and reimbursement outside of the U.S., reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country, and by region within some countries, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis and can take up to 18 months, or longer. Many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for new devices and procedures. In most markets, there are private insurance systems as well as government-managed systems. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods. Reimbursement in international markets may require us to undertake country-specific reimbursement activities, including additional clinical studies, which could be time consuming, expensive and may not yield acceptable reimbursement rates.

Furthermore, healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade. There have been and may continue to be proposals by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to contain these costs. Several such proposals were enacted as part of ACA, and include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and sweeping payment reforms. Other federal and state cost-control measures include prospective payment systems, capitated rates, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, requiring pre-authorizations or second opinions prior to major surgery, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. Some healthcare providers in the U.S. have adopted or are considering a managed care system in which the providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. Healthcare providers may also attempt to control costs by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures or by requiring the use of the least expensive devices possible. These cost-control methods also potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for medical devices. In addition, in the U.S., no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical technology exists among all these payors. Therefore, coverage of and reimbursement for medical technology can differ significantly from payor to payor. The continuing efforts of third-party payors, whether governmental or commercial, whether inside the U.S. or outside, to contain or reduce these costs, combined with closer scrutiny of such costs, could restrict our customers’ ability to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement from these third-party payors. The cost containment measures contained in ACA and other measures being considered at the federal and state level, as well as internationally, could harm our business by adversely affecting the demand for our products or the price at which we can sell our products.

 

28


Table of Contents

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create new companies with greater market power, including hospitals. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as group purchasing organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for some of our customers. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse, health information privacy and security, and disclosure laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, healthcare regulation by federal and state governments significantly impacts our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse, health information privacy and security, and disclosure laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, as well as state analogs, which constrains our marketing practices and those of our independent sales agents and distributors, educational programs, pricing policies, and relationships with healthcare providers by prohibiting, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal (or state or commercial) healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

 

   

the federal ban, as well as state analogs, on physician self-referrals, which prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the physician or an immediate family member of the physician has any financial relationship with the entity;

 

   

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

 

   

HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

the state and federal laws “sunshine” provisions that require detailed reporting and disclosures to CMS and applicable states of any payments or “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other health care providers, and for certain states prohibit some forms of these payments, require the adoption of marketing codes of conduct, and constrain their relationships with physicians and other referral sources;

 

   

state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

the Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA, specifically, privacy and security provisions including recent amendments under HITECH which impose stringent restrictions on uses and disclosures of protected health information such as for marketing or clinical research purposes and impose significant civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance and require the reporting of breaches to affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media in the event of a violation; and

 

   

a variety of state-imposed privacy and data security laws which require the protection of information beyond health information, such as employee information or any class of information combining name with state issued identification numbers, social security numbers, credit card, bank or other financial information and which require reporting to state officials in the event of breach or violation and which impose both civil and criminal penalties.

ACA includes various provisions designed to strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement, such as increased funding for enforcement efforts and the lowering of the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them.

If our past or present operations, or those of our independent sales agents and distributors are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal healthcare programs and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Similarly, if the healthcare providers, sales agents, distributors or other entities with which we do business are found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on us. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the Courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

In January 2004, the Advanced Medical Technology Association or AdvaMed, the principal U.S. trade association for the medical device industry, put in place a model “code of conduct”, or the AdvaMed Code, that sets forth standards by which its members should abide in the promotion of their products. Although we are not a member of AvaMed, we have in place policies and procedures for compliance that we believe are at least as stringent as those set forth in the AdvaMed Code, and we provide routine training to our sales and marketing personnel on our policies regarding sales and marketing practices. The AdvaMed Code was revised in 2009 to make it more stringent with respect to interactions with healthcare professionals. We have adopted the new aspects of the revised AdvaMed Code.

The sales and marketing practices of our industry have been the subject of increased scrutiny from federal and state government agencies, and we believe that this trend will continue. Prosecutorial scrutiny and governmental oversight over some major device companies regarding the retention of healthcare professionals as consultants has affected and may continue to affect the manner in which medical device companies may retain healthcare professionals as consultants. We have in place policies to govern how we may retain healthcare professionals as consultants that reflect the current climate on this issue and are providing training on these policies. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

Our international operations may expose us to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Money Laundering Laws.

We may be exposed to liabilities under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose

 

30


Table of Contents

of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires companies to maintain adequate record keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately reflect the transactions of the company. We are also subject to a number of other laws and regulations relating to money laundering, international money transfers and electronic fund transfers, which we collectively refer to as Money Laundering Laws. These laws apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents.

We operate in a number of jurisdictions with developing economies that pose a high risk of potential violations of the FCPA and Money Laundering Laws, and we utilize third-party distributorships that have government customers. If our employees, third-party distributors or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other remedial measures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDA clearances or approvals for our future products or modifications to our products, our ability to commercially distribute and market our products could suffer.

Our medical devices are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. In particular, the FDA permits commercial distribution of most new medical devices only after the devices have received clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or 510(k), or are the subject of an approved premarket approval application, or a PMA. The 510(k) process generally takes three to nine months, but can take significantly longer, especially if the FDA requires a clinical study to support the 510(k) application. In connection with the 510(k) that we submitted for the OsseoFix system, the FDA required clinical data to support the 510(k). Currently, we are not certain as to whether the FDA will require clinical data in support of any other 510(k)s that we intend to submit for other products in our pipeline. In addition, the FDA is currently re-examining its 510(k) clearance process for medical devices and recently published several draft guidance documents that could change that process. Any changes that make the process more restrictive could increase the time it takes for us to obtain clearances or could make the 510(k) process unavailable for certain of our products. A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process or is not exempt from premarket review by the FDA. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing and control data and proposed labeling, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. The PMA process is more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process, and generally takes between one and three years, if not longer. In addition, any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA.

Our commercial distribution and marketing of any products or product modifications that we develop may be delayed since regulatory clearance or approval is required. In addition, because we cannot assure you that any new products or any product modifications we develop will be subject to the shorter 510(k) clearance process, the regulatory approval process for our new products or product modifications may take significantly longer than anticipated. There is no assurance that the FDA will not require a new product or product modification to go through the lengthy and expensive PMA approval process. Delays in obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals may:

 

   

delay or prevent commercialization of products we develop;

 

   

require us to perform costly procedures;

 

   

diminish any competitive advantages that we might otherwise have obtained; and

 

   

reduce our ability to collect revenues.

 

31


Table of Contents

To date, all of our non-biologic medical device products that have required FDA review that are being sold in the U.S. have been cleared through the 510(k) process without any required clinical trials. However, the FDA may require clinical data in support of any 510(k)s that we intend to submit for products in our pipeline. We have limited experience in obtaining approval for a device through the 510(k) clinical trial process or the PMA process. If any of our products require the 510(k) clinical process or the PMA process, such processes could delay the commercialization of such products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The safety of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data and may therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

We obtained clearance to offer all of our current non-biologic medical device products through the FDA’s 510(k) clearance process. The 510(k) clearance process is generally based on the FDA’s agreement that a new product is substantially equivalent to already marketed products. Thus, the FDA’s 510(k) review process is less rigorous than the PMA process and requires little, if any, supporting clinical data. For these reasons, surgeons may be slow to adopt our 510(k)-cleared products, we may not have the comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. With the passage of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, funds have been appropriated for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Healthcare Research and Quality to conduct comparative effectiveness research to determine the effectiveness of different drugs, medical devices, and procedures in treating certain conditions and diseases. Some of our products or procedures performed with our products could become the subject of such research. It is unknown what effect, if any, this research may have on our business. Further, future research or experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes. Such results would reduce demand for our products and this could cause us to withdraw our products from the market. Moreover, if future research or experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to significant legal liability, significant negative publicity, damage to our reputation and a dramatic reduction in sales of our products, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If clinical trials of our current or future product candidates do not produce results necessary to support regulatory approval in the U.S., we will be unable to commercialize these products.

Several investigational devices in our development pipeline, including our OsseoFix Spinal Fracture Reduction System, and our OsseoScrew System require either a 510(k) with clinical trial data or a PMA from the FDA before we can market such product in the U.S. The clinical trial is required by the FDA to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. As a result, to receive regulatory approval in the U.S. for OsseoFix or OsseoScrew, we must conduct, at our own expense, a clinical trial to demonstrate efficacy and safety in humans. Clinical testing is expensive and has an uncertain outcome. Clinical failure can occur at any stage of the testing. Our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical and/or non-clinical testing. Our failure to adequately demonstrate the efficacy and safety of any of our devices would prevent receipt of regulatory approval and, ultimately, the commercialization of that device.

If we choose to acquire new and complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may be unable to complete these acquisitions or successfully integrate them in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offering in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures and technologies and our ability to increase our market share. Accordingly, we have pursued and intend to pursue the acquisition of complementary businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves. We do not know if we will be able to successfully complete any acquisitions, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to successfully

 

32


Table of Contents

grow through acquisitions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable acquisitions and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract management. If we are unable to integrate any future or recently acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. For example, an acquisition could materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize significant amounts of expenses, including non-cash acquisition costs, and acquired assets.

We may not be able to timely develop new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market.

We sell our products in a market that is characterized by technological change, product innovation, evolving industry standards, competing patent claims, patent litigation and intense competition. Our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products, which we will need to do before our competitors do so and in a manner that does not infringe issued patents of third parties from which we do not have a license. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop or market new, improved or modified products, or that any of our future products will be accepted by even the surgeons who use our current products. Our competitors’ product development capabilities could be more effective than our capabilities, and their new products may get to market before our products. In addition, the products of our competitors may be more effective or less expensive than our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors may lead us to have price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share and may render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. The success of any of our new product offerings or enhancement or modification to our existing products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

 

   

properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;

 

   

develop new products or enhancements in a timely manner;

 

   

obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for new products or product enhancements;

 

   

provide adequate training to potential users of new products;

 

   

receive adequate reimbursement approval of third-party payors such as Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers; and

 

   

develop an effective marketing and distribution network.

Developing products in a timely manner can be difficult, in particular because product designs change rapidly to adjust to third-party patent constraints and to market preferences. As a result, we may experience delays in our product launches which may significantly impede our ability to enter or compete in a given market and may reduce the sales that we are able to generate from these products. We may experience delays in any phase of a product launch, including during research and development, clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing and the surgeon training process. In addition, our suppliers of products or components that we do not manufacture can suffer similar delays, which could cause delays in our product introductions. If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand for these new products or enhancements, it could have a significant adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, and the loss of any of them could harm our business.

Our continued success depends in part upon the continued availability and contributions of our senior management, sales and marketing team and engineering team and the continued participation of our key surgeon advisors. While we have entered into employment agreements with all members of our senior management team,

 

33


Table of Contents

other than with respect to our President of Alphatec Pacific, none of these agreements guarantees the services of the individual for a specified period of time. We would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately prepare for future turnover of our senior management team. Our ability to grow or at least maintain our sales levels depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain sales and marketing personnel and for these sales people to maintain their relationships with surgeons directly and through our distributors. We rely on our engineering team to research, design and develop potential products for our product pipeline. We also rely on our surgeon advisors to advise us on our products, our product pipeline, long-term scientific planning, research and development and industry trends. We compete for personnel and advisors with other companies and other organizations, many of which are larger and have greater name recognition and financial and other resources than we do. The loss of members of our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, or our inability to attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We rely on our information technology systems for inventory management, distribution and other functions and to maintain our research and development data. If our information technology systems fail to adequately perform these functions, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage accounting and financial functions; manage order entry, order fulfillment and inventory replenishment processes; and maintain our research and development data. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and product development and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, all of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

 

   

earthquake, fire, flood and other natural disasters;

 

   

terrorist attacks and attacks by computer viruses or hackers;

 

   

power loss; and

 

   

computer systems, or Internet, telecommunications or data network failure.

Any such interruption could have significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The majority of our operations and all of our manufacturing facilities are currently conducted in locations that may be at risk of damage from fire, earthquakes or other natural disasters. If a natural disaster strikes, we may be unable to manufacture certain products for a substantial amount of time.

We currently conduct the majority of our development, manufacturing and management activities in Carlsbad, California near known wildfire areas and earthquake fault zones. We have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, including obtaining property and casualty insurance, and implementing health and safety protocols. We have developed an Information Technology disaster recovery plan. However, any future natural disaster, such as a fire or an earthquake, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage or destroy our equipment or inventory and cause us to incur additional expenses. A disaster could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our facilities would be difficult to replace and would require substantial lead time to repair or replace. The insurance we maintain against earthquakes, fires, and other natural disasters would not be adequate to cover a total loss of our manufacturing facilities, may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

34


Table of Contents

Alphatec Holdings is a holding company with no operations, and unless it receives dividends or other payments from its subsidiaries, it will be unable to fulfill its cash obligations.

As a holding company with no business operations, Alphatec Holdings’ material assets consist only of the common stock of its subsidiaries, including Alphatec Spine and Scient’x, dividends and other payments received from time to time from its subsidiaries, and the proceeds raised from the sale of debt and equity securities. Alphatec Holdings’ subsidiaries are legally distinct from Alphatec Holdings and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds available to Alphatec Holdings. Alphatec Holdings will have to rely upon dividends and other payments from its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to fulfill its cash obligations. Alphatec Holdings may not be able to access cash generated by its subsidiaries in order to fulfill cash commitments. The ability of Alphatec Spine to make dividend and other payments to Alphatec Holdings is subject to the availability of funds after taking into account its subsidiaries’ funding requirements, the terms of its subsidiaries’ indebtedness and applicable state laws.

Compliance with changing regulations and standards for accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations, including accelerated SEC filing timelines and new Proxy rules, new NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and new accounting pronouncements are creating uncertainty and additional complexities for companies such as ours. In particular, the Section 404 internal control evaluation requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have added and will continue to add complexity and costs to our business and require a significant investment of our time and resources to complete each year. We take these requirements seriously and will make every effort to ensure that we receive clean attestations on our internal controls each year from our outside auditors, but there is no guarantee that our efforts to do so will be successful. To maintain high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, we intend to invest all reasonably necessary resources to comply with all other evolving standards. These investments may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from strategic revenue generating and cost management activities.

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting, we could be unable to provide timely and accurate financial information and therefore be subject to delisting from The NASDAQ Global Select Market, an investigation by the SEC, and civil or criminal sanctions. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting would place us at increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and could cause our stockholders, lenders, suppliers and others to lose confidence in the accuracy or completeness of our financial reports.

Risks Related to Our Financial Results and Need for Financing

The current global recession and credit crisis could adversely affect our business.

The financial and credit crisis that began in 2007 triggered a period of upheaval characterized by bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale at nominal amounts of various financial institutions. Despite the unprecedented level of intervention in the credit markets by the U.S. and foreign governments that has already occurred and is likely to continue to occur, this crisis could temporarily restrict our ability to borrow money on acceptable terms in the credit markets and potentially could affect our ability to draw on our current credit facility. The financial and credit crisis could make it difficult or, in many cases, impossible for our customers to borrow money to fund their operations. Their lack of or limited access to capital may adversely affect their ability to purchase our products or, in some cases, to pay for our products on a timely basis.

Our quarterly financial results could fluctuate significantly.

Our quarterly financial results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from period to period, particularly because our sales prospects are uncertain. The level of our revenues and results of operations at any given time will be based primarily on the following factors:

 

   

acceptance of our products by surgeons, patients, hospitals and third-party payors;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

demand and pricing of our products;

 

   

the mix of our products sold, because profit margins differ among our products;

 

   

timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

 

   

our ability to grow and maintain a productive sales and marketing organization;

 

   

regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our competitors;

 

   

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

   

levels of third-party reimbursement for our products;

 

   

interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;

 

   

our ability to produce or obtain products of satisfactory quality or in sufficient quantities to meet demand; and

 

   

changes in our ability to obtain FDA, state and international approval or clearance for our products.

In addition, until we have a larger base of surgeons using our products, occasional fluctuations in the use of our products by individual surgeons or small groups of surgeons will have a proportionately larger impact on our revenues than for companies with a larger customer base.

Many of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA, state and international approval or clearance. We cannot begin to commercialize any such products in the U.S. without FDA approval or clearance or outside of the U.S. without appropriate regulatory approvals and import licenses. As a result, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty. We cannot assure you that our revenue will increase or be sustained in future periods or that we will be profitable in any future period. Any shortfalls in revenue or earnings from levels expected by our stockholders or by securities or industry analysts could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock in any given period.

We may need to raise additional funds in the future and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, revenues from our operations, and Alphatec Spine’s ability to draw down on its credit facility, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements through December 31, 2013. Despite this belief, we may seek additional funds from public and private stock offerings, borrowings under new debt facilities or other sources. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the revenues generated by sales of our products;

 

   

the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;

 

   

the costs of developing new products or technologies;

 

   

the cost of obtaining and maintaining FDA or other regulatory approval or clearance for our products and products in development;

 

   

the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;

 

   

the costs associated with increased capital expenditures; and

 

   

the costs associated with our employee retention programs and related benefits.

 

36


Table of Contents

As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional funds and such funds may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. Furthermore, if we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential products or proprietary technologies, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated customer requirements. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals and have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to comply with the covenants of our credit facility.

We must comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants, in our credit facility with MidCap Financial, LLC, or the Credit Facility. In order to comply with the financial covenants for 2013, we will need to achieve revenue and earnings that exceed our historical revenue and earnings levels. If we are not able to achieve planned revenue or earnings growth or if we incur costs in excess of our forecast, we may be required to substantially reduce discretionary spending and could be in default of the Credit Facility. In addition to financial covenants, the Credit Facility also contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for loan agreements of this type, including, but not limited to, limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, asset dispositions, acquisitions, investments, dividends and other restricted payments, liens and transactions with affiliates, the breach of which could result in an event of default. There can be no assurance that at all times in the future we will satisfy all such financial or other covenants or obtain any required waiver or amendment, in which event of default the lenders party to the Credit Facility could refuse to make further extensions of credit to us and require all amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition to allowing the lenders to accelerate the loan, several events of default under the Credit Facility, such as our failure to make required payments of principal and interest and the occurrence of certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, could require us to pay interest at a rate which is up to five percentage points higher than the interest rate effective immediately before the event of default.

An event of default under the Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on us. Upon an event of default, if the lenders under the Credit Facility accelerate the repayment of all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest and other fees, or if the lenders elect to charge us additional interest, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient cash available to repay the amounts due, and we may be forced to seek to amend the terms of the Credit Facility or obtain alternative financing, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

In addition, if we fail to pay amounts when due under the Credit Facility or upon the occurrence of another event of default, the lenders under the Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral granted to them pursuant to the Credit Facility. We have granted to the lenders a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, including all accounts receivable and all securities evidencing our interests in our subsidiaries, as collateral under the Credit Facility. If the lenders proceed against the collateral, such assets would no longer be available for use in our business, which would have a significant adverse affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we default on our obligations to make settlement payments to Cross Medical Products, the amounts due under the settlement agreements accelerates and becomes due and payable.

Any default of our payment obligation under the settlement agreements we entered into with Cross Medical Products, or Cross, would give Cross the right to declare all of the future payments to be immediately payable,

 

37


Table of Contents

together with additional payments to cover interest and Cross’ legal fees. As of March 1, 2013, the outstanding amount to be paid to Cross Medical through August 2015 is $10,000,000. If this acceleration of payments occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property Regulatory Penalties and Potential Litigation

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights of the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. For example, we cannot assure you that any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents to us. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of claims in issued patents. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future could subsequently be successfully challenged by others and invalidated or rendered unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing and selling related products. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to aspects of our products and procedures that are not currently protected by issued patents.

Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are comparable to our products but fall outside of the scope of our patent protection. Although we have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with certain of our employees, consultants and advisors as one of the ways we seek to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary technology, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S., if at all. Since most of our issued patents and pending patent applications are for the U.S. only, we lack a corresponding scope of patent protection in other countries, including Japan. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products in other countries that are similar to some of our products.

In the event a competitor infringes upon one of our patents or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents and rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

The medical device industry is characterized by patent and other intellectual property litigation and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, and/or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.

The medical device industry is characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings over patent and other intellectual property rights. Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Our competitors may assert that our products, the components of those products, the methods of using those products, or the methods we employ in

 

38


Table of Contents

manufacturing or processing those products are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. In addition, they may claim that their patents have priority over ours because their patents were filed first. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which may later result in issued patents that our products may infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more components of our products may be inadvertently infringing, of which we are unaware. As the number of participants in the market for spine disorder devices and treatments increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us also increases.

Any such claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If the relevant patents were upheld as valid and enforceable and we were found to infringe, we could be required to pay substantial damages, including treble, or triple, damages if an infringement is found to be willful, and/or royalties and we could be prevented from selling our products unless we could obtain a license or were able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe those patents. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, either of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, in order to further our product development efforts, from time to time we enter into agreements with surgeons to develop new products. As consideration for product development activities rendered pursuant to these agreements, in certain instances we have agreed to pay such surgeons royalties on products developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. There can be no assurance that surgeons with whom we have entered into such an arrangement will not claim to be entitled to a royalty even if we do not believe that such products were developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. Any such claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation.

If we become subject to product liability claims, we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, manufacture and sale of medical devices for spine surgery procedures. Spine surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death. To date, our products have not been the subject of any material product liability claims. Currently, we carry product liability insurance in the amount of $10 million per occurrence and $10 million in the aggregate. Our existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to satisfy liabilities we might incur. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or our inability to secure coverage in the future on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, if our product liability insurance proves to be inadequate to pay a damage award, we may have to pay the excess out of our cash reserves, which could harm our financial condition. If longer-term patient results and experience indicate that our products or any component of our products cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could be subject to significant liability. Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage limits, our business could suffer and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely impacted.

 

39


Table of Contents

Because biologics products entail a potential risk of communicable disease to human recipients, we may be the subject of product liability claims regarding our biologics products.

Our biologics products may expose us to additional potential product liability claims. The development of biologics products entails a risk of additional product liability claims because of the risk of transmitting disease to human recipients, and substantial product liability claims may be asserted against us. In addition, successful product liability claims made against one of our competitors could cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception that we are vulnerable to similar claims. Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.

Any claims relating to our improper handling, storage or disposal of biological, hazardous and radioactive materials could be time consuming and costly.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our biologics products, involves the controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and waste. Our business and facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials and waste products. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed standards, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines. This liability could exceed our resources and any applicable insurance. In addition, under some environmental laws and regulations, we could also be held responsible for all of the costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites, even if such contamination was not caused by us. We may incur significant expenses in the future relating to any failure to comply with environmental laws. Any such future expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Many of our independent distributors sell, or in the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee or independent distributor to break the terms of his or her non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and/or personnel. A loss of key personnel and/or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Scient’x was named as a defendant in a qui tam complaint, and despite the fact that the matter was dismissed without prejudice, the government continues to review the allegations raised in the complaint.

On August 13, 2009, a complaint filed under the qui tam provisions of the Federal False Claims Act, or the FCA, that had been filed by private parties against Scient’x’s subsidiary, Scient’x USA, Inc., or Scient’x USA, was unsealed by the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida ( Hudak v. Scient’x USA, Inc., et al. (Civil Action No. 6:08-cv-1556-Orl-22DAB, U.S. District Court, W.D. Florida). Such complaint alleged violations of the FCA arising from allegations that Scient’x USA engaged in improper activities related to consulting payments to surgeon customers. Under the FCA, the United States Department of Justice, Civil

 

40


Table of Contents

Division, or DOJ, had a certain period of time in which to decide whether to intervene and conduct the action against Scient’x USA, or to decline to intervene and allow the private plaintiffs to proceed with the case. On August 7, 2009, the DOJ filed a notice informing the court that it was declining to intervene in the case. On December 4, 2009, the private plaintiffs who filed the action moved the court to dismiss the matter without prejudice and the Attorney General consented to such dismissal on December 14, 2009.

The matter was dismissed without prejudice on December 15, 2009. Despite the dismissal of this matter, the DOJ is continuing its review of the facts alleged by the original plaintiffs in this matter. Scient’x USA believes that its business practices were in compliance with the FCA and intends to vigorously defend itself with respect to the allegations contained in the qui tam complaint if further litigation is instituted. To date, Scient’x USA has not been subpoenaed by any governmental agency in connection with the governmental review. The ultimate outcome of any governmental review is difficult to estimate. A negative outcome of a governmental review is likely to have a material effect on the combined business’s cash flows, results of operations and financial position.

We, certain of our directors and one of our affiliates has been named as a defendant in a litigation matter initiated by Orthotec, LLC, the result of which is uncertain.

In 1998, Eurosurgical, a French company in the business of sales and marketing of spinal implants, entered into a distribution agreement for the United States, Mexico, Canada, India and Australia with Orthotec, LLC, a California company, or Orthotec. In 2004, Orthotec sued Eurosurgical in connection with a contractual dispute and a $9 million judgment was entered against Eurosurgical by a California court. At the same time, a federal court in California declared Eurosurgical liable to Orthotec for $30 million in connection with an intellectual property dispute. In 2006, Eurosurgical’s European assets were ultimately acquired by Surgiview, SAS, or Surgiview, in a sale agreement approved by a French court. Pursuant to this sale, Surgiview became a subsidiary of Scient’x in 2006. Orthotec attempted to recover on Eurosurgical’s obligations in California and federal courts by filing a motion in a California court to add Surgiview to the judgment against Eurosurgical on theories including successor liability and fraudulent conveyance. In February 2007, the California court denied Orthotec’s motion, indicating that Orthotec had not carried its burdens of proof. Orthotec chose to not proceed with a further hearing in September 2007. In May 2008, after the acquisition of Scient’x by HealthpointCapital in 2007, Orthotec sued Scient’x, Surgiview, HealthpointCapital and certain Scient’x former directors (who also serve on our board) in a new action in California state court. In addition, at the same time, a similar action was filed in New York against HealthpointCapital and two former directors of Scient’x (who also serve on our board). In April 2009, the California court dismissed this matter on jurisdictional grounds, and Orthotec appealed such ruling. In December 2010, the California Court of Appeal issued a decision that affirmed in part and reversed in part the trial court’s decision dismissing the entire California action based on lack of personal jurisdiction. The Court of Appeal affirmed the trial court’s ruling that Orthotec failed to establish personal jurisdiction over all parties except Surgiview, finding that the trial court could exercise jurisdiction over that entity. In November 2009, the New York court dismissed Orthotec’s claims based on collateral estoppel, and Orthotec appealed this ruling. In March 2011, the state appeals court in New York reversed the lower court’s decision to dismiss Orthotec’s claims, and the New York matter is proceeding with HealthpointCapital and certain former Scient’x directors (who also serve on our board) as the only defendants. While we intend to vigorously defend against the complaint, and believe that the plaintiff’s allegations are without merit, the outcome of the litigation cannot be predicted at this time and any outcome in favor of Orthotec, regardless of who the defendant is, could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We, certain of our directors and officers and HealthpointCapital have been named as a defendant in two related litigation matters, the result of which is uncertain.

On August 10, 2010, a purported securities class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on behalf of all persons who purchased the our common stock between December 19, 2009 and August 5, 2010 against us and certain of our directors and officers alleging

 

41


Table of Contents

violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. On February 17, 2011, an amended complaint was filed against us and certain of its directors and officers adding alleged violations of the Securities Act of 1933. HealthpointCapital, Jefferies & Company, Inc., Canaccord Adams, Inc., Cowen and Company, Inc., and Lazard Capital Markets LLC are also defendants in this action. The complaint alleges that the defendants made false or misleading statements, as well as failed to disclose material facts, about the Company’s business, financial condition, operations and prospects, particularly relating to the Scient’x transaction and our financial guidance following the closing of the acquisition. The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages, attorneys’ fees, and other unspecified relief. We believe that the claims are without merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourself against this complaint. However, the outcome of the litigation cannot be predicted at this time and any outcome that is adverse to us, regardless of who the defendant is, could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

On August 25, 2010, an alleged shareholder of our filed a derivative lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, San Diego County, purporting to assert claims on behalf of us against all of our directors, certain of our officers and HealthpointCapital. Following the filing of this complaint, similar complaints were filed in the same court and in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California against the same defendants containing similar allegations. The complaint filed in federal court was dismissed by the plaintiff without prejudice in July 2011. The state court complaints have been consolidated into a single action. We have been named as a nominal defendant in the consolidated action. Each complaint alleges that our directors and certain of its officers breached their fiduciary duties to us related to the Scient’x transaction, and by making allegedly false statements that led to unjust enrichment of HealthpointCapital and certain of our directors. The complaints seek unspecified monetary damages and an order directing us to adopt certain measures purportedly designed to improve its corporate governance and internal procedures. This consolidated lawsuit has been stayed by order of the court until May 10, 2013. We believe that the claims are without merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourself against this complaint; however, the outcome of the litigation cannot be predicted at this time and any outcome that is adverse to us, regardless of who the defendant is, could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and the market price of our common stock may decline in value in the future.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

 

   

volume and timing of orders for our products;

 

   

quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

 

   

our announcement or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products, product enhancements, significant contracts, number of distributors, number of hospitals and surgeons using products, acquisitions or strategic investments;

 

   

announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of spine pathology;

 

   

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

   

changes in healthcare policy in the U.S. and internationally;

 

   

product liability claims or other litigation involving us;

 

   

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or applications;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

 

   

changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the U.S. or other countries;

 

   

changes in accounting principles; and

 

   

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

We and certain of our current officers and directors have been named as defendants in litigation that could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and otherwise result in dilution to our stockholders.

We and certain of our current directors and former executive officers, have been sued for alleged violations of federal securities laws related to alleged false and misleading statements and breaches of fiduciary duties in connection with our acquisition of Scient’x, and the completion of the public offering that took place in April 2010. Currently there is a shareholder derivative litigations pending and one federal securities class action litigation pending. We have been engaged in a vigorous defense of such claims. If we are not successful in our defense of such claims, we may have to pay damages awards or otherwise enter into settlement arrangements in connection with such other lawsuits. Any such payments or settlement arrangements could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. Even if the pending claims are not successful, the litigations could result in substantial costs and a significant adverse impact on our reputation and divert management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

We may become involved in additional securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

The stock market in general, and The NASDAQ Global Select Market and the market for medical device companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Further, the market prices of securities of medical device companies have been particularly volatile. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation is often expensive and diverts management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition, results of operations and business.

Securities analysts may not continue to provide coverage of our common stock or may issue negative reports, which may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

Securities analysts may not continue to provide research coverage of our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more of the analysts who elects to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, rules mandated by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and a global settlement reached in 2003 between the SEC, other regulatory agencies and a number of investment banks have led to a number of fundamental changes in how analysts are reviewed and compensated. In particular, many investment banking firms are required to contract with independent financial analysts for their stock research. It may be difficult for companies such as ours, with smaller market capitalizations, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Based on shares outstanding at February 28, 2013, our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 30% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons will have the ability to impact significantly the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

43


Table of Contents

This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:

 

   

delaying, deferring or preventing our change in control;

 

   

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us;

 

   

causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all of our stockholders; or

 

   

reducing our public float held by non-affiliates.

Certain members of our Board of Directors also serve as officers and directors of HealthpointCapital, its affiliates and other portfolio companies.

Four members of our Board of Directors also serve as officers and directors of our largest stockholder, HealthpointCapital, or its related entities and of other companies in which HealthpointCapital invests, including companies with which we compete or may in the future compete. As of February 28, 2013, HealthpointCapital owned approximately 30% of our outstanding common stock. The Chairman of our Executive Committee of our Board of Directors, Mortimer Berkowitz III, is a managing member of HGP, LLC and HGP II, LLC, the general partners of HealthpointCapital Partners, LP and HealthpointCapital Partners II, LP, respectively. John H. Foster, a member of our Board of Directors, is a managing member of HGP, LLC and HGP II, LLC and the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, a member of the Board of Managers and a Managing Director of HealthpointCapital, LLC. Our directors R. Ian Molson and Stephen E. O’Neil also serve on the board of managers of HealthpointCapital, LLC. In addition, Messrs. Berkowitz, Foster, O’Neil, Molson, and two other directors, Messrs. Rohit Desai and James Glynn also have financial interests in HealthpointCapital investment funds.

Because of these possible conflicts of interest, such directors may direct potential business and investment opportunities to other entities rather than to us or such directors may undertake or otherwise engage in activities or conduct on behalf of such other entities that is not in, or which may be adverse to, our best interests. Whether a director directs an opportunity to us or to another company, our directors may face claims of breaches of fiduciary duty and other duties relating to such opportunities. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, which may require us to indemnify them against claims of breaches of such duties arising from their service on our Board of Directors. HealthpointCapital or its affiliates may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Furthermore, HealthpointCapital may have an interest in us pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to us and our stockholders generally. In addition, if we were to seek a business combination with a target business with which one or more of our existing stockholders or directors may be affiliated, conflicts of interest could arise in connection with negotiating the terms of and completing the business combination. Conflicts that may arise may not be resolved in our favor.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and change of control provisions in some of our employment agreements and agreements with distributors, and in some of our outstanding debt agreements, as well as the terms of our redeemable preferred stock, may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions:

 

   

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

 

   

allow vacancies on our Board of Directors to be filled only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

 

44


Table of Contents
   

authorize our Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval, blank check preferred stock that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our Board of Directors;

 

   

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our Board of Directors and for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings; and

 

   

limit who may call stockholder meetings.

Some of our employment agreements and all of our restricted stock agreements and incentive stock option agreements provide for accelerated vesting of benefits, including full vesting of restricted stock and options, upon a change of control. A limited number of our agreements with our distributors include a provision that extends the term of the distribution agreement upon a change in control and makes it more difficult for us or our successor to terminate the agreement. These provisions may discourage or prevent a change of control.

In addition, in the event of a change of control, we would be required to redeem all outstanding shares of our redeemable preferred stock for an aggregate of $29.9 million, at the price of $9.00 per share. Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to issue additional shares of preferred stock. The terms of our redeemable preferred stock or any new preferred stock we may issue could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in particular, the description of our Business set forth in Item 1, the Risk Factors set forth in this Item 1A and our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations set forth in Item 7 contain or incorporate a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, including statements regarding:

 

   

our estimates regarding anticipated operating losses, future revenue, expenses, capital requirements, and liquidity, including our anticipated revenue growth and cost savings

 

   

our ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance of any of our products or any product candidates that we are developing or may develop in the future;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate, and realize benefits from acquisitions, including the benefits of the Phygen acquisition

 

   

our ability to successfully achieve and maintain regulatory clearance or approval for our products in applicable jurisdictions;

 

   

the effect of any existing or future federal, state or international regulations on our ability to effectively conduct our business;

 

   

our estimates of market sizes and anticipated uses of our products, including without limitation the market size of the aging spine market and our ability to successfully penetrate such market;

 

   

our business strategy and our underlying assumptions about market data, demographic trends, reimbursement trends, pricing trends, and trends relating to customer collections;

 

   

trends related to the treatment of spine disorders, including without limitation the aging spine market;

 

   

our ability to control our costs, achieve profitability, and the potential need to raise additional funding;

 

   

the amount of our legal expenses associated with the securities and stockholder derivative litigation, litigation regarding our intellectual property and any future litigation that may arise, and the adequacy of our

 

45


Table of Contents
 

insurance policy coverage regarding those expenses and any damages or settlement payments related to such litigation;

 

   

our ability to maintain an adequate sales network for our products, including to attract and retain independent distributors;

 

   

our ability to enhance our U.S. and international sales networks and product penetration;

 

   

the difficulty in accurately predicting the future purchases of our stocking distributors;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team, as well as other qualified personnel and advisors;

 

   

our ability to enter into licensing and business combination agreements with third parties and to successfully integrate the acquired technology and/or businesses;

 

   

our management team’s ability to accommodate growth and manage a larger organization;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property, and to not infringe upon the intellectual property of third parties;

 

   

our ability to maintain compliance with the quality requirements of the FDA and similar regulatory authorities outside of the U.S.;

 

   

our ability to meet the financial covenants under our credit facilities;

 

   

our ability to obtain alternative financing, if needed;

 

   

our ability to conclude that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

our ability to establish the industry standard in clinical and legal compliance and corporate governance programs;

 

   

the effects of the loss of key personnel;

 

   

potential liability resulting from litigation;

 

   

potential liability resulting from a governmental review of our or Scient’x’s business practices; and

 

   

other factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any document incorporated by reference herein or therein.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be important in determining future results. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Actual future results may vary materially from expected results.

We also provide a cautionary discussion of risks and uncertainties under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These are factors that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Other factors besides those listed there could also adversely affect us.

Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors set forth under “Item 1A—Risk Factors.” In addition, the forward-looking statements contained herein represent our estimate only as of the date of this filing and should not be relied upon as representing our estimate as of any subsequent date. While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to do so to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements.

 

46


Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

We have not received from the Securities and exchange Commission any written comments that have not been resolved regarding our filings under the Exchange Act.

 

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate office and manufacturing facilities are located in Carlsbad, California. Certain of Scient’x’s operations are conducted in Beaurains, France. The table below provides selected information regarding our current material operating leased locations.

 

Location

  

Use

  

Approximate

Square
    Footage    

    

  Lease Expiration  

 

Carlsbad, California

   Corporate headquarters and product design      76,693         January 2016   

Carlsbad, California

   Product design and manufacturing      73,480         January 2017   

Beaurains, France

   Administration, manufacturing and
distribution
     35,400         December 2013   

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Litigation

In 1998, Eurosurgical, a French company in the business of sales and marketing of spinal implants, entered into a distribution agreement for the United States, Mexico, Canada, India and Australia with Orthotec, LLC, a California company, or Orthotec. In 2004, Orthotec sued Eurosurgical in connection with a contractual dispute and a $9 million judgment was entered against Eurosurgical by a California court in 2006. In 2007, a federal court in California declared Eurosurgical liable to Orthotec for $30 million in connection with an intellectual property dispute. In 2006, Eurosurgical’s European assets were ultimately acquired by Surgiview, SAS, or Surgiview, in a sale agreement approved by a French court. Pursuant to this sale, Surgiview became a subsidiary of Scient’x in 2006. Orthotec attempted to recover on Eurosurgical’s obligations by filing a motion in a California court to add Surgiview to the judgment against Eurosurgical on theories including successor liability and fraudulent conveyance. In February 2007, the California court denied Orthotec’s motion, indicating that Orthotec had not carried its burdens of proof. Orthotec chose to not proceed with a further hearing in September 2007.

In May 2008, after the acquisition of Scient’x by HealthpointCapital in 2007, Orthotec sued Scient’x, Surgiview, HealthpointCapital and certain former directors of Scient’x (who also serve on our board) in a new action in California state court in which it sought, among other things, to have the defendant’s bear responsibility for the $39 million in judgments that had been assessed against Eurosurgical. In April 2009, the California court dismissed this matter on jurisdictional grounds, and Orthotec appealed the ruling. In December 2010, the California Court of Appeal issued a decision that affirmed in part and reversed in part the trial court’s decision dismissing the entire California action based on lack of personal jurisdiction. The Court of Appeal affirmed the trial court’s ruling that Orthotec failed to establish personal jurisdiction over all parties except Surgiview, finding that the trial court could exercise jurisdiction over that entity. In January 2012, OrthoTec amended its complaint and added us as a defendant to the California matter. We filed a motion for summary judgment in November 2012 that is fully briefed and the parties are awaiting a decision. The case is currently scheduled for trial in March 2013.

In addition, also in May 2008, a similar action was filed in New York against HealthpointCapital, Scient’x and two former directors of Scient’x (who also serve on our board), in which Orthotec sought, among other things, to have the defendant’s bear responsibility for the $39 million in judgments that had been assessed against Eurosurgical. In July 2009, Orthotec voluntarily dismissed Scient’x from the action. In November 2009, the court dismissed Orthotec’s claims based on collateral estoppel, and Orthotec appealed this ruling. In March 2011, the

 

47


Table of Contents

state appeals court reversed the lower court’s decision to dismiss Orthotec’s claims. The New York matter then proceeded with discovery, and the defendants filed a motion for summary judgment in December 2012, which is currently being briefed by the parties. Additionally, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss one of the plaintiff’s claims based upon Orthotec’s spoliation of evidence, which motion was denied, and that denial is currently on appeal. Since March 2010 we have been indemnifying HealthpointCapital and the two former directors of Scient’x in connection with the New York matter.

While we intend to vigorously defend against these actions, and believes that the plaintiff’s allegations are without merit, the outcome of the litigations cannot be predicted at this time and any outcome in favor of Orthotec, regardless of who the defendant is, could have a significant adverse effect on out financial condition and results of operations.

On August 25, 2010, an alleged shareholder of the Company’s filed a derivative lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, San Diego County, purporting to assert claims on behalf of the Company against all of its directors and certain of its officers and HealthpointCapital. Following the filing of this complaint, similar complaints were filed in the same court and in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California against the same defendants containing similar allegations. The complaint filed in Federal court was dismissed by the plaintiff without prejudice in July 2011. The state court complaints have been consolidated into a single action. The Company has been named as a nominal defendant in the consolidated action. Each complaint alleges that the Company’s directors and certain of its officers breached their fiduciary duties to the Company related to the Scient’x transaction, and by making allegedly false statements that led to unjust enrichment of HealthpointCapital and certain of the Company’s directors. The complaints seek unspecified monetary damages and an order directing the Company to adopt certain measures purportedly designed to improve its corporate governance and internal procedures. This consolidated lawsuit has been stayed by order of the court until May 10, 2013. The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against these complaints; however no assurances can be given as to the timing or outcome of this lawsuit.

At December 31, 2012, the probable outcome of any of the aforementioned litigation matters cannot be determined nor can the Company estimate a range of potential loss. Accordingly, in accordance with the authoritative guidance on the evaluation of contingencies, the Company has not recorded an accrual related to these litigation matters. The Company is and may become involved in various other legal proceedings arising from its business activities. While management does not believe the ultimate disposition of these matters will have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of these proceedings, an unfavorable resolution could materially affect the Company’s future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable

 

48


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ATEC.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

   High      Low  

First quarter

   $ 2.42       $ 1.56   

Second quarter

     2.42         1.55   

Third quarter

     1.85         1.50   

Fourth quarter

     1.98         1.41   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

   High      Low  

First quarter

   $ 2.95       $ 2.33   

Second quarter

     3.91         2.64   

Third quarter

     3.87         1.99   

Fourth quarter

     2.42         1.38   

Stockholders

As of February 28, 2013, there were approximately 309 holders of record of an aggregate 96,704,666 shares of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

In October 2012, we entered into a consulting agreement with a third-party entity for marketing and advertising services. In connection with this agreement, on November 1, 2012 we issued 176,000 unregistered shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, or the Stock Consideration. We did not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Stock Consideration. The Stock Consideration was issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration under federal securities laws provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, for the issuance and exchange of securities in transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. We do not have an obligation, nor does it anticipate, registering the Stock Consideration for resale on a registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Under the terms of our Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, or the Stock Plan, we may award shares of restricted stock to our employees, directors and consultants. These shares of restricted stock are subject to a lapsing right of repurchase by us. We may exercise this right of repurchase in the event that a restricted stock recipient’s employment, directorship or consulting relationship with us terminates prior to the end of the vesting period. If we exercise this right, we are required to repay the purchase price paid by or on behalf of the recipient for the repurchased restricted shares. Repurchased shares are returned to the Stock Plan and are available for future awards under the terms of the Stock Plan. Common shares repurchased during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

Period

   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
     Average Price
Paid per
Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as part of Publicly
Announced  Plans
or Programs
     Maximum Number
of Shares that may
Yet be Purchased
Under  Plans or
Programs
 

October 2012

          $ —                  —    

November 2012

          $ —                  —    

December 2012

          $ —                  —    

 

49


Table of Contents

 

(1) Not included in the table above are 11,566 shares of common stock forfeited and retired in connection with the payment of minimum statutory withholding taxes due upon the vesting of certain stock awards or the exercise of certain stock options. In lieu of making a cash payment with respect to such withholding taxes, the holders of such stock forfeited a number of shares at the then current fair market value to pay such taxes.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth consolidated financial data with respect to the Company for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2012. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, and may not be indicative of future operating results. The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 do not include the results of Scient’x for the first quarter 2010 as the acquisition closed on March 26, 2010. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto found at “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 196,278      $ 197,711      $ 171,610      $ 120,618      $ 92,181   

Operating loss

     (9,837     (24,516     (11,789     (10,185     (28,419

Loss from continuing operations

     (15,459     (22,181     (14,433     (13,505     (29,688

Income from discontinued operations

                 78        216        400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,355   $ (13,289   $ (29,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.17   $ (0.25   $ (0.18   $ (0.27   $ (0.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:

          

Basic and diluted

     90,218        88,798        78,590        49,292        46,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,241       $ 20,666       $ 23,168       $ 10,085       $ 18,315   

Working capital

     65,264         59,292         79,233         29,543         34,299   

Total assets

     382,127         366,692         377,016         161,888         155,548   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     39,967         23,802         32,474         23,631         26,488   

Redeemable preferred stock

     23,603         23,603         23,603         23,603         23,605   

Total stockholders’ equity

     245,816         245,328         266,434         74,829         71,469   

 

50


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations include the identification of certain trends and other statements that may predict or anticipate future business or financial results that are subject to important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated. See “Item 1A -Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. We have a comprehensive product portfolio and pipeline that addresses the cervical, thoracolumbar and intervertebral regions of the spine and covers a variety of major spinal disorders and surgical procedures. Our principal product offerings are focused on the global market for orthopedic spinal disorder solutions. Our “surgeons’ culture” enables us to respond to the changing needs of surgeons through collaboration with spinal surgeons to conceptualize, design and co-develop a broad range of products. We have a state-of-the-art, in-house manufacturing facility that provides us with a unique competitive advantage, and enables us to rapidly deliver solutions to meet the critical needs of surgeons’ and patients’. We believe that our products and systems have enhanced features and benefits that make them attractive to surgeons and that our broad portfolio of products and systems provide a comprehensive solution for the safe and successful surgical treatment of spinal disorders.

Revenue and Expense Components

The following is a description of the primary components of our revenues and expenses:

Revenues. We derive our revenues primarily from the sale of spinal surgery implants used in the treatment of spine disorders. Spinal implant products include spine screws and complementary products, vertebral body replacement devices, plates, products to treat vertebral compression fractures and bone grafting materials. Our revenues are generated by our direct sales force and independent distributors. Our products are requested directly by surgeons and shipped and billed to hospitals and surgical centers. In general, except for those countries where we have a direct sales force (U.S., Japan, France, Italy, and the United Kingdom), we use independent distributors that purchase our products and market them to surgeons. A majority of our business is conducted with customers within markets in which we have experience and with payment terms that are customary to our business. If we offer payment terms greater than our customary business terms or begin operating in a new market, revenues are deferred until the sooner of when payments become due or cash is received from the related distributors.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues consists of direct product costs, royalties, milestones, depreciation of our surgical instruments, and the amortization of purchased intangibles. We manufacture substantially all of the non-tissue-based implants that we sell. Our product costs consist primarily of direct labor, manufacturing overhead, and raw materials and components. The product costs of certain of our biologics products include the cost of procuring and processing human tissue. We incur royalties related to the technologies that we license from others and the products that are developed in part by surgeons with whom we collaborate in the product development process. Amortization of purchased intangibles consists of amortization of developed product technology.

Research and development expense. Research and development expense consists of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of our products. Research and development expense also includes salaries and related employee benefits, research-related overhead expenses, fees paid to external service providers, and costs associated with our Scientific Advisory Board and Executive Surgeon Panels.

In-process research and development expense, or IPR&D. IPR&D expense consists of acquired research and development assets that were not part of an acquisition of a business and were not technologically feasible on the date we acquired such technology, provided that such technology did not have any alternative future use at

 

51


Table of Contents

that date or IPR&D assets acquired in connection with a business acquisition that are determined to have no alternative future use. At the time of acquisition, we expect all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility in the future, but there can be no assurance that commercial viability of a product will be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing, and obtaining regulatory clearances. The risks associated with achieving commercialization include, but are not limited to, delays or failures during the development process, delays or failures to obtain regulatory clearances, and delays or failures due to intellectual property rights of third parties.

Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and related employee benefits, sales commissions and support costs, professional service fees, travel, medical education, trade show and marketing costs.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and related employee benefits, professional service fees, insurance and legal expenses.

Transaction-related expense . Transaction-related expense consists of legal, accounting and financial advisory fees associated with acquisitions.

Restructuring expense. Restructuring expense consists of severance and other personnel costs related to the reorganization of our management and those costs associated with exit or disposal activities related to the acquisition of Scient’x.

Litigation settlement. Litigation settlement expense consists of material settlements of lawsuits.

Total other income (expense). Total other income (expense) includes interest income, interest expense, gains and losses from foreign currency exchanges and other non-operating gains and losses.

Income tax benefit. Income tax (benefit) provision consists primarily of income tax benefits related to the French income tax settlement and acquired Scient’x operations offset by state income taxes and the tax effect of changes in deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill.

 

52


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The first table below sets forth our statements of operations data for the periods presented. Statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2010 do not include the results of Scient’x for the first quarter 2010 as the acquisition closed on March 26, 2010. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 196,278      $ 197,711      $ 171,610   

Cost of revenues

     70,761        79,168        57,657   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     1,749        1,613        1,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     123,768        116,930        112,817   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     14,886        16,888        16,431   

In-process research and development

     341        —         2,967   

Sales and marketing

     75,177        75,189        66,542   

General and administrative

     39,939        36,367        31,078   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     2,180        2,152        1,535   

Transaction related expenses

     1,082        —         3,671   

Restructuring expenses

     —         1,050        2,382   

Litigation settlement

     —         9,800        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     133,605        141,446        124,606   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (9,837     (24,516     (11,789

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     118        148        81   

Interest expense

     (6,105     (3,027     (5,946

Other income (expense), net

     (794     707        1,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (6,781     (2,172     (4,698
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

     (16,618     (26,688     (16,487

Income tax benefit

     (1,159     (4,507     (2,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (15,459     (22,181     (14,433

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —         78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues. Revenues were $196.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $197.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a decrease of $1.4 million, or 0.7%. The decrease was a result of an increase in the International regions of $1.9 million, offset by a decrease in the U.S. of $3.3 million.

U.S. revenues were $130.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $133.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a decrease of $3.3 million, or 2.5%. The decrease was due to a decrease in the sales of Alphatec instruments and implants ($6.6 million) and a decrease in the sales of Scient’x products ($2.8 million), offset by an increase in sales of Biologics ($4.8 million) and the acquisition of Phygen ($1.3 million).

International revenues were $65.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $63.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing an increase of $1.9 million, or 3.0%. The growth was due to increased sales of Alphatec products ($7.8 million), offset by a decrease in Scient’x products ($5.9 million). The

 

53


Table of Contents

revenue from Alphatec product continues to grow as products in the aging Scient’x product portfolio are substituted with Alphatec products. The increase in revenues is inclusive of $2.6 million in negative exchange rate effect.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues was $70.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $79.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a decrease of $8.4 million, or 10.6%. The decrease was primarily related to lower product costs as a result of a decrease in sales volume and variation in product mix ($0.6 million), favorable manufacturing and absorption variances ($6.5 million), a reduction to inventory adjustments ($5.2 million), a reduction in instrument depreciation expense ($0.5 million), a reduction in royalty and milestone expenses due to the cancellation of certain agreements, lower sales volumes and an adjustment to accruals ($2.3 million), and a decrease in inventory step-up expense related primarily to the Scient’x acquisition ($0.6 million), offset by an increase in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory ($3.1 million) and the amortization expenses associated with the settlement agreement we entered into in December 2011 with Biomet related to royalties on the sales of our polyaxial screws ($4.2 million).

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing an increase of $0.2 million, or 8.4%. The increase primarily relates to amortization of intangible assets acquired in the Phygen acquisition.

Gross profit. Gross profit was $123.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing an increase of $6.9 million, or 5.8%. The increase is due to a change in cost of revenues ($7.9 million), offset by amortization of acquired intangibles ($0.2 million) and decrease in sales volume and variation in product mix ($0.8 million).

Gross margin. Gross margin was 63.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 59.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of 3.9 percentage points was the result of a reduction in the cost of revenues (3.7 percentage points) and a favorable variation in product mix (0.2 percentage points).

Gross margin for the U.S. region was 68.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 65.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of 3.4 percentage points was the result of reduced cost of revenues ($7.5 million), offset by a negative variation in revenue volume and product mix ($5.3 million).

Gross margin for the International region was 52.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 46.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of 5.6 percentage points was the result of a favorable variation in revenue volume and product mix ($4.5 million).

Research and development expense. Research and development expense was $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 representing a decrease of $2.0 million, or 11.9%. The decrease was primarily related to reduced European research and development activities to support the Scient’x products ($1.7 million), reorganized management structure in the U.S. ($0.3 million), and reduced activity due to the variation in the timing of the cycle for development and testing ($0.4 million), offset by increased spending on clinical study and trial activity ($0.4 million).

In-process research and development expense . IPR&D expense was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company decided that it would not pursue development of in-process research and development assets that had an indefinite life. The Company expensed $0.3 million as in-process research and development related to the write-off of a portion of the in-process research and development assets acquired in the Scient’x acquisition.

 

54


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense . Sales and marketing expense was $75.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Expenses increased as a results sales growth in Japan ($1.8 million), but were offset by a reduction in commission expense related to a decrease in U.S. revenue ($0.6 million), a reduction in post marketing clinical trial expenses ($0.6 million), and a reduction in meeting expenses ($0.6 million).

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense was $39.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing an increase of $3.5 million, or 9.8%. The increase was primarily related to increased litigation expense ($2.0 million), increased expenses related to executive management and consulting costs ($1.5 million), the operating expenses related to the Phygen acquisition ($1.0 million) and severance costs ($0.7 million), offset by a reduction in sales and use tax accruals ($0.7 million) a reduction in recruiting fees ($0.6 million) and a reduction in information technology related expenses ($0.5 million).

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. This expense represents amortization in the period for intangible assets associated with general business assets obtained in the Scient’x and Phygen acquisitions.

Transaction-related expense. Transaction-related expense was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The transaction-related expenses were for legal, accounting and financial advisory fees associated with the asset acquisition of Phygen, LLC.

Restructuring expense. Restructuring expense was $0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The restructuring expenses were due to severance and other personnel costs incurred in connection with restructuring activities in the United States and Europe.

Litigation settlement. Litigation settlement expense was $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The expense was due to a settlement agreement we entered into in December 2011 with Biomet. The amount expensed in 2011 represents the allocated value of the settlement and past royalties element due from the sale of our polyaxial screws. There was no corresponding litigation settlement expense in 2012.

Interest income. Interest income was $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Interest income is earned on cash balances held in accounts invested in money market funds.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing an increase of $3.1 million, or 101.7%. Interest expense consisted primarily of interest related to loan agreements and lines of credit. The expense in 2012 includes loss on extinguishment of debt costs of $2.9 million related to the refinancing of the term note and revolving credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank consisting of $2.3 million of early termination fees and $0.6 million for the write-off of capitalized deferred debt offering costs.

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense) was an expense of $(0.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to income of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to unfavorable foreign currency exchange results realized in 2012 as compared to favorable results in 2011.

Income tax benefit. Income tax was a benefit of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a benefit of $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a decrease of $3.3 million, or 74.3%. The 2012 benefit for income taxes primarily consists of benefits associated with the Company’s French operations and the reversal of the valuation allowance against the Japanese deferred tax assets partially offset by an increase in uncertain tax positions associated with the European operations and an increase in the goodwill deferred tax liability. The 2011 benefit for income taxes consists primarily of income tax benefits related to a French income tax settlement and acquired Scient’x operations, offset by state income taxes and the tax effect of changes in deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill.

 

55


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenues. Revenues were $197.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $171.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing growth of $26.1 million, or 15.2%. The increase was comprised of $13.9 million and $12.2 million of sales in the U.S. and International regions, respectively.

U.S. revenues were $133.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $119.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $13.9 million, or 11.6%. The growth was due to increased sales of Alphatec products ($12.5 million) from instruments and implants ($8.3 million) and Biologics ($4.2 million) and sales of Scient’x products ($1.4 million).

International revenues were $63.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $12.2 million, or 23.5%. The growth was due to increased sales of Alphatec products of $9.9 million and Scient’x products of $4.1 million, offset by $1.8 million for the recognition of deferred revenue in 2010 related to a European sale that was not repeated in 2011. The increase in revenues is inclusive of $4.6 million in favorable exchange rate effect.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues was $79.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $57.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $21.5 million, or 37.3%. The increase was primarily related to greater product costs due to growth in sales and variation in product mix ($2.2 million), inventory write-offs resulting from the redesign of a deployment mechanism and the associated instrumentation ($2.1 million), inventory adjustments ($4.5 million), an increase in instrument depreciation costs based on a larger installed base of surgical instruments ($1.7 million), unfavorable purchase price variances ($0.5 million), unfavorable manufacturing and absorption variances related to production volume and operational costs ($6.7 million), offset by royalty and sales milestone accruals due to sales mix and timing of contractual obligations ($1.2 million), and a decrease in amortization expense related to acquired technology ($0.1 million). Our costs for Scient’x products for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $5.1 million higher than such product costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 as we sold Scient’x products for the full year of 2011 as compared to only nine months in 2010.

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $0.5 million, or 42.0%. This expense represents amortization in the period for intangible assets associated with product related assets obtained in the Scient’x acquisition.

Gross profit. Gross profit was $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $112.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $4.1 million, or 3.6%. The increase is comprised of increased revenues from Scient’x products ($0.5 million) and Alphatec products in the International region ($5.6 million), offset by increased cost of revenues related to Alphatec products ($2.0 million).

Gross margin. Gross margin was 59.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 65.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease of 6.6% was the result of a decrease in the gross margin of Scient’x products from 44.5% to 38.7% and a decrease in Alphatec products from 69.9% to 63.3%.

Gross margin for the U.S. region was 65.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 74.4% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease of 9.4% was the result of a decrease in Scient’x gross margin (19.3 percentage points) and a decrease in Alphatec gross margins (8.9 percentage points), primarily related to inventory write-offs and unfavorable manufacturing and absorption variances.

Gross margin for the International region was 46.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase of 1.2% was the result of increased gross margin for Alphatec products (3.7 percentage points) offset by decreased gross margin for Scient’x products (3.1 percentage points) primarily related to a variation in product mix and pricing.

 

56


Table of Contents

Research and development expense. Research and development expense was $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $0.5 million, or 2.8%. The increase was primarily related to increased European research and development activities to support the Scient’x products ($0.9 million), increased testing, consulting and prototypes for new products ($2.0 million), offset by reduced activity due to the variation in the timing of the development cycle for clinical research and trials ($0.5 million) and biologics products ($1.1 million).

In-process research and development expense . IPR&D expense was $0 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2010 we incurred expenses of $2.5 million for the acquisition of technology related to stem cells, $0.4 million for the acquisition of bone-anchoring screw technology and $0.1 million for the acquisition of technology related to an anterior cervical plate system. We did not have any acquisitions of a business during 2011.

Sales and marketing expense . Sales and marketing expense was $75.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $66.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $8.6 million, or 13.0%. The increase was primarily related to expenses related to increased European selling and marketing activities in support of the Scient’x products ($2.3 million), increased expense for our international sales force ($5.3 million), and increased selling and marketing activities in the U.S. to increase sales volume ($1.0 million).

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense was $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $5.3 million, or 17.0%. The increase was primarily a result of an expanded administrative structure to drive sales growth in both the U.S. and International regions. Specifically, human resources ($1.5 million), finance and accounting ($0.8 million), information technology ($0.5 million), legal ($0.6 million) and increased sales and use tax accruals for periods under audit ($0.7 million). Increased expenses resulting from European general and administrative activities in support of the Scient’x products ($2.1 million) were partially offset by a reduction in international expenses resulting from integration efforts ($0.9 million).

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $0.6 million, or 40.2%. This expense represents amortization in the period for intangible assets associated with general business assets obtained in the Scient’x acquisition.

Transaction-related expense. Transaction-related expense was $0 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The transaction-related expenses were for legal, accounting and financial advisory fees associated with the acquisition of Scient’x.

Restructuring expense. Restructuring expense was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing a decrease of $1.3 million, or 55.9%. The restructuring expenses were due to severance and other personnel costs incurred in connection with restructuring activities in the United States and Europe.

Litigation settlement. Litigation settlement expense was $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The expense was due to a settlement agreement we entered into in December 2011 with Biomet. The amount expensed in 2011 represents the allocated value of the settlement and past royalties element due from the sale of our polyaxial screws. There was no corresponding litigation settlement expense in 2010.

Interest income. Interest income was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest expense. Interest expense was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing a decrease of $2.9 million, or 49.1%. Interest

 

57


Table of Contents

expense consisted primarily of interest related to loan agreements and lines of credit with Silicon Valley Bank and the associated amortization expenses related to loan costs. The reduction in interest expense was due to lower interest rates resulting from a different loan structure during 2011 as compared to 2010.

Other income (expense), net. Other income was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a decrease in income of $0.5 million, or 39.4%. The decrease was due to lower foreign currency exchange gains realized in 2011 as compared to 2010.

Income tax benefit. Income tax was a benefit of $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a benefit of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing an increase of $2.4 million, or 119.4%. The income tax benefit consists primarily of income tax benefits related to a French income tax settlement and acquired Scient’x operations, offset by state income taxes and the tax effect of changes in deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill.

Discontinued Operations. We entered into an agreement to sell out wholly owned subsidiaries, IMC Co., to a third party in April 2010 and recorded $0.1 million in income from discontinued operations, net of tax, during 2010.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We utilize certain financial measures that are not calculated based on Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP. Certain of these financial measures are considered “non-GAAP” financial measures within the meaning of Item 10 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. We believe that non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed with the GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of our results of operations and the factors and trends affecting our business. These non-GAAP financial measures are also used by our management to evaluate financial results and to plan and forecast future periods. However, non-GAAP financial measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, the corresponding measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures used by us may differ from the non-GAAP measures used by other companies, including our competitors.

Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) excluding the effects of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation and other non-recurring income or expense items, such as in-process research and development expense and acquisition related transaction expenses, restructuring expenses and litigation settlement expenses. Severance expenses of $0.7 million are included in restructuring and other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss). Adjusted EBITDA has limitations, therefore, it should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Furthermore, adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to operating income (loss) or net income (loss) as a measure of operating performance or to net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities, or as a measure of our ability to meet cash needs.

 

58


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to the most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Net loss

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,355

Stock-based compensation

     3,540        2,425        3,177   

Depreciation

     14,184        14,789        13,126   

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,679        1,322        1,449   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     3,929        3,765        2,671   

In-process research and development

     341        —         2,967   

Interest expense, net

     5,987        2,879        5,865   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,159     (4,507     (2,054

Other (income) expense, net

     794        (707     (1,167

(Income) from discontinued operations

     —         —         (78

Acquisition-related inventory step up

     191        751        1,281   

Transaction related expenses

     1,082              3,671   

Restructuring and other expenses

     794        1,050        2,382   

Litigation settlement

     —         9,800        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 19,903      $ 9,386      $ 18,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2012, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $22.2 million and accounts receivable, net of $41.0 million. Based on our operating plan and cash forecast, management believes that on a combined basis, such amounts will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements through at least December 31, 2013.

On June 7, 2012, we entered into a credit facility, or the Credit Facility, with MidCap Financial, LLC, or MidCap which permits us to borrow up to $50.0 million. The Credit Facility is due in June 2015 and consists of a revolving line of credit with a maximum borrowing base of $40.0 million, with the option to increase the maximum borrowing base to $50.0 million with the consent of MidCap. The Credit Facility bears an interest rate equal to the London Interbank Market Rate, or LIBOR, plus 6.0%. As of December 31, 2012, the interest rate on the Credit Facility was 6.2%.

The Credit Facility contains certain financial covenants which require us to maintain a certain fixed charge coverage ratio and a senior leverage ratio in order to avoid default under the Credit Facility. We were in compliance with all of the covenants of the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2012. (See “Credit Facility and Other Debt” below).

Based on our current operating plan, we believe that we will be in compliance with our financial covenants under the Credit Facility for the foreseeable future. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. If we are not able to achieve our planned revenue or incur costs in excess of our forecasts, we may be required to substantially reduce discretionary spending, and we could be in default of the Credit Facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default which is not waived by MidCap, MidCap could elect to declare the amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility immediately due and payable and refuse to extend further credit. If MidCap were to accelerate the repayment of borrowings under the Credit Facility, we may not have sufficient cash on hand to repay the amounts due under the Credit Facility and would have to seek to amend the terms of the Credit Facility or seek alternative financing. There can be no assurances that in the event of a default, a waiver could be obtained from MidCap, that the Credit Facility could be successfully renegotiated or that we could modify our operations to maintain liquidity. If we are forced to seek additional financing, which may include additional debt

 

59


Table of Contents

and/or equity financing or funding through other third party agreements, there can be no assurances that additional financing will be available on favorable terms or available at all. Furthermore, any equity financing may result in dilution to existing stockholders and any debt financing may include restrictive covenants.

Historically, our principal sources of cash have included customer payments from the sale of our products, proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of debt. Our principal uses of cash have included cash used in operations, acquisitions of businesses and intellectual property rights, payments relating to purchases of surgical instruments, repayments of borrowings and payments due under the Biomet settlement agreement. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future will be for operations, working capital, capital expenditures, and potential acquisitions. We expect that, as our revenues grow, our sales and marketing and research and development expenses will continue to grow and, as a result, we will need to generate significant net revenues to achieve profitability. We anticipate that to the extent that we require additional liquidity, it will be funded through borrowings under our revolving credit facility, the incurrence of other indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of liquidity.

We will need to invest in working capital and surgical instruments (the costs of which are capitalized) in order to support our revenue projections through 2013. Should we not be able to achieve our revenue forecast and cash consumption starts to exceed forecasted consumption, management will need to adjust our investment in surgical instruments and manage our inventory to the decreased sales volumes. If we do not make these adjustments in a timely manner, there could be an adverse impact on our financial resources. Our revenue projections may be negatively impacted as a result of a decline in sales of our products, including declines due to changes in our customers’ ability to obtain third-party coverage and reimbursement for procedures that use our products, increased pricing pressures resulting from intensifying competition, and cost increases and slower product development cycles resulting from a changing regulatory environment.

A substantial portion of our available cash funds is held in business accounts with reputable financial institutions. However, our deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits and thus we may face losses in the event of insolvency of any of the financial institutions where our funds are deposited. Additionally, the capital markets have recently been highly volatile and there has been a lack of liquidity for certain financial instruments, especially those with exposure to mortgage-backed securities and auction rate securities. This lack of liquidity has made it difficult for the fair value of these types of instruments to be determined. We did not hold any marketable securities as of December 31, 2012.

As a result of the continued volatility in the capital markets, the cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Concern about the stability of the markets generally and the strength of counterparties specifically has led many lenders and institutional investors to reduce, and in some cases, cease to provide funding to borrowers. Continued turbulence in the U.S. and international markets and economies may adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If these market conditions continue, they may limit our ability to timely replace maturing liabilities and to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

Operating Activities

We generated net cash of $11.6 million in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012. During this period, net cash provided by operating activities primarily consisted of a net loss of $15.5 million and an increase in working capital and other assets of $7.8 million, which were offset by $35.0 million of non-cash costs including amortization, depreciation, deferred income taxes, stock-based compensation, provision for excess and obsolete inventory and interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and issue costs. The increase in working capital and other assets of $7.8 million consisted of increases in inventory of $7.9 million and decreases in accounts payable of $1.8 million and accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1.8 million, partially offset by decrease in accounts receivable of $0.4 million, prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.7 million and other assets of $1.0 million.

 

60


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

We used net cash of $19.4 million in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily for the purchase of $15.6 million in surgical instruments, computer equipment, leasehold improvements and manufacturing equipment, payment for the acquisition of Phygen of $2.0 million and the purchase of intangible assets of $1.8 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash of $8.5 million was provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012. Upon execution of the Credit Facility with MidCap, we borrowed $34.3 million from the Credit Facility to pay off our existing credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) consisting of a term loan totaling $8.1 million and a line of credit totaling $17.6 million. We paid an up-front commitment fee to MidCap of $0.2 million and debt issuance costs of $0.2 million which were capitalized as deferred debt issuance costs. The Company paid early termination and other fees to SVB associated with the credit facility with SVB of $2.3 million.

Credit Facility and Other Debt

On June 7, 2012, we entered into a Credit Facility with MidCap, which permits us to borrow up to $50.0 million. The Credit Facility is due in June 2015 and consists of a revolving line of credit with a maximum borrowing base of $40.0 million, with the option to increase the maximum borrowing base to $50.0 million with the consent of MidCap. The borrowing base is determined, from time to time, based on the value of domestic and foreign eligible accounts receivable and domestic eligible inventory. As collateral for the Credit Facility, we granted MidCap a security interest in substantially all of our assets, including all accounts receivable and all securities evidencing our interests in our subsidiaries.

The Credit Facility includes traditional lending and reporting covenants which among other things requires us to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio and a senior leverage ratio. The Credit Facility also includes several potential events of default, such as payment default and insolvency conditions, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in MidCap’s right to declare all outstanding obligation immediately due and payable. In January 2013, we entered into a limited waiver and limited consent agreement with MidCap. The waiver gave us consent on certain provisions under the Credit Facility related to the acquisition of Phygen and maintenance of cash balances in the U.S. In February 2013, we entered into a first amendment to the Credit Facility with MidCap. The first amendment allows us to exclude payments related to the Phygen acquisition and the settlement agreement with Cross Medical Products, LLC from calculation of the fixed charge coverage ratio and the senior leverage ratio. In conjunction with the first amendment, we paid MidCap a fee of $0.1 million. We were in compliance with all of the covenants of the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2012.

We have various capital lease arrangements. The leases bear interest at rates ranging from 4.5% to 9.6%, are generally due in monthly principal and interest installments, are collateralized by the related equipment, and have various maturity dates through 2017. As of December 31, 2012, the balance of these capital leases totaled $1.7 million. We entered into leases for machinery and equipment for an aggregate principal balance of $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

61


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2012 are summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

     Payment Due by Year  
     Total      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter  

Credit Facility with MidCap

     38,634         —          —           38,634         —          —          —    

Interest expense

     5,802         2,401         2,401         1,000         —          —          —    

Note payable for software licenses

     59         59         —          —          —          —          —    

Note payable for insurance premiums

     1,204         1,204         —          —          —          —          —    

Capital lease obligations

     1,770         437         439         413         400         81         —    

Operating lease obligations

     10,588         3,684         2,735         2,432         1,286         180         271   

Litigation settlement obligation

     11,000         4,000         4,000         3,000         —           —          —    

Minimum purchase commitments

     17,450         2,925         5,662         5,938         2,925         —          —    

Guaranteed minimum royalty obligations

     10,190         1,098         2,098         2,298         2,098         2,098         500   

New product development milestones (1)

     7,000         1,000         1,500         —          2,500         —          2,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 103,697       $ 16,808       $ 18,835       $ 53,715       $ 9,209       $ 2,359       $ 2,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This commitment represents payments in cash, and is subject to attaining certain development milestones such as FDA approval, product design and functionality testing requirements, which we believe are reasonably likely to be achieved in 2013 through 2018.

Real Property Leases

In February 2008, we entered into a sublease agreement, or the Sublease, for office, engineering, and research and development space in Carlsbad, California, or Building 1. The Sublease term commenced May 2008 and ends on January 31, 2016. We are obligated under the Sublease to pay base rent and certain operating costs and taxes for Building 1. Monthly base rent payable by us was approximately $80,500 during the first year of the Sublease, increasing annually at a fixed annual rate of 2.5% to approximately $93,500 per month in the final year of the Sublease. Our rent was abated for months one through seven of the Sublease. Under the Sublease, we were required to provide the sublessor with a security deposit in the amount of approximately $93,500. The Sublease of Building 1 allowed us to consolidate all corporate, marketing, finance, administrative, and research and development activities into one building.

In March 2008, we entered into a lease agreement, or the Lease, for additional office, engineering, research and development and warehouse and distribution space in Carlsbad, California, or Building 2. The Lease term commenced on December 1, 2008 and ends on January 31, 2017. We are obligated under the Lease to pay base rent and certain operating costs and taxes for Building 2. The monthly base rent payable for Building 2 was approximately $73,500 during the first year of the Lease, increasing annually at a fixed annual rate of 3.0% to approximately $93,000 per month in the final year of the Lease. Our rent was abated for the months two through eight of the term of the Lease in the amount of $38,480. Under the Lease, we were required to provide the lessor with a security deposit in the amount of $293,200, consisting of cash and/or one or more letters of credit. Following our achievement of certain financial milestones, the lessor is obligated to return a portion of the security deposit to us. The lessor provided a tenant improvement allowance of $1.1 million to assist with the configuration of the facility to meet our business needs. We consolidated all manufacturing, distribution and warehousing activities into Building 2 in April 2009.

 

62


Table of Contents

Scient’x leases office and manufacturing warehouse and distribution space in Beaurains, France. The lease term commenced in December 2002 and ends in December 2013. The monthly base rent payable by Scient’x is approximately $40,000 per month, which increases annually with the cost of inflation in France.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2012, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, allowances for accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill and intangible assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions conditions.

We believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In addition, we account for revenue under provisions which set forth guidelines for the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, installation, payment and customer acceptance. Determination of criteria (iii) and (iv) are based on management’s judgment regarding the fixed nature of the fee charged for products delivered and the collectability of those fees. Specifically, our revenue from sales of spinal and other surgical implants is recognized upon receipt of written acknowledgement that the product has been used in a surgical procedure or upon shipment to third-party customers who immediately accept title to such implant. Should changes in conditions cause management to determine these criteria are not met for certain future transactions, revenues recognized for any reporting period could be adversely impacted.

Deferred Revenues

Deferred revenues consist of products sold to distributors with payment terms greater than our customary business terms due to lack of credit history or because the distributor is operating in a new market in which we have no prior experience. We defer the recognition of revenue until payments become due or cash is received from these distributors.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for a portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices and the overall quality and age of those invoices are not specifically reviewed. In determining the provision for invoices not specifically reviewed, we analyze historical collection experience and current economic trends. If the historical data

 

63


Table of Contents

used to calculate the allowance provided for doubtful accounts does not reflect our future ability to collect outstanding receivables or if the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in impairment of their ability to make payments, an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts may be required.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost primarily determined under the first-in, first-out method. We review the components of inventory on a periodic basis for excess, obsolete and impaired inventory, and record a reserve for the identified items. We calculate an inventory reserve for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon historical turnover and assumptions about future demand for our products and market conditions. Our biologics product inventories are subject to demand fluctuations based on the availability and demand for alternative implant products. Our estimates and assumptions for excess and obsolete inventory are subject to uncertainty as we are a high growth company, and we are continually reviewing our existing products and introducing new products. Increases in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory result in a corresponding increase to cost of revenues and establish a new cost basis for the inventory component.

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We assess the impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets annually in December or each quarter if business conditions change and an earlier impairment indicator arises. This assessment requires us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the carrying value of these assets. These assets are considered to be impaired if we determine that their carrying value may not be recoverable based upon our assessment of the following events or changes in circumstances:

 

   

a determination that the carrying value of such assets cannot be recovered through undiscounted cash flows;

 

   

loss of legal ownership or title to the assets;

 

   

significant changes in our strategic business objectives and utilization of the assets; or

 

   

the impact of significant negative industry or economic trends.

If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment we recognize is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. In addition, we base the useful lives and the related amortization expense on our estimate of the useful life of the assets. Due to the numerous variables associated with our judgments and assumptions relating to the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets and the effects of changes in circumstances affecting these valuations, both the precision and reliability of the resulting estimates are subject to uncertainty, and as additional information becomes known, we may change our estimate, in which case the likelihood of a material change in our reported results would increase.

In conducting our annual goodwill impairment test, we have elected to bypass the option to perform a qualitative assessment and performed the quantitative analysis as prescribed by the authoritative literature. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value to our net book value. If the fair value is less than the net book value, the second step of the test compares the implied fair value of our goodwill to our carrying amount. Our assessment resulted in a fair value that was greater than our carrying value at December 31, 2012 by approximately 6%. In accordance with the authoritative literature, the second step of the impairment test was not required to be performed and thus no impairment of goodwill was recorded as of December 31, 2012.

We estimated the fair value in step one based on a combination of the income approach which included discounted cash flows as well as market approaches that utilized our market information and recent sales transactions. The majority of our estimated fair value is derived from the income approach. Our discounted cash flows required management judgment with respect to forecasted sales, launch of new products, gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and the selection and use of an appropriate

discount rate and terminal rate. We utilized our risk adjusted weighted average cost of capital of 14% as the discount rate for the projected future cash flows and our revenue and earnings multiples under the market approach. Our assessment resulted in a fair value that was greater than our carrying value at December 31, 2012 by approximately 6%. In accordance with the authoritative literature, the second step of the impairment test was not required to be performed and thus no impairment of goodwill was recorded as of December 31, 2012.

 

64


Table of Contents

Significant management judgment is required in the forecast of future operating results that are used in our impairment analysis. The estimates we used are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. Significant assumptions utilized in our income approach included the growth rate of sales for recently introduced products and the introduction of anticipated new products similar to our historical growth rates. Another important assumption involved in forecasted sales is the projected mix of higher margin U.S. based sales and lower margin non-U.S. based sales. Additionally, we have projected an improvement in our gross margin similar to our historical improvements in gross margins, as a result of forecasted mix in U.S. sales versus non-U.S. based sales and lower manufacturing cost per unit based on the increase in forecasted volume to absorb applied overhead over the next ten years. Although we believe our underlying assumptions supporting this assessment are reasonable, if our forecasted sales, mix of product sales, growth rates of recently introduced new products, timing of and growth rates of new product introductions, gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses, or the discount rate vary from our forecasts, we may be required to perform a interim analysis in 2013 that could expose us to material impairment charges in the future. In performing the 2012 annual test small changes in the discount rate, growth rate or gross margin assumptions could have a significant impact on the determination of the estimated fair value of us. For example an increase of 1.5% in the discount rate and decrease in the growth rate or gross margin of 2% - 3% in the projected cash flows would have resulted in us being required to complete step two of the analysis. We will be required to monitor changes in these factors as well as other factors which may impact the estimated fair value of the us for indicators of interim impairment of our goodwill prior to our next annual impairment test.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including: estimates of our future volatility, the expected term for our stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately vest, and the timing of vesting for our share-based awards.

We use a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock option awards. The calculation of the fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model is affected by our stock price on the date of grant as well as assumptions regarding the following:

 

   

Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which our stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. Our estimated volatility through December 31, 2012 was based on our actual historical volatility since our initial public offering in June 2006. An increase in the estimated volatility would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

 

   

The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Our estimated expected term through December 31, 2012 was calculated using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise patterns and the term from option date to full exercise for the options granted within the specified date range. An increase in the expected term would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

 

   

The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the stock option award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the stock option award. An increase in the risk-free interest rate would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

 

   

The assumed dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We use historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Share-based compensation recorded in our consolidated statement of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Our estimated forfeiture rates may differ from our actual forfeitures which would affect the amount of expense recognized during the period.

We account for stock option grants to non-employees under provisions which require that the fair value of these instruments be recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are rendered.

 

65


Table of Contents

Share-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods. As a result of these subjective and forward-looking estimates, the actual value of our share-based awards could differ significantly from those amounts recorded in our financial statements.

Stock-based compensation has been classified as follows in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Cost of revenues

   $ 137      $ 180      $ 252   

Research and development

     261        289        185   

Sales and marketing

     1,695        693        1,008   

General and administrative

     1,447        1,263        1,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,540      $ 2,425      $ 3,177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect on basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.04   $ (0.03   $ (0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Not included in the table above is stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million included in transaction related expenses.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized. In making such a determination, a review of all available positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, amended its goodwill guidance by providing entities an option to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. An entity will be able to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. This amendment was effective for us on January 1, 2012 and did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In 2011, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance became effective for us on January 1, 2012. The new guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity. While the new guidance changes the presentation of other comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in other comprehensive income. Other than presentation, the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

66


Table of Contents
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our borrowings under our line of credit expose us to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, our outstanding floating rate indebtedness totaled $38.6 million. The primary base interest rate is LIBOR. Assuming the outstanding balance on our floating rate indebtedness remains constant over a year, a 100 basis point increase in the interest rate would decrease pre-tax income and cash flow by approximately $0.4 million. Other outstanding debt consists of fixed rate instruments, including notes payable and capital leases.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our foreign currency exposure continues to grow as we expand internationally. Our exposure to foreign currency transaction gains and losses is the result of certain net receivables due from our foreign subsidiaries and customers being denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the Euro and Japanese Yen, in which our revenues and profits are denominated. Additionally, we have exposure of U.S dollar denominated debt of approximately $6.3 million recorded on our Japanese Yen function currency subsidiary. We do not currently engage in hedging or similar transactions to reduce these risks. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could impact our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

Commodity Price Risk

We purchase raw materials that are processed from commodities, such as titanium and stainless steel. These purchases expose us to fluctuations in commodity prices. Given the historical volatility of certain commodity prices, this exposure can impact our product costs. However, because our raw material prices comprise a small portion of our cost of revenues, we have not experienced any material impact on our results of operations from changes in commodity prices. A 10 percent change in commodity prices would not have a material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are set forth at the pages indicated in Item 15.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit pursuant to the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of

 

67


Table of Contents

our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on the such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were: (1) designed to ensure that material information relating to us is made known to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer by others within our company, particularly during the period in which this report was being prepared and (2) effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act).

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.

Ernst and Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has also audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as stated in its report appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation of such internal control that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

68


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

We have audited Alphatec Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Alphatec Holdings, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and our report dated March 4, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

March 4, 2013

 

69


Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

 

70


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Management,” “Corporate Governance Matters,” “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,” and “Code of Conduct and Ethics” in our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Executive Officer and Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Committee Report,” and “Compensation Practices and Policies Relating to Risk Management” in our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Management” and “Corporate Governance Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the discussion responsive thereto under the caption “Independent Public Accountants” in our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

71


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15 (a)  The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements:

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     F-45   

All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 15(a)(3)   Exhibits List

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

  

Filing
Date

  

SEC File/
Reg.

Number

2.1    Acquisition Agreement, dated December 17, 2009, by and among the Company and certain shareholders of Scient’x Groupe S.A.S. and Scient’x S.A.     

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 2.1)

   12/22/09    000-52024
2.2†    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 19, 2012, between the Company and Phygen, LLC    X        
3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation     

Amendment No. 2 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 3.2)

   4/20/06    333-131609
3.2    Restated Bylaws     

Amendment No. 5 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 3.4)

   5/26/06    333-131609
4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate     

Amendment No. 5 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 4.1)

   5/26/06    333-131609

 

72


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

  

Filing
Date

  

SEC File/
Reg.

Number

4.2    Stockholders’ Agreement by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., HealthpointCapital Partners, LP and certain investors, dated as of March 17, 2005     

Amendment No. 4 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 4.2)

   5/15/06    333-131609
4.3    Subscription Agreement dated as of June 4, 2009, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

   8/4/09    000-52024
4.4    Corporate Governance Agreement, dated December 17, 2009, between the Company and certain shareholders of Scient’x Groupe S.A.S. and Scient’x S.A.     

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

   12/22/09    000-52024
4.5    Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and the other signatories thereto     

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

   3/31/10    000-52024
4.6    Form of Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, between the Company and each of the investors in the Offering     

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

   2/10/10    000-52024
4.7    Warrant with Oxford Finance Corporation as the Warrantholder, dated as of December 5, 2008     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.4)

   3/4/09    000-52024
4.8    Warrant with Silicon Valley Bank as the Warrantholder, dated December 16, 2011     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.8)

   3/5/12    000-52024
   Lease Agreements
10.1    Standard Industrial Lease (Net) by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and H.G. Fenton Property Company, dated as of January 30, 2008     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

   5/12/08    000-52024
10.2    Sublease Agreement by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and K2 Inc., dated as of February 28, 2008     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   5/12/08    000-52024
   Loan Agreements           
10.3    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2010 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Oxford Finance Corporation, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Alphatec Spine, Inc.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   5/10/10    000-52024

 

73


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

  

Filing
Date

  

SEC File/
Reg.

Number

10.4†    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Alphatec Spine, Inc.     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.8)

   3/4/11    000-52024
10.5†    First Amendment to the Amended Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2011 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Alphatec Spine, Inc.     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.9)

   3/4/11    000-52024
10.6†    Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 5, 2011.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

   8/8/2011    000-52024
10.7†    Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 16, 2011     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.11)

   3/5/2012    000-52024
10.8†    Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 26, 2012.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.4)

   5/8/2012    000-52024
10.9†    Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec International, LLC, and Alphatec Pacific, Inc. and MidCap Financial, LLC, dated June 6, 2012.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   8/8/2012    000-52024
   Agreements with Respect to Collaborations, Licenses, Research and Development
10.10†    License Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Cross Medical Products, Inc., dated as of April 24, 2003     

Amendment No. 1 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.26)

   3/23/06    333-131609
10.11†    Supply Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated as of October 18, 2004 and amended by Letter of Amendment in respect of the Supply Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2004     

Amendment No. 4 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.29)

   5/15/06    333-131609

 

74


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

  

Filing
Date

  

SEC File/
Reg.

Number

10.12†    Exclusive License Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Stout Medical Group, LP, dated as of September 11, 2007     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

   11/9/07    000-52024
10.13†    First Amendment to the Exclusive License Agreement, effective March 31, 2009 between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Stout Medical Group LP     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.4)

   5/5/09    000-52024
10.14†    Exclusive License Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and JGMG Bengochea, LLC, dated as of September 11, 2007     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   11/9/07    000-52024
10.15†    Exclusive License Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Progressive Spinal Technologies LLC, dated as of December 18, 2007     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.29)

   3/17/08    000-52024
10.16†    Amendment to Exclusive License Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Progressive Spinal Technologies LLC, dated as of January 14, 2008     

Form 10-K/A

(Exhibit 10.22)

   7/7/09    000-52024
10.17†    Second Amendment to Exclusive License Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Progressive Spinal Technologies LLC, dated as of January 12, 2009     

Form 10-K/A

(Exhibit 10.23)

   7/7/09    000-52024
10.18†    Third Amendment to Exclusive License Agreement dated as of June 30, 2009, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Progressive Spinal Technologies LLC     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

   8/4/09    000-52024
10.19†    Fourth Amendment to Exclusive License Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Progressive Spinal Technologies LLC     

Form 10-K/A

(Exhibit 10.38)

   4/8/10    000-52024
10.20†    Fifth Amendment to Exclusive License Agreement dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Progressive Spinal Technologies LLC     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.22)

   3/4/11    000-52024

 

75


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

  

Filing
Date

  

SEC File/
Reg.

Number

10.21†   Cross License Agreement effective June 30, 2009, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and International Spinal Innovations, LLC     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   8/4/09    000-52024
10.22†   Letter Amendment between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated November 24, 2010     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

   5/6/2011    000-52024
10.23   Settlement Agreement and General Release by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Cross Medical Products, LLC, and EBI, LLC, dated December 30, 2011     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.27)

   3/5/12    000-52024
10.24†   Amended License Agreement between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Cross Medical Products, LLC, dated December 30, 2011     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.28)

   3/5/12    000-52024
  Agreements with Officers and Directors
10.25*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Dirk Kuyper, dated January 1, 2011     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.24)

   3/4/11    000-52024
10.26*   Employment Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Michael O’Neill, dated October 11, 2010     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

   11/8/10    000-52024
10.27*   Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 2012, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc, and Leslie Cross.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   5/8/12    000-52024
10.28*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Dirk Kuyper, dated February 26, 2012.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

   5/8/12    000-52024
10.29*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Mitsuo Asai, dated January 14, 2011     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.31)

   3/4/11    000-52024
10.30*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Ebun S. Garner, Esq., dated July 17, 2006     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.20)

   3/17/08    000-52024
10.31*†   Consulting Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Stephen H. Hochschuler, M.D., dated October 13, 2006     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.30)

   4/2/07    000-52024

 

76


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

  

Filing
Date

  

SEC File/
Reg.

Number

10.32*    Employment Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Patrick Ryan, dated February 18, 2011     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   5/6/2011    000-52024
10.33*    Non-Executive Chairman Consulting Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Leslie Cross dated July 27, 2011.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   11/4/11    000-52024
10.34*    First Amendment to the Consulting Agreement by and among Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Stephen H. Hochschuler, M.D.     

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.41)

   3/5/12    000-52024
10.35*    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each of the Company’s non-employee directors.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.5)

   5/5/09    000-52024
10.36*    Separation Agreement and Release by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Dirk Kuyper dated August 7, 2012.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

   11/6/12    000-52024
10.37*    Retention Bonus Agreement by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Steven Lubisher, dated August 24, 2012.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

   11/6/12    000-52024
10.38*    Retention Bonus Agreement by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Mitsuo Asai, dated August 21, 2012.     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

   11/6/12    000-52024
   Equity Compensation Plans
10.39*    Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan     

Amendment No. 5 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.5)

   5/26/06    333-131609
10.40*    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan    X        
10.41*    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan    X        
10.42*    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan    X        
10.43*    Summary Description of the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2012 Bonus Plan     

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

   5/8/2012    000-52024
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant    X        

 

77


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

  

Filing
Date

  

SEC File/
Reg.

Number

23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    X        
31.1    Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    X        
31.2    Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    X        
32    Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002    X        
101.1    XBRL Instance Document**           
101.2    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**           
101.3    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**           
101.4    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**           
101.5    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**           
101.6    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**           

 

(*) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(†) Confidential treatment has been granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to certain portions.
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

 

78


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

Dated: March 4, 2013

  By:  

/ S /    L ESLIE H. C ROSS

  Name:   Leslie H. Cross
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
    (principal executive officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    L ESLIE H. C ROSS        

Leslie H. Cross

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   March 4, 2013

/S/    M ORTIMER B ERKOWITZ III        

Mortimer Berkowitz III

   Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors   March 4, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL O’ NEILL        

Michael O’Neill

   Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer)   March 4, 2013

/S/    R OHIT D ESAI        

Rohit Desai

   Director   March 4, 2013

/S/    L UKE T. F AULSTICK        

Luke T. Faulstick

   Director   March 4, 2013

/S/    J OHN H. F OSTER        

John H. Foster

   Director   March 4, 2013

/S/    J AMES R. G LYNN        

James R. Glynn

   Director   March 4, 2013

/S/    S IRI M ARSHALL        

Siri Marshall

   Director   March 4, 2013

/S/    R. I AN M OLSON        

R. Ian Molson

   Director   March 4, 2013

/S/    S TEPHEN E. O’ NEIL        

Stephen E. O’Neil

   Director   March 4, 2013

 

79


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Alphatec Holdings, Inc., at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Alphatec Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 4, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

March 4, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value data)

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,241      $ 20,666   

Accounts receivable, net

     41,012        41,711   

Inventories, net

     49,855        45,916   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,953        6,888   

Deferred income tax assets

     2,991        1,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     122,052        116,429   

Property and equipment, net

     30,403        31,476   

Goodwill

     180,838        168,609   

Intangibles, net

     46,856        47,144   

Other assets

     1,978        3,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 382,127      $ 366,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 15,237      $ 17,390   

Accrued expenses

     38,490        32,583   

Deferred revenue

     1,361        2,768   

Current portion of long-term debt

     1,700        4,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     56,788        57,137   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     39,967        23,802   

Other long-term liabilities

     13,485        12,997   

Deferred income tax liabilities

     2,468        3,825   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000 authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2011; 3,319 shares issued and outstanding at both December 31, 2012 and 2011

     23,603        23,603   

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000 authorized; 96,703 and 89,362 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     10        9   

Treasury stock, 19 shares

     (97     (97

Additional paid-in capital

     399,246        386,224   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     112        (2,812

Accumulated deficit

     (153,455     (137,996
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     245,816        245,328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 382,127      $ 366,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 196,278      $ 197,711      $ 171,610   

Cost of revenues

     70,761        79,168        57,657   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     1,749        1,613        1,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     123,768        116,930        112,817   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     14,886        16,888        16,431   

In-process research and development

     341        —          2,967   

Sales and marketing

     75,177        75,189        66,542   

General and administrative

     39,939        36,367        31,078   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     2,180        2,152        1,535   

Transaction related expenses

     1,082        —          3,671   

Restructuring expenses

     —          1,050        2,382   

Litigation settlement

     —          9,800        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     133,605        141,446        124,606   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (9,837     (24,516     (11,789

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     118        148        81   

Interest expense

     (6,105     (3,027     (5,946

Other income (expense), net

     (794     707        1,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (6,781     (2,172     (4,698
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

     (16,618     (26,688     (16,487

Income tax benefit

     (1,159     (4,507     (2,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (15,459     (22,181     (14,433

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

      

Basic and diluted net loss per share from continuing operations

   $ (0.17   $ (0.25   $ (0.18

Basic and diluted net income per share from discontinued operations

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.17   $ (0.25   $ (0.18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:

      

Basic and diluted

     90,218        88,798        78,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010  

Net loss

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,355

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     2,924        (1,502     (2,573
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (12,535   $ (23,683   $ (16,928
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

     Common stock      Additional
paid-in
capital
    Treasury
stock
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’
equity
 
     Shares     Amount             

Balance at December 31, 2009

     52,558      $ 5       $ 175,021      $
 

  
 
  
  $ 1,263      $ (101,460   $ 74,829   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           3,330        —          —          —          3,330   

Exercise of stock options

     65        —           213        —          —          —          213   

Repurchase and/or forfeiture of common stock

     (82     —           (331     —          —          —          (331

Mark-to-market for third party restricted stock

     —          —           (269     —          —          —          (269

Issuance of common stock in connection with Public Offering, net of offering costs

     9,200        1         43,112        —          —          —          43,113   

Issuance of common stock in connection with Scient’x acquisition

     23,731        2         151,637        —          —          —          151,639   

Stock options issued in connection with Scient’x acquisition

     —          —           1,040        —          —          —          1,040   

Issuance of common stock for employee stock purchase plan

     56        —           151        —          —          —          151   

Issuance of common stock for restricted share awards granted to employees

     121        —           —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock in connection with license agreements

     1,622        1         3,499        —          —          —          3,500   

Issuance of common stock in connection with private placement, net of offering costs

     1,592        —           6,546        —          —          —          6,546   

Mark to market for shares issued in litigation settlement

     (19     —           (302     (97     —          —          (399

Issuance of common stock in connection with warrant exercise

     196        —           —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —          —           —          —          (2,573     —          (2,573

Net loss

     —          —           —          —          —          (14,355     (14,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     89,040        9         383,647        (97     (1,310     (115,815     266,434   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           2,525        —          —          —          2,525   

Exercise of stock options

     55        —           104        —          —          —          104   

Repurchase and/or forfeiture of common stock

     (67     —           (193     —          —          —          (193

Mark-to-market for third party restricted stock

     —          —           (100     —          —          —          (100

Issuance of warrants in connection with credit facility

     —          —           99        —          —          —          99   

Issuance of common stock for employee stock purchase plan

     63        —           142        —          —          —          142   

Issuance of common stock for restricted share awards granted to employees

     271        —           —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —          —           —          —          (1,502     —          (1,502

Net loss

     —          —           —          —          —          (22,181     (22,181
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     89,362        9         386,224        (97     (2,812     (137,996     245,328   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           2,406        —          —          —          2,406   

Exercise of stock options

     62        —           76        —          —          —          76   

Repurchase and/or forfeiture of common stock

     (115     —           (49     —          —          —          (49

Shares issued for consulting services

     938        —           1,284        —          —          —          1,284   

Issuance of common stock in connection with license agreements

     139        —           250        —          —          —          250   

Issuance of common stock in connection with Phygen acquisition

     5,240        1         8,855        —          —          —          8,856   

Issuance of common stock for equity offering

     231        —           —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock for employee stock purchase plan

     145        —           200        —          —          —          200   

Issuance of common stock for restricted share awards granted to employees

     701        —           —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —          —           —          —          2,924        —          2,924   

Net loss

     —          —           —          —          —          (15,459     (15,459
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     96,703      $ 10       $ 399,246      $ (97   $ 112      $ (153,455   $ 245,816   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,355

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     23,792        19,876        17,246   

Stock-based compensation

     3,690        2,425        3,177   

Interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs

     919        375        1,330   

In-process research and development

     341        —          1,000   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     859        1,094        945   

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     6,658        4,564        2,781   

Gain on sale of IMC Co. (discontinued operations)

     —          —          (188

Litigation settlement

     —          9,800        —     

Deferred income tax benefit

     (3,420     (4,345     (1,945

Other non-cash items

     2,158        —          —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     382        (5,004     (2,179

Inventories

     (7,853     1,084        (14,661

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,681        1,341        (2,130

Other assets

     992        1,216        679   

Accounts payable

     (1,799     2,545        (5,203

Accrued expenses and other

     (1,764     1,246        (2,591

Deferred revenue

     416        (628     1,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     11,593        13,408        (14,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Cash received from acquisition of Scient’x

     —          —          1,589   

Proceeds from sale of IMC Co. (discontinued operations)

     —          —          329   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (15,646     (8,206     (14,028

Purchase of intangible assets

     (1,750     (690     (2,300

Cash paid for acquisitions

     (2,000     (620     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (19,396     (9,516     (14,410
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

     —          —          49,659   

Exercise of stock options

     76        104        213   

Borrowings under lines of credit

     121,232        2,350        20,174   

Repayments under lines of credit

     (99,853     (17,346     (3,059

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (604     (143     (174

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     —          10,000        —     

Principal payments on notes payable

     (12,375     (1,880     (23,268

Purchase of noncontrolling interest

     —          —          (480
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     8,476        (6,915     43,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     902        521        (739
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,575        (2,502     13,083   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     20,666        23,168        10,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 22,241      $ 20,666      $ 23,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2,592       $ 2,322       $ 4,245   

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 989       $ 523       $ 426   

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable

   $ 1,367       $ 3,242       $ 3,487   

Purchase of property and equipment through capital leases

   $ 2,225       $ —         $ —     

Non-cash exercise of warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 540   

Non-cash purchases of license agreements

   $ 1,000       $ 8,000       $ 2,500   

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisitions

   $ 8,856       $ —         $ 151,639   

Stock options issued in connection with Scient’x acquisition

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,040   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The Company and Basis of Presentation

The Company

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (“Alphatec”, “Alphatec Holdings” or the “Company”), through its wholly owned subsidiary, Alphatec Spine, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Alphatec Spine”) designs, develops, manufactures and markets products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders, primarily focused on the aging spine. In addition to its U.S. operations, the Company also markets its products in over 50 international markets through its affiliate, Scient’x S.A.S. and its subsidiaries (“Scient’x”), via a direct salesforce in France, Italy and the United Kingdom and via independent distributors in the rest of Europe, the Middle East and Africa. In South America and Latin America the Company conducts its operations through its Brazilian subsidiary, Cibramed Productos Medicos. In Asia, the Company markets its products through its subsidiary, Alphatec Pacific, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Alphatec Pacific”) via a direct sales force and independent distributors, and through distributors in other parts of Asia and Australia.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Alphatec and Alphatec Spine and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. A going concern basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of its liabilities in the normal course of business. Based on the Company’s annual operating plan, management believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents of $22.2 million combined with anticipated cash flow from operations in 2013 and other working capital of $43.0 million at December 31, 2012 will be sufficient to fund its cash requirements through at least December 31, 2013. The Company’s credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with MidCap Financial, LLC (“MidCap”) contains financial covenants consisting of a monthly fixed charge coverage ratio and a senior leverage ratio (see Note 6).

Based on the Company’s board-approved current operating plan, the Company believes that it will be in compliance with the financial covenants of the Credit Facility at least through December 31, 2013. However, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to do so. If the Company is not able to achieve its planned revenue or incurs costs in excess of its forecasts, it may be required to substantially reduce discretionary spending and it could be in default of the Credit Facility which would require a waiver from MidCap. There can be no assurance that such a waiver could be obtained, that the Credit Facility could be successfully renegotiated or that the Company can modify its operations to maintain liquidity. If the Company is unable to obtain any required waivers or amendments, MidCap would have the right to exercise remedies specified in the Credit Facility, including accelerating the repayment of debt obligations. The Company may be forced to seek additional financing, which may include additional debt and/or equity financing or funding through other third party agreements. There can be no assurances that additional financing will be available on acceptable terms or available at all. Furthermore, any equity financing may result in dilution to existing stockholders and any debt financing may include restrictive covenants.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by depositing its cash and cash equivalents with established financial institutions. As of December 31, 2012 a substantial portion of the Company’s available cash funds is in business accounts. Although the Company deposits its cash and cash equivalents with multiple financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

The Company’s customers are primarily hospitals, surgical centers and distributors and no single customer represented greater than 10 percent of consolidated revenues for any of the periods presented. Credit to customers is granted based on an analysis of the customers’ credit worthiness and credit losses have not been significant.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues primarily from the sale of spinal surgery implants used in the treatment of spine disorders. The Company sells its products primarily through its direct sales force and independent distributors. Revenue is recognized when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. In addition, the Company accounts for revenue under provisions which sets forth guidelines for the timing of revenue recognition based upon factors such as passage of title, installation, payment and customer acceptance.

The Company’s revenue from sales of spinal and other surgical implants is recognized upon receipt of written acknowledgement that the product has been used in a surgical procedure or upon shipment to third-party customers who immediately accept title to such implant.

Deferred Revenues

Deferred revenues consist of products sold to distributors with payment terms greater than the Company’s customary business terms due to lack of credit history or because the distributor is operating in a new market in which the Company has no prior experience. The Company defers the recognition of revenue until payments become due and cash is received from these distributors. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the balance in deferred revenue totaled $1.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily represent funds invested in money market funds, whose cost equals fair market value.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provides allowances for a portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices and the overall quality and age of those invoices not specifically reviewed. In determining the provision for invoices not specifically reviewed, the Company analyzes historical collection experience. If the historical data used to calculate the allowance provided for doubtful accounts does not reflect the Company’s future ability

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

to collect outstanding receivables or if the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in impairment of their ability to make payments, an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts may be required.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost primarily determined under the first-in, first-out method. The Company reviews the components of inventory on a periodic basis for excess, obsolete and impaired inventory, and records a reserve for the identified items. The Company calculates an inventory reserve for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon historical turnover and assumptions about future demand for its products and market conditions. The Company’s biologics inventories have an expiration based on shelf life and are subject to demand fluctuations based on the availability and demand for alternative implant products. The Company’s estimates and assumptions for excess and obsolete inventory are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. Increases in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory result in a corresponding increase to cost of revenues and establish a new cost basis for the part. Approximately $22.0 million and $15.0 million of inventory was held at consigned locations as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally ranging from four to seven years. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of the related leases.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with provisions which require that goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill and intangible assets for impairment in December of each year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. These assets are impaired if the Company determines that their carrying values may not be recoverable based on an assessment of certain events or changes in circumstances. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the Company recognizes the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets as an impairment loss. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses through December 31, 2012.

In conducting its annual impairment test, the Company has elected to bypass the option to perform a qualitative assessment and performed the quantitative analysis as prescribed by the authoritative literature. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process. The first step compares the Company’s fair value to its net book value. If the fair value is less than the net book value, the second step of the test compares the implied fair value of the Company’s goodwill to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss equal to that excess amount.

The Company estimated the fair value in step one based on a combination of the income approach which included discounted cash flows as well as market approaches that utilized the Company’s market information and recent sales transactions. A majority of the estimated fair value of the Company has been derived from the income approach. The Company’s discounted cash flows required management judgment with respect to forecasted sales, launch of new products, gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and the selection and use of an appropriate discount rate and terminal rate. The Company utilized its risk adjusted weighted average cost of capital of 14% as the discount rate for the projected future cash flows and its revenue and earnings multiples under the market approach. The Company’s assessment resulted in a fair value that was greater than the Company’s carrying value at December 31, 2012 by approximately 6%. In accordance with the authoritative literature, the second step of the impairment test was not required to be performed and thus no impairment of goodwill was recorded as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Significant management judgment is required in the forecast of future operating results that are used in the Company’s impairment analysis. The estimates the Company used are consistent with the plans and estimates that it uses to manage its business. Significant assumptions utilized in the Company’s income approach model included the growth rate of sales for recently introduced products and the introduction of anticipated new products similar to its historical growth rates. Another important assumption involved in forecasted sales is the projected mix of higher margin U.S. based sales and lower margin non-U.S. based sales. Additionally, the Company has projected an improvement in its gross margin, similar to its historical improvement in gross margins, as a result of its forecasted mix in U.S. sales versus non-U.S. based sales and lower manufacturing cost per unit based on the increase in forecasted volume to absorb applied overhead over the next ten years. Although the Company believes its underlying assumptions supporting this assessment are reasonable, if the Company’s forecasted sales, mix of product sales, growth rates of recently introduced new products, timing of and growth rates of new product introductions, gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses, or the discount rate vary from its forecasts, the Company may be required to perform an interim analysis in 2013 that could expose the Company to material impairment charges in the future. In performing the 2012 annual test a small change in the discount rate, growth rate, or gross margin assumptions could have a significant impact on the determination of the estimated fair value of the Company. For example an increase of 1.5% in the discount rate and decrease in the growth rate or gross margin of 2% - 3% in the projected cash flows would have resulted in the Company being required to complete step two of the analysis.

The accounting provisions also require that intangible assets with definite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and reviewed for indicators of impairment. The Company is amortizing its intangible assets, other than goodwill, on a straight-line basis over a one to fifteen-year period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the long-lived assets is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds it fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company decided that it would not pursue development of certain in-process research and development assets that had an indefinite life. The Company expensed $0.3 million as in-process research and development in the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the write-off of a portion of the in-process research and development assets acquired in the Scient’x acquisition.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company’s primary functional currency is the U.S. dollar, while the functional currency of the Company’s Japanese subsidiary is the Japanese Yen, the Hong Kong subsidiary is the Hong Kong dollar and the functional currency of the Company’s European operations is the Euro. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Net gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign financial statements are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Net foreign currency gains or (losses) resulting from transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies are included in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded net foreign currency gains (losses) of approximately $(0.9) million, $0.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of accounts receivable, foreign cash accounts, prepaid expenses, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and current portion of debt are considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short- term nature of those instruments. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, management believes the fair value of notes payable, capital leases and other long-term debt approximates their carrying values. Cash equivalents are valued based on quoted market prices for identical instruments.

The Company measures its fair value of financial instruments in accordance with the established framework for fair value using “levels” which are defined as follows: Level 1 fair value is determined from observable, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 fair value is determined from quoted prices for similar items in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar items in markets that are not active. Level 3 fair value is determined using the entity’s own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company reassesses the fair value of contingent consideration of $3.7 million to be settled in cash related to acquisitions on a quarterly basis using the present value of future royalty payments due. This is a Level 3 measurement. Significant assumptions used in the measurement include estimates of the royalty payments due.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of the Company’s products. Research and development costs also include salaries and related employee benefits, research-related overhead expenses, fees paid to external service providers, and costs associated with the Company’s Scientific Advisory Board and Executive Surgeon Panels. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

In-Process Research and Development

In-process research and development (“IPR&D”) consists of acquired research and development assets that are not part of an acquisition of a business and were not technologically feasible on the date the Company acquired them and had no alternative future use at that date or IPR&D assets acquired in a business acquisition that are determined to have no alternative future use. The Company expects all acquired IPR&D will reach technological feasibility, but there can be no assurance that commercial viability of these products will ever be achieved. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired technologies into commercially viable products consists principally of planning, designing, developing and testing products in order to obtain regulatory approvals. If commercial viability were not achieved, the Company would likely look to other alternatives to provide these products. Until the technological feasibility of the acquired research and development assets are established, the Company expenses these costs.

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment and vehicles under operating leases, and certain equipment under capital leases. For facility leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the Company records the total rent payable during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company records the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent as a deferred rent liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Product Shipment Cost

Product shipment costs are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Product shipment costs totaled $2.9 million, $3.6 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising costs for each of the periods presented in the accompanying statements of operations were not significant.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including: estimates of the Company’s future volatility, the expected term for its stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately vest, and the timing of vesting for the Company’s share-based awards.

The Company uses a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of its stock option awards. The calculation of the fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price on the date of grant as well as assumptions regarding the following:

 

   

Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which the Company’s stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. The Company’s estimated volatility through December 31, 2012 was based on a weighted-average volatility of its actual historical volatility over a period equal to the expected life of the awards.

 

   

The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Through December 31, 2012, the Company calculated the expected term using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise patterns and the term from option date to full exercise for the options granted within the specified date range.

 

   

The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the stock option award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the stock option award.

 

   

The assumed dividend yield is based on the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company used historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Share-based compensation recorded in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rates may differ from its actual forfeitures which would affect the amount of expense recognized during the period.

The Company values equity awards with a market condition using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

The Company accounts for stock option grants to non-employees in accordance with provisions which require that the fair value of these instruments be recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are rendered.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Share-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods.

Valuation of Stock Option Awards

The assumptions used to compute the share-based compensation costs for the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.9-1.2     1.2-2.5     1.9-2.8

Expected dividend yield

     —         —         —    

Weighted average expected life (years)

     5.3-5.8        5.8-5.9        6.0-6.2   

Volatility

     75-78     56-57     56-57

Compensation Costs

The compensation cost that has been included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for all stock-based compensation arrangements is detailed as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Cost of revenues

   $ 137      $ 180      $ 252   

Research and development

     261        289        185   

Sales and marketing

     1,695        693        1,008   

General and administrative

     1,447        1,263        1,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,540      $ 2,425      $ 3,177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect on basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.04   $ (0.03   $ (0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amounts above include stock-based compensation expense of $1.3 million, $0 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to the vesting of stock options and awards granted to non-employees under consulting agreements. Not included in the table above is stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million included in transaction related expense.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In making such determination, a review of all available positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Loss per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and the weighted average number of dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by the Company and options are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is dilutive. (In thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Numerator:

      

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,433

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                 78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (15,459   $ (22,181   $ (14,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     90,870        89,165        79,052   

Weighted average unvested common shares subject to repurchase

     (652     (368     (462
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

     90,218        88,798        78,590   

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Options, warrants and restricted share awards

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

     90,218        88,798        78,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

      

Basic and diluted net loss per share from continuing operations

   $ (0.17   $ (0.25   $ (0.18

Basic and diluted net income per share from discontinued operations

                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.17   $ (0.25   $ (0.18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, none of the outstanding redeemable preferred stock is convertible to common stock.

The weighted-average anti-dilutive securities not included in diluted net loss per share were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Options to purchase common stock

     4,621         4,323         2,631   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     594         94         —    

Unvested restricted stock awards

     877         368         462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,092         4,785         3,093   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended its goodwill guidance by providing entities an option to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. An entity will be able to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The amendment was effective for the Company on January 1, 2012. This amendment did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In 2011, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance was effective for the Company in on January 1, 2012. The new guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of shareholders’ equity. While the new guidance changes the presentation of other comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in other comprehensive income. Other than presentation, the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

3. Acquisitions and Investment

Acquisition of Phygen, LLC

On November 6, 2012, the Company closed the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) with Phygen, LLC (“Phygen”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase Phygen’s right, title and interest in and certain assets used by Phygen in connection with the design, development, marketing and distribution of certain of Phygen’s spinal implant products, together with the intellectual property rights, contractual rights, inventories and certain liabilities related thereto. At the closing of the transaction the Company issued to Phygen 4,069,087 unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock and paid to Phygen $2 million in cash. The Company placed 1,170,960 unregistered shares of the common stock into an escrow account, which will serve as security against any potential indemnification obligations of Phygen under the Asset Purchase Agreement for a period of 12 months following the closing. In addition, the Company will pay to Phygen $4 million in cash on April 10, 2013, with such amount subject to set-off for any indemnification claims. In connection with the Phygen acquisition the Company incurred transaction related expenses of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. The results of Phygen’s operations are included in the consolidated financial statements from November 7, 2012.

Based on the closing price of Alphatec’s common stock of $1.69 on November 6, 2012, cash consideration and contingent liabilities, the total purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value of Alphatec common stock issued upon closing

   $ 8,856   

Cash consideration paid and payable

     5,900   

Contingent consideration

     3,666   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 18,422   
  

 

 

 

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to Phygen’s net tangible and intangible assets was based on their estimated fair values at the date of the completion of the acquisition.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the preliminary purchase price (pending final valuation of intangible assets, deferred income taxes and inventory valuation) for Phygen and the estimated useful lives for the acquired intangible assets (in thousands):

 

     Useful lives
(in years)
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Net tangible assets assumed

      $ 1,936   

Acquired intangibles:

     

Developed technology

     3         170   

Trademarks

     3         57   

Covenant not-to-compete

     3         376   

Customer-related intangible

     12         3,467   

Distribution network

     12         2,292   

Goodwill

        10,124   
     

 

 

 

Total purchase price allocation

      $ 18,422   
     

 

 

 

The Company allocated $1.9 million to Phygen’s net tangible assets assumed, and $6.4 million to identifiable intangible assets acquired and $3.7 million to contingent consideration. A value of $10.1 million, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the aggregate fair values assigned to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, less liabilities and contingent consideration assumed, was assigned to goodwill. The Company acquired Phygen to expand its product offerings to Phygen’s existing surgeon base. This and other factors contributed to a purchase price for Phygen that resulted in the recognition of goodwill. The amount recorded as acquired intangibles and goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The Company increased the value of inventory it acquired from Phygen to its estimated fair value (“step up”), which represented an amount equivalent to estimated selling prices less distribution related costs and a normative selling profit. Consistent with stock rotation, the inventory step up will reverse ratably over 6 months and will be included in the Company’s post-combination financial statements.

For the technology-related assets, the Company determined the values for each of these categories by estimating the present values of the net cash flows expected to be generated by each category of technology.

The Company calculated the value of the trademark by estimating the present value of future royalty costs that would be avoided by a market participant due to ownership of the trademarks acquired.

The Company calculated the value of the covenant not-to-compete by estimating the difference between the present value of future cash flows with and without the covenant not-to-compete in place.

The customer-related intangible includes hospitals and distributors that take title to Phygen’s products. The Company determined the value of such customer-related intangible by estimating the present value of expected future net cash flows derived from such customers.

The distribution network includes U.S.-based distributors that sell Phygen’s products to customers on a consignment basis. The Company determined the value of the intangibles related to the distribution network by estimating the difference between the present values of expected future net cash flows generated with and without the distribution network in place.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company calculated the value of the contingent consideration by estimating the present value of future minimum royalty payments due under licensing agreements entered into in connection with the Phygen acquisition. The Company will revalue the contingent consideration each reporting period with an offset to any increase or decrease in the statement of operations.

Pro forma supplemental financial information is not provided as the impact of the Phygen acquisition was not material to operating results in the year ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Acquisition of Scient’x

On December 17, 2009, the Company entered into an acquisition agreement to acquire all of the shares of Scient’x, with Scient’x continuing after the acquisition as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company’s newly formed and wholly owned Dutch subsidiary. The acquisition, which closed on March 26, 2010, is accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The effective acquisition date for accounting purposes was the close of business on March 31, 2010, the end of Scient’x’s fiscal first quarter. The Company purchased Scient’x to acquire Scient’x’s product portfolio and technology, its international distribution network and existing customer base, and because of the increased scale of the combined entities.

The transaction was structured as an all-stock transaction such that all of the outstanding stock of Scient’x was exchanged, pursuant to a fixed ratio, for 24,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The shares to be paid by the Company at the closing were reduced to 23,730,644 shares in exchange for the Company paying certain acquisition fees and expenses incurred by HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P. and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P. (collectively, “HealthpointCapital”), the Company’s and Scient’x’s principal stockholders.

As required by the acquisition agreement, the holders of both vested and unvested options to purchase shares of Scient’x common stock who were employed by either Scient’x or Alphatec on the closing date were entitled to receive replacement options to purchase shares of Alphatec common stock upon closing of the acquisition (“Replacement Options”), and such optionees were given credit for the vesting of their Scient’x options up to the closing date. $1.0 million was included in the purchase price to represent the fair value of the Scient’x options attributable to pre-combination service and was estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model with market assumptions. Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective market assumptions, including expected stock price volatility, which if changed can materially affect fair value estimates. The assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the Replacement Options include expected volatility of 56.0%, expected term of 6.0 years, and a risk-free interest rate of 2.5%. The difference between the fair value of the replacement options and the amount included in consideration transferred is being recognized as compensation cost in the Company’s post-combination financial statements over the requisite service period.

Based on the closing price of Alphatec’s common stock of $6.39 on March 26, 2010, the fair value of the Replacement Options, and the amount payable in exchange for reduction in shares, the total purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value of Alphatec common stock issued upon closing

   $ 151,639   

Fair value of Scient’x Replacement Options attributable to pre-combination service

     1,040   

Payable in exchange for reduction in shares to be paid in cash

     1,618   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 154,297   
  

 

 

 

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to Scient’x’s net tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values at the date of the completion of the acquisition.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price (in thousands) for Scient’x and the estimated useful lives for the acquired intangible assets:

 

     Useful lives
(in years)
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Net tangible assets assumed

      $ 2,577   

Acquired intangibles:

     

Core technology

     10         3,632   

Developed technology

     8         9,552   

In-process technology

     Indefinite         1,749   

Corporate trademarks

     5         1,614   

Key product trademarks

     9         2,179   

Customer-related intangible

     15         16,009   

Distribution network

     10         1,614   

Physician education programs

     10         3,095   

Goodwill

        112,276   
     

 

 

 

Total purchase price allocation

      $ 154,297   
     

 

 

 

The Company allocated $2.6 million to Scient’x net tangible assets assumed and $39.4 million to identifiable intangible assets acquired. A value of $112.3 million, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the aggregate fair values assigned to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, was assigned to goodwill. Alphatec acquired Scient’x to expand its product offerings, increase its addressable market, increase the size of its international business, and increase its revenues primarily outside of the U.S. Alphatec also believed that significant cost reduction synergies would be realized when the integration of the acquired business was complete. These are among the factors that contributed to a purchase price for the Scient’x acquisition that resulted in the recognition of goodwill. The amount recorded as acquired intangibles and goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The Company increased the value of inventory it acquired from Scient’x to its estimated fair value (“step up”), which represented an amount equivalent to estimated selling prices less distribution related costs and a normative selling profit. Consistent with stock rotation, the inventory step up reversed ratably over 14 months and was included in the Company’s post-combination financial statements.

For the technology-related assets, the Company separated the acquired product families into the following three categories: core, developed, and in-process technology. The Company determined the values for each of these categories by estimating the present values of the net cash flows expected to be generated by each category of technology.

The Company separated trademarks into the following two categories: corporate trademarks and key product trademarks. The Company calculated the values of each of these trademark categories by estimating the present value of future royalty costs that would be avoided by a market participant due to ownership of the trademarks acquired.

The customer-related intangible includes hospitals and distributors that take title to Scient’x’s products. The Company determined the value of such customer-related intangible by estimating the present value of expected future net cash flows derived from such customers.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The distribution network includes U.S.-based distributors that sell Scient’x products to customers on a consignment basis. The Company determined the value of the intangibles related to the distribution network by estimating the difference between the present values of expected future net cash flows generated with and without the distribution network in place.

The Company determined the value of physician education programs value by estimating the costs to rebuild such programs.

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company and Scient’x as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010 (in thousands, except share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 197,711      $ 182,945   

Operating loss

     (23,466     (6,892

Net loss

     (21,131     (8,785

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.24   $ (0.10

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred restructuring charges related to the acquisition of $0 million, $0.6 million and $2.4, respectively. These costs consist of severance payments and severance-related benefits, rent and other expenses for facilities and the cost of exiting two terminated European distributor agreements.

Acquisition of Cibramed

In January 2011, the Company acquired Cibramed Productos Medicos (“Cibramed”), a Brazilian medical device company. The Company purchased Cibramed to acquire its ANVISA regulatory registration certificates and its general licenses to conduct business in Brazil. The Company recorded an intangible asset of $0.6 million for the ANVISA regulatory registration certificates and licenses it purchased. The Company is amortizing this asset on a straight-line basis over its estimate life of 15 years. No product distribution rights were acquired. The purchase price of $0.6 million was paid in installments consisting of (i) 60% upon execution of the acquisition agreement; (ii) 20% due 90 days from the execution of the acquisition agreement and; (iii) 20% due 180 days from the execution of the acquisition agreement. The Company paid the full purchase price of $0.6 million in 2011.

4. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Accounts receivable

   $ 42,086      $ 42,766   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1,074     (1,055
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivables, net

   $ 41,012      $ 41,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Gross      Reserve for
excess and
obsolete
    Net      Gross      Reserve for
excess and
obsolete
    Net  

Raw materials

   $ 5,863       $     $ 5,863       $ 3,715       $     $ 3,715   

Work-in-process

     1,350               1,350         2,088               2,088   

Finished goods

     59,864         (17,222     42,642         53,287         (13,174     40,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 67,077       $ (17,222   $ 49,855       $ 59,090       $ (13,174   $ 45,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Useful lives
(in years)
     December 31,  
      2012     2011  

Surgical instruments

     4       $ 56,712      $ 52,690   

Machinery and equipment

     7         13,996        12,462   

Computer equipment

     5         3,269        3,013   

Office furniture and equipment

     5         3,528        3,578   

Leasehold improvements

     various         4,092        3,657   

Building

     39         64        71   

Land

     n/a         13        14   

Construction in progress

     n/a         1,045        634   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        82,719        76,119   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (52,316     (44,643
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

      $ 30,403      $ 31,476   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense was $14.2 million, $14.8 million and $13.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Intangible Assets

Intangibles assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Useful lives
(in years)
     December 31,  
      2012     2011  

Developed product technology

     5-8       $ 23,253      $ 22,875   

Distribution rights

     3         4,281        4,531   

Intellectual property

     5         1,004        1,004   

License agreements

     1-7         17,423        14,297   

Core technology

     10         4,940        3,489   

In-process technology

     Indefinite               1,680   

Trademarks and trade names

     5-9         3,796        3,671   

Customer-related

     15         19,221        15,476   

Distribution network

     10         3,906        1,614   

Physician education programs

     10         3,039        2,972   

Supply agreement

     10         225        225   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        81,088        71,834   

Less accumulated amortization

        (34,232     (24,690
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

      $ 46,856      $ 47,144   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization expense was $9.6 million, $5.1 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The future expected amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 10,217   

2014

     6,300   

2015

     5,802   

2016

     5,457   

2017

     4,993   

Thereafter

     14,087   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,856   
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Legal

   $ 939       $ 249   

Accounting

     847         1,033   

Phygen purchase price payable

     3,936         —     

Severance

     749         —     

Restructuring

     —           123   

Sales milestones

     2,423         2,344   

Accrued taxes payable

     1,605         1,457   

Deferred rent

     1,483         1,746   

Royalties

     1,911         2,409   

Commissions

     5,371         4,120   

Payroll and related

     7,027         6,348   

Litigation settlement

     4,102         7,000   

Other

     8,097         5,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 38,490       $ 32,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Balance at December 31, 2011 and 2010

   $ 168,609       $ 170,194   

Acquisition of Phygen

     10,124          

Effect of foreign exchange rate on goodwill

     2,105         (1,585
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,        

   $ 180,838       $ 168,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. License and Consulting Agreements

License Agreements

In June 2012, the Company entered into a private label supply agreement with a third party supplier whereby the Company acquired exclusive U.S. distribution rights to market a patented synthetic biologic product under its own brand name (the “Biologic Supply Agreement”). The Company made an up-front payment of $1.0 million in connection upon the execution of the Biologic Supply Agreement. The up-front payment was capitalized as an intangible asset and will be amortized straight-line over the four-year term of the Biologic Supply Agreement. Additionally, the Company is required to meet certain minimum purchase requirements of up to $3.0 million per year.

In October 2012, the Company entered into a supply agreement with a third party supplier whereby the Company acquired exclusive worldwide distribution rights to sell an anchored, fully retractable cervical inter-

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

body spacer (the “Cervical Spacer Supply Agreement”). The Company is required to make up-front payments totaling $1.0 million upon the executions of the Cervical Spacer Supply Agreement. The $1.0 million up-front payments were capitalized as an intangible asset and will be amortized over the seven-year term of the Cervical Spacer Supply Agreement. Additionally, the Company is required to meet certain minimum purchase requirements of up to $5.9 million per year to maintain its exclusive distribution rights.

OsseoFix Spinal Fracture Reduction System License Agreement

On April 16, 2009, the Company and Stout Medical Group LP (“Stout”) amended the license agreement that the parties had entered into in September 2007 (the “License Amendment”) that provides the Company with a worldwide license to develop and commercialize Stout’s proprietary intellectual property related to a treatment for vertebral compression fractures. The effective date of the License Amendment is March 31, 2009. Under the License Amendment, the timing of the minimum royalty payments has been adjusted and Stout’s ability to terminate the License Amendment was revised. Under the original license agreement, the Company’s minimum royalty obligation began in the year ending December 31, 2009 and there are milestones due upon attainment of sales volumes. Pursuant to the License Amendment, the minimum royalty obligation is suspended until a licensed product obtains regulatory approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). In addition, under the terms of the License Amendment, Stout has the ability to terminate the License Amendment if the Company is not using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain regulatory approval to market and sell a licensed product; provided that the Company has the right to delay such termination in exchange for making certain payments to Stout. If, during the time period when such payments are made, the Company were to make a regulatory filing for the marketing and sale of a licensed product, such termination will be null and void. Pursuant to the License Amendment, Stout is entitled to retain all up-front payments that had been previously paid to it. The other material terms of the license agreement were not changed in the License Amendment.

OsseoScrew License Agreement

In December 2007, the Company entered into an exclusive license agreement (the “OsseoScrew License Agreement”), with Progressive Spinal Technologies LLC (“PST”), which provides the Company with an exclusive worldwide license to develop and commercialize PST’s proprietary intellectual property related to an expanding pedicle screw with increased pull-out strength. The financial terms of the OsseoScrew License Agreement include: (i) a cash payment payable following the execution of the agreement; (ii) development and sales milestone payments in cash and the Company’s common stock that began to be achieved and paid in 2008; and (iii) a royalty payment based on net sales of licensed products. The agreement included milestone payments of $3.6 million consisting of cash and the Company’s common stock upon the completion of the biomechanical testing, which were attained in 2009. Furthermore, the agreement includes milestone payments of $2.5 million consisting of cash and the Company’s common stock upon market launch.

In November 2010, the Company and PST entered into a fifth amendment to the OsseoScrew License Agreement. The fifth amendment includes (i) a milestone payment of a $1.5 million and the issuance of $1.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock upon market launch in Europe; and (ii) royalty payments based on net sales of licensed products with minimum annual royalties beginning at the end of 2011. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an intangible asset of $2.5 million for a milestone payment required upon market launch in Europe which consisted of the cash payment of $1.5 million and $1.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company is amortizing this asset over seven years, the estimated life of the product. The total number of shares of common stock which were issued on December 15, 2010, was 452,488.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

License Agreement with Helix Point, LLC

In February 2009, the Company entered into a license agreement (the “Helifuse/Helifix License Agreement”) with Helix Point, LLC (“Helix Point”) that provides the Company with a worldwide exclusive license (excluding the People’s Republic of China) to develop and commercialize Helix Point’s proprietary intellectual property related to a device for the treatment of spinal stenosis. The financial terms of the Helifuse/Helifix License Agreement include: (i) a cash payment of $0.2 million payable following the execution of the Helifuse/Helifix License Agreement; (ii) the issuance of $0.4 million of shares of the Company’s common stock following the execution of the Helifuse/Helifix License Agreement; (iii) development and sales milestone payments in cash and the Company’s common stock; and (iv) a royalty payment based on net sales of licensed products, with minimum annual royalties beginning in the year after the first commercial sale of a licensed product. During the third quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an intangible asset of $0.2 million for the assets received as this product is cleared for sale in Europe and technological feasibility is considered to have been achieved. The Company is amortizing this asset over seven years, the estimated life of the product.

License Agreement with International Spinal Innovations, LLC

In June 2009, the Company entered into a cross license agreement (the “ISI License Agreement”) with International Spinal Innovations, LLC (“ISI”) that provides the Company with a worldwide license to develop and commercialize ISI’s proprietary intellectual property related to a stand-alone anterior lumbar interbody fusion device. The financial terms of the ISI License Agreement include: (i) the issuance of 260,000 shares of the Company’s common stock following the execution of the ISI License Agreement; (ii) sales milestone payments in cash that could begin to be achieved and paid in 2014; and (iii) a royalty payment based on net sales of licensed products. In 2012, the Company entered into an amended agreement that established a minimum royalty payment amount that began in 2012.

Distribution Agreement with Parcell Spine, LLC

In January 2010, the Company entered into an exclusive distribution agreement (the “Parcell Agreement”) with Parcell Spine, LLC (“Parcell Spine”), which provides the Company with the exclusive right to distribute Parcell Spine’s proprietary adult stem cells for the treatment of spinal disorders under either Parcell’s trademarks or Alphatec Spine’s private label. The financial terms of the Parcell Agreement include: (i) a cash payment of $0.5 million payable following the execution of the Parcell Agreement; (ii) a milestone payment consisting of $1.0 million in cash and the issuance of $1.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock following the successful completion of a pre-clinical study; and (iii) sales milestone payments in cash and the Company’s common stock. During the first quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an IPR&D charge of $0.5 million for the initial cash payment. During the third quarter of 2010, the pre-clinical study milestone was achieved and the Company recorded an IPR&D charge totaling $2.0 million, which consisted of a cash payment of $1.0 million and the issuance of $1.0 million worth of the Company’s common stock. The amounts were expensed as the technological feasibility associated with the IPR&D had not been established since the final prototype of the device had not been completed, additional items subject to risk of completion were necessary to comply with regulatory requirements and no alternative future use exists. The total number of shares of common stock, which were issued in accordance with the agreement for the achievement of a development milestone, was 465,116. In addition, during the third quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an intangible asset of $1.5 million for a milestone payment required upon market launch when the product became commercially ready for sale which consisted of a cash payment of $0.5 million and $1.0 million worth of the Company’s common stock. The Company is amortizing this asset over seven years, the estimated life of the product. The total number of shares of common stock, which were issued in accordance with the agreement for the achievement of a development milestone in September 2010, was 476,190.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

License Agreement with R Tree Innovations LLC

In September 2010, the Company entered into a License Agreement (the “R Tree License Agreement”) with R Tree Innovations LLC (“R Tree”) that provides the Company with a worldwide license to develop and commercialize R Tree’s proprietary intellectual property related to its Epicage interbody fusion device and related instrumentation. The financial terms of the R Tree License Agreement include: (i) a cash payment of $0.8 million and the issuance of $0.5 million of the Company’s common stock following the execution of the R Tree License Agreement; (ii) development and sales milestone payments in cash that could begin to be achieved and paid in 2013; and (iii) a royalty payment based on net sales of licensed products. During the third quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an intangible asset of $1.3 million following the execution of the R Tree License Agreement. In November 2012, the Company and R Tree entered into an amendment to the R Tree License Agreement (the “R-Tree Amendment”). In connection with the R-Tree Amendment the Company made a cash payment of $0.3 million and issued $0.2 million worth of its common stock to RTree. The total consideration of $0.5 million was recorded as an intangible asset. The Company is amortizing the intangible asset over seven years, the estimated life of the product. The total number of shares of common stock, which were issued in accordance with the R Tree License Agreement and the R-Tree Amendment was 367,044.

6. Debt

MidCap Loan and Security Agreement

On June 7, 2012, the Company entered into a credit facility with MidCap (the “Credit Facility”), which permits the Company to borrow up to $50.0 million. The Credit Facility is due in June 2015 and consists of a revolving line of credit with a maximum borrowing base of $40.0 million, with the option to increase the maximum borrowing base to $50.0 million with the prior written consent of MidCap. The borrowing base is determined, from time to time, based on the value of domestic and foreign eligible accounts receivable and domestic eligible inventory. As collateral for the Credit Facility, the Company granted MidCap a security interest in substantially all of its assets, including all accounts receivable and all securities evidencing its interests in its subsidiaries. The revolving line of credit carries an interest equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 6.0%, which was 6.2% at December 31, 2012.

The Credit Facility includes traditional lending and reporting covenants including a fixed charge coverage ratio and a senior leverage ratio to be maintained by the Company. The Credit Facility also includes several potential events of default, such as payment default and insolvency conditions, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in MidCap’s right to declare all outstanding obligation immediately due and payable. In January 2013, the Company entered into a limited waiver and limited consent agreement with MidCap (the “Waiver”). The Waiver gave the Company consent on certain provisions under the Credit Facility related to the acquisition of Phygen and maintenance of cash balances in the U.S. In February 2013, the Company and MidCap entered into a first amendment to the Credit Facility (the First Amendment”). The First Amendment allows the Company to exclude payments related to the Phygen acquisition and the settlement agreement with Cross Medical Products, LLC (“Cross”) from calculation of the fixed charge coverage ratio and the senior leverage ratio. In conjunction with the First Amendment, the Company paid MidCap a fee of $0.1 million. The Company was in compliance with all of the covenants of the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2012.

Upon execution of the Credit Facility, the Company drew $34.3 million on the Credit Facility to pay off its existing term loan with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) totaling $8.1 million and its existing line of credit with SVB totaling $17.6 million (collectively the “SVB Credit Facility”). The Company paid early termination and other fees to SVB associated with the SVB Credit Facility of $2.3 million and wrote-off $0.6 million of

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

unamortized debt issuance and debt discount costs related to the SVB Credit Facility. The total loss on extinguishment of debt costs of $2.9 million is included in interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company paid an up-front commitment fee to MidCap of $0.2 million and debt issuance costs of $0.2 million, which were capitalized as deferred debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the term of the Credit Facility using the effective interest method.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repaid $99.9 million and drew an additional $21.4 million on its working capital line of credit. The balance of the line of credit as of December 31, 2012 was $38.6 million. Amortization of the debt discount and debt issuance costs, accretion of the finance charge and non-cash extinguishment of debt costs, which were recorded as non-cash interest expense, totaled $0.9 million, $0.4 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest expense for the term loans and the Company’s working capital line of credit, excluding debt discount and debt issuance cost amortization, accretion of the additional finance charge and extinguishment of debt costs, totaled $2.6 million, $2.2 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

SVB Loan and Security Agreement

In December 2008, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with SVB and Oxford Finance Corporation (the “Lenders Credit Facility”), consisting of a $15.0 million term loan and a $15.0 million working capital line of credit. The term loan carried a fixed interest rate of 11.25% with interest payments due monthly and principal repayments commencing in October 2009. The working capital line of credit carried a variable interest rate equal to the prime rate plus either 2.5% or 2.0%, depending on the Company’s financial performance. Interest-only payments were due monthly and the principal was due at maturity in April 2012.

On March 26, 2010, the Company and the lenders amended the Lenders Credit Facility. The working capital line of credit was increased by $10 million, to $25 million. In addition, the Company combined the previously existing term loan facility provided by Oxford to Scient’x with its existing term loan facility. The Company’s term loan interest rate was amended to a fixed rate of 12.0%. The Company was required to repay the principal plus interest in 25 equal monthly installments, ending in April 2012. The working capital line of credit interest rate was amended to equal the prime rate plus 4.5%, with a floor rate of 8.5%. Interest-only payments were due monthly and the principal was due at maturity in April 2012. In connection with the amendment, the Company paid debt issuance costs and other transaction fees totaling $0.8 million, which were capitalized and were being amortized over the remaining term of the loan using the effective interest method.

On October 29, 2010, the Company amended and restated the Lenders Credit Facility (the “SVB Credit Facility”). As part of the SVB Credit Facility, Oxford was removed as a co-lender. The SVB Credit Facility consisted of a working capital line of credit, which permitted the Company to borrow up to $32 million. The actual amount available was based on eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory. The working capital line of credit carried an interest rate of the greater of 5.5% or the prime rate plus 1.5%. Interest-only payments were due monthly and the principal was due at maturity, which occurs in October 2013.

Upon execution of the SVB Credit Facility, the Company drew $17.6 million on the working capital line of credit, resulting in a total line of credit draw of $31.9 million. The funds from the working capital line of credit were used to pay off the Company’s then-existing term loans under the Lenders Credit Facility totaling $9.5 million and Scient’x’s then-existing term loan of $5.3 million with Oxford. In addition, the Company paid early termination and other fees of $0.5 million, a final finance charge of $1.2 million and accrued monthly interest of $0.2 million. The Company incurred debt issuance costs on the Amended Credit Facility of $0.6 million, which included an upfront fee of $0.2 million paid to SVB. The debt issuance costs were capitalized and were being

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

amortized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. In addition, the Company recorded non-cash interest expense of approximately $0.5 million to write off its debt issuance costs and debt discount related to its prior term loans. The SVB Credit Facility contained customary lending and reporting covenants, including compliance with financial covenants consisting of a minimum adjusted quick ratio and minimum quarterly free cash flow.

In January 2011, the Company executed a first amendment to the SVB Credit Facility. The working capital line of credit interest rate was amended to equal the SVB prime rate plus 3.5% during the first half of 2011, the SVB prime rate plus 3.0% during the third quarter of 2011, the SVB prime rate plus 2.0% during the fourth quarter of 2011, and the greater of 5.5% or the SVB prime rate plus 1.5% thereafter. In addition, the adjusted quick ratio covenant was amended to allow for a lower minimum ratio.

In August 2011, the Company executed a second amendment to the SVB Credit Facility with SVB. The second amendment included a waiver for non-compliance with the minimum quarterly free cash flow covenant for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2011. The working capital line of credit interest rate was amended to equal the greater of 5.5% or the SVB prime rate plus 2.0% beginning on January 1, 2012. In conjunction with the second amendment, the Company paid SVB a fee of $50,000.

In December 2011, the Company executed a third amendment to the SVB Credit Facility with SVB. The third amendment included a waiver for non-compliance with the minimum quarterly financial covenants for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011 and it also restructured the credit facility terms consisting of a $10 million term loan and a working capital line of credit which permitted the Company to borrow up to $22 million.

The term loan carried a fixed interest rate equal to the greater of 8.5% or the SVB prime rate plus 4.5% with principal plus interest repayments due in 16 equal quarterly installments. The term loan matured October 2015 and the Company was subject to a prepayment penalty if the term loan is repaid prior to maturity. The funds from the term loan were used to refinance a portion of the line of credit under the SVB Credit Facility.

In connection with the third amendment to the SVB Credit Facility, finance charges totaling $0.2 million were waived in exchange for the issuance of 93,750 warrants to SVB to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable, can be exercised through a cashless exercise, have an exercise price of $1.60 per share and have a ten year term. The Company recorded the value of the warrants of $0.1 million as a debt discount. The value of the warrants was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation method with the following assumptions: risk free interest rate of 1.23%, volatility of 57.4%, a ten year term and no dividend yield.

Under the third amendment to the SVB Credit Facility, the Company was required to maintain compliance with financial covenants consisting of a quarterly minimum adjusted quick ratio and a quarterly minimum EBITDA level, as well as a maximum annual capital expenditures limit. The minimum adjust quick ratio is defined as the sum of the Company’s cash held with SVB and 80% of eligible domestic accounts receivable divided by the SVB Credit Facility balance. In February 2012, the Company executed a fourth amendment to the SVB Credit Facility. The fourth amended to the SVB Credit Facility included a waiver for non-compliance with the minimum quarterly EBITDA covenant for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2011. The amendment also reduced the maximum amount available on the working capital line of credit from $22 million to $19.5 million and accelerated one of the quarterly term loan payments of $0.6 million which was due and payable upon execution of the amendment. In conjunction with the fourth amendment to the SVB Credit Facility, the Company paid SVB a fee of $0.1 million.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Debt Agreements

The Company has various capital lease arrangements. The leases bear interest at rates ranging from 6.6% to 9.6%, are generally due in monthly principal and interest installments, are collateralized by the related equipment, and have various maturity dates through June 2017.

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Line of credit

   $ 38,634      $ 16,854   

Term loan, net of debt discount

     —          9,903   

Notes payable to Japanese banks

     —          138   

Capital leases (See Note 7)

     1,770        233   

Bond payable to a Japanese bank

     —          64   

Note payable related to software license purchases

     59        270   

Financing agreements for premiums on insurance policies

     1,204        736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     41,667        28,198   

Less: current portion

     (1,700     (4,396
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 39,967      $ 23,802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Principal payments on debt are as follows as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 1,263   

2014

     —     

2015

     38,634   

2016

     —     

2017

     —    

Thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total

     39,897   

Add: capital lease principal payments

     1,770   
  

 

 

 

Total

     41,667   

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     (1,700
  

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 39,967   
  

 

 

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

During the first quarter of 2008, the Company entered into a lease agreement and sublease agreement in order to consolidate the use and occupation of its then existing premises into two adjacent facilities, as described below. The Company also leases certain equipment and vehicles under operating leases which expire on various dates through 2017, and certain equipment under capital leases which expire on various dates through 2017.

In February 2008, the Company entered into a sublease agreement (the “Sublease”), for office, engineering, and research and development space. The Sublease term commenced May 2008 and ends on January 31, 2016.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company is obligated under the Sublease to pay base rent and certain operating costs and taxes for the building. Monthly base rent payable by the Company was approximately $80,500 during the first year of the Sublease, increasing annually at a fixed annual rate of 2.5% to approximately $93,500 per month in the final year of the Sublease. The Company’s rent was abated for months one through seven of the Sublease. At the sublease inception, the Company paid a security deposit in the amount of approximately $93,500.

In March 2008, the Company entered into a lease agreement (the “Lease”) for additional office, engineering, research and development and warehouse and distribution space. The Lease term commenced on December 1, 2008 and ends on January 31, 2017. The Company is obligated under the Lease to pay base rent and certain operating costs and taxes for the building. The monthly base rent payable by the Company was approximately $73,500 during the first year of the Lease, increasing annually at a fixed annual rate of 3.0% to approximately $93,000 per month in the final year of the Lease. The Company’s rent was abated for the months two through eight of the term of the Lease in the amount of $38,480. At the lease inception, the Company paid a security deposit in the amount of approximately $293,200 consisting of cash and two letters of credit. Following the Company’s achievement of certain financial milestones, the lessor is obligated to return a portion of the security deposit to the Company. The lessor provided a tenant improvement allowance of $1.1 million to assist with the configuration of the facility to meet the Company’s business needs.

Scient’x leases office and manufacturing warehouse and distribution space in Beaurains, France. The lease term commenced in December 2002 and ends in December 2013. The monthly base rent payable by Scient’x is approximately $40,000 per month, which increases annually with the cost of inflation in France.

Future minimum annual lease payments under the Company’s operating and capital leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

   Operating      Capital  

2013

   $ 3,684       $ 558   

2014

     2,735         527   

2015

     2,432         466   

2016

     1,286         423  

2017

     180         82  

Thereafter

     271         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,588         2,056   
  

 

 

    

Less: amount representing interest

        (286
     

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

        1,770   

Current portion of capital leases

        437   
     

 

 

 

Capital leases, less current portion

      $ 1,333   
     

 

 

 

Rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $3.7 million, $3.7 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Litigation

In 1998, Eurosurgical, a French company in the business of sales and marketing of spinal implants, entered into a distribution agreement for the United States, Mexico, Canada, India and Australia with Orthotec, LLC, a California company, or Orthotec. In 2004, Orthotec sued Eurosurgical in connection with a contractual dispute and a $9 million judgment was entered against Eurosurgical by a California court in 2006. In 2007, a federal court in California declared Eurosurgical liable to Orthotec for $30 million in connection with an intellectual property dispute. In 2006, Eurosurgical’s European assets were ultimately acquired by Surgiview, SAS, or Surgiview, in a sale agreement approved by a French court. Pursuant to this sale, Surgiview became a subsidiary of Scient’x in 2006. Orthotec attempted to recover on Eurosurgical’s obligations by filing a motion in a California court to add Surgiview to the judgment against Eurosurgical on theories including successor liability and fraudulent conveyance. In February 2007, the California court denied Orthotec’s motion, indicating that Orthotec had not carried its burdens of proof. Orthotec chose to not proceed with a further hearing in September 2007.

In May 2008, after the acquisition of Scient’x by HealthpointCapital in 2007, Orthotec sued Scient’x, Surgiview, HealthpointCapital and certain former directors of Scient’x (who also serve on the Company’s board) in a new action in California state court in which it sought, among other things, to have the defendant’s bear responsibility for the $39 million in judgments that had been assessed against Eurosurgical. In April 2009, the California court dismissed this matter on jurisdictional grounds, and Orthotec appealed the ruling. In December 2010, the California Court of Appeal issued a decision that affirmed in part and reversed in part the trial court’s decision dismissing the entire California action based on lack of personal jurisdiction. The Court of Appeal affirmed the trial court’s ruling that Orthotec failed to establish personal jurisdiction over all parties except Surgiview, finding that the trial court could exercise jurisdiction over that entity. In January 2012, OrthoTec amended its complaint and added the Company as a defendant to the California matter. Alphatec filed a motion for summary judgment in November 2012 that is fully briefed and the parties are awaiting a decision. The case is currently scheduled for trial in March 2013.

In addition, also in May 2008, a similar action was filed in New York against HealthpointCapital, Scient’x and two former directors of Scient’x (who also serve on the Company’s board), in which Orthotec sought, among other things, to have the defendant’s bear responsibility for the $39 million in judgments that had been assessed against Eurosurgical. In July 2009, Orthotec voluntarily dismissed Scient’x from the action. In November 2009, the court dismissed Orthotec’s claims based on collateral estoppel, and Orthotec appealed this ruling. In March 2011, the state appeals court reversed the lower court’s decision to dismiss Orthotec’s claims. The New York matter then proceeded with discovery, and the defendants filed a motion for summary judgment in December 2012, which is currently being briefed by the parties. Additionally, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss one of the plaintiff’s claims based upon Orthotec’s spoliation of evidence, which motion was denied, and that denial is currently on appeal. Since March 2010 the Company has been indemnifying HealthpointCapital and the two former directors of Scient’x in connection with the New York matter.

While the Company intends to vigorously defend against these actions, and believes that the plaintiff’s allegations are without merit, the outcome of the litigations cannot be predicted at this time and any outcome in favor of Orthotec, regardless of who the defendant is, could have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

On August 25, 2010, an alleged shareholder of the Company’s filed a derivative lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, San Diego County, purporting to assert claims on behalf of the Company against all of its directors and certain of its officers and HealthpointCapital. Following the filing of this complaint, similar complaints were filed in the same court and in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

against the same defendants containing similar allegations. The complaint filed in federal court was dismissed by the plaintiff without prejudice in July 2011. The state court complaints have been consolidated into a single action. The Company has been named as a nominal defendant in the consolidated action. Each complaint alleges that the Company’s directors and certain of its officers breached their fiduciary duties to the Company related to the Scient’x transaction, and by making allegedly false statements that led to unjust enrichment of HealthpointCapital and certain of the Company’s directors. The complaints seek unspecified monetary damages and an order directing the Company to adopt certain measures purportedly designed to improve its corporate governance and internal procedures. This consolidated lawsuit has been stayed by order of the court until May 10, 2013. The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against these complaints; however no assurances can be given as to the timing or outcome of this lawsuit.

At December 31, 2012, the probable outcome of any of the aforementioned litigation matters cannot be determined nor can the Company estimate a range of potential loss. Accordingly, in accordance with the authoritative guidance on the evaluation of contingencies, the Company has not recorded an accrual related to these litigation matters. The Company is and may become involved in various other legal proceedings arising from its business activities. While management does not believe the ultimate disposition of these matters will have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of these proceedings, an unfavorable resolution could materially affect the Company’s future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period.

Royalties

The Company has entered into various intellectual property agreements requiring the payment of royalties based on the sale of products that utilize such intellectual property. These royalties primarily relate to products sold by Alphatec Spine and are calculated either as a percentage of net sales or in one instance on a per-unit sold basis. Royalties are included on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations as a component of cost of revenues.

8. Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

Redeemable Preferred Stock

The Company issued shares of redeemable preferred stock in connection with its initial public offering in June 2006. As of December 31, 2012, the redeemable preferred stock carrying value was $23.6 million and there were 20 million shares of redeemable preferred stock authorized. The redeemable preferred stock is not convertible into common stock but is redeemable at $9.00 per share, (i) upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or the occurrence of certain mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, before any payment to the holders of the Company’s common stock, or (ii) at the Company’s option at any time. Holders of redeemable preferred stock are generally not entitled to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, except with respect to certain matters that will affect them adversely as class, and are not entitled to receive dividends. The carrying value of the redeemable preferred stock was $7.11 per share at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The redeemable preferred stock is required to be shown in the Company’s financial statements separate from stockholders’ equity and any adjustments to its carrying value to its redemption value up to its redemption value of $9.00 per share will be reported as a dividend.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Public Offering of Common Stock

In April 2010, the Company completed a public offering of an aggregate of 18,400,000 shares of its common stock in an underwritten public offering (the “Offering”). The shares were sold at an offering price per share of $5.00, less underwriting commissions and discounts. Of the shares of common stock sold in the Offering, 9,200,000 shares were sold by the Company and 9,200,000 were sold by HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P (the “Selling Stockholder”). The net proceeds to the Company were approximately $43.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses payable by the Company. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the Selling Stockholder.

Subscription Agreements for Sale of Common Stock

On February 9, 2010, the Company entered into subscription agreements with a group of purchasers for the sale of an aggregate of 1,592,011 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $4.1457 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $6.6 million (the “Subscription Agreements Offering”). The net proceeds to the Company from the Subscription Agreements Offering, after deducting expenses, were approximately $6.5 million.

Eclipse Advisors, LLC

On May 8, 2012, the Company entered into an equity line of credit arrangement with Eclipse Advisors, LLC (“Eclipse”), which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company is entitled to sell and Eclipse is committed to purchase up to $25 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 24-month term (the “Investment Agreement). From time to time, and at the Company’s sole discretion, the Company may present Eclipse with put notices, to purchase the Company’s common stock in two tranches over a 31-day period (a “put period”) with each put period subject to being reduced by the Company based on a minimum threshold price of the Company’s common stock during the put period. The Company may not present Eclipse with a new put notice at any time there is an outstanding put notice.

Once presented with a put notice, Eclipse is required to purchase: (i) 50% of the dollar amount of the shares specified in the put notice on the 16th day after the date of the put notice; and (ii) 50% of the dollar amount of the shares specified in the put notice on the 31st day after the date of the put notice. The price per share for the sale of such common stock for each of the two closings in a put period shall be 90% of the volume weighted average price for the Company’s common stock over the trading days that exist during the 15 days prior to such closing date. If the daily volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock falls below a threshold price established by the Company on any trading day during a put period, the Company has the right to send a cancellation notice to Eclipse, which will reduce the Company’s obligation to sell the shares to Eclipse to no greater than 50% of the dollar amount set forth in the put notice.

Upon execution of the Investment Agreement and as provided for therein, the Company issued Eclipse 231,045 shares of common stock representing a $500,000 commitment fee, determined by dividing $500,000 by the volume weighted average price for the Company’s common stock for the five trading days preceding the effective date of the Investment Agreement. The Company has not sold any shares to Eclipse under the Investment Agreement.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9. Stock Benefit Plans and Stock-Based Compensation

In 2005, the Company adopted its 2005 Employee, Director, and Consultant Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”). The 2005 Plan allows for the grant of options and restricted stock awards to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. The 2005 Plan has 8,400,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance. The Board of Directors determines the terms of the restricted stock and the term of each option, option price, number of shares for which each option is granted, whether restrictions will be imposed on the shares subject to options, and the rate at which each option is exercisable. Options granted under the 2005 Plan expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant (five years for incentive stock options granted to holders of more than 10% of the Company’s voting stock). Options generally vest over a four or five year period and may be immediately exercisable upon a change of control of the Company. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder may be no less than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. At December 31, 2012, approximately 530,000 shares of common stock remained available for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

Stock Options

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the 2005 Plan and related information is as follows (in thousands, except as indicated and per share data):

 

     Shares     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(in years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     4,717      $ 3.31         7.71       $ 107   

Granted

     2,574      $ 1.94                 

Exercised

     (62   $ 1.23                 

Forfeited

     (2,309   $ 3.51                 
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     4,920      $ 2.51         8.03       $ 64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2012

     1,702      $ 3.32         5.59       $ 51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012

     4,484      $ 2.55         7.88       $ 63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.10, $1.48 and $1.95, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options at December 31, 2012 is based on the Company’s closing stock price on that date of $1.65 per share.

As of December 31, 2012, there was $3.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense for stock options and awards which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 2.6 years. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In connection with the acquisition of Scient’x, the holders of both vested and unvested options to purchase shares of Scient’x common stock who were employed by either Scient’x or Alphatec on the closing date were entitled to receive replacement options to purchase shares of Alphatec common stock upon closing of the acquisition, and such optionees were given credit for the vesting of their Scient’x options up to the closing date.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company calculated the fair value of the Scient’x options attributable to pre-combination service using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model with market assumptions. The fair value of the replacement options that was associated with pre-combination service was included in consideration transferred in the acquisition. The difference between the fair value of the replacement options and the amount included in consideration transferred is being recognized as compensation cost in the Company’s post-combination financial statements over the requisite service period. The Company granted 754,838 options, with an exercise price of $6.39, to purchase shares of Alphatec common stock to Scient’x optionees.

On November 19, 2012, the Company commenced a stock option exchange offer for its U.S. employees. The options eligible for exchange had an exercise price equal to or greater than $2.85. The exercise price of the exchanged options was the higher of 115% of the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the exchange date and $2.00. The exchange offer occurred on December 19, 2012 and the exercise price for the exchanged options was $2.05. A total of 1,109,604 options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were exchanged. Many of the outstanding options were either partially or fully vested. The exchanged options will be unvested upon issuance and will vest over three years, with one-third of each option vesting on the first anniversary date and the remaining portion of each option vesting in equal quarterly installments over the eight quarters following the first anniversary date.

In November 2010, the Company exchanged 330,549 options that were issued to Scient’x optionees for a reduced number of options at the then current Alphatec common stock price. The ratio of options exchanged was calculated so that the fair value of the new options was equal to the fair value of the previously issued options resulting in no incremental stock compensation expense. The Company granted 193,144 options with an exercise price of $2.31.

Restricted Stock Awards

The following table summarizes information about the restricted stock awards activity (in thousands, except as indicated and per share data):

 

     Shares     Weighted
average
grant
date fair
value
     Weighted
average
remaining
recognition
period
(in years)
 

Unvested at December 31, 2011

     361      $ 2.61         3.22   

Awarded

     702      $ 1.57      

Vested

     (77   $ 2.95      

Forfeited

     (109   $ 2.10      
  

 

 

      

Unvested at December 31, 2012

     877      $ 1.81         1.49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average fair value per share of awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.57, $2.61 and $2.60, respectively.

Warrants

In March 2012, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a third-party entity and pursuant to such consulting agreement, the Company issued a warrant to the consultant to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share. The warrant expires on March 1, 2015 and vested 25% on the last day of September 2012, December 2012 and will vest 25% on each of the day of March 2013 and June 2013.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In December 2011, in connection with the third amendment to the SVB Credit Facility, finance charges totaling $0.2 million were waived in exchange for the issuance of 93,750 warrants to SVB to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable, can be exercised through a cashless exercise, have an exercise price of $1.60 per share and have a ten year term. The Company recorded the value of the warrants of $0.1 million as a debt discount. The value of the warrants was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation method with the following assumptions: risk free interest rate of 1.23%, volatility of 57.4%, a ten year term and no dividend yield.

In December 2008, the Company issued warrants to the lenders of the Lenders Credit Facility to purchase an aggregate of 476,190 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $1.89 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable, could be exercised through a cashless exercise and had a ten-year term. The Company recorded the value of the warrants of $0.9 million as a debt discount. The value of the warrants was determined on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation method with the following assumptions: risk free interest rates of 2.67%, volatility of 60.9%, a ten year term and no dividends yield.

In September 2009, one of the lenders to the Lender Credit Facility exercised all of its warrants pursuant to the cashless exercise provision of its warrant agreement resulting in the Company issuing 113,388 shares of its common stock to the lender. The net value of the shares issued was $530,000. Following this exercise, warrants to purchase 285,714 shares of common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2009.

In March 2010, one of the lenders to the Lender Credit Facility exercised all of its warrants pursuant to the cashless exercise provision of its warrant agreement resulting in the Company issuing 196,161 shares of its common stock to the lender. The net value of the shares issued was $1.2 million.

Media Advertising Agreement

In 2012, the Company entered into consulting agreements with a third-party entity for marketing and advertising services. In connection with these agreements the Company paid the consultant $0.2 million, issued 500,000 registered shares of the Company’s common stock and issued 352,000 unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company recorded total stock compensation of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 related to these agreements.

Phygen Success Fee

In 2012, in connection with the Phygen acquisition the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a third-party entity for financial services. In connection with this agreement the Company issued 86,705 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $0.2 million to the third party entity.

Treasury Stock

On August 31, 2009, pursuant to a settlement agreement with the claimants in a lawsuit filed against the Company, the Company issued 114,766 shares of its common stock, valued at a price per share of $4.35, to the claimants. The resale of such shares was not covered by a registration statement. As required by the settlement agreement, nine months after the issuance, the value of such stock ($0.5 million) was measured against the then-current value of the Company’s common stock on such date. The Company performed the measurement

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

calculation on February 28, 2010 using a per share price of the Company’s common stock of $5.20, which resulted in the forfeiture of 18,612 shares by the claimants. The Company recorded the fair value of the forfeited shares of $0.1 million as treasury stock. As per the agreement, through the third quarter of 2010, the Company reviewed the fair value of the $0.5 million equity issuance on a quarterly basis to determine if additional accounting was warranted based on a fluctuation in the Company’s stock price. Based on this review, the Company recorded a fair value adjustment totaling $0.3 million to decrease litigation expense.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
 

Stock options outstanding

     4,920   

Awards outstanding

     877   

Warrants outstanding

     594   

Authorized for future grant under 2005 Plan

     531   
  

 

 

 
     6,922   
  

 

 

 

10. Income Taxes

The components of the pretax loss from operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

U.S. Domestic

   $ (3,310   $ (14,400   $ (8,428

Foreign

     (13,308     (12,288     (8,059
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pretax loss from operations

   $ (16,618   $ (26,688   $ (16,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 107      $ 4      $ 4   

State

     24        222        158   

Foreign

     2,083        (388     (271
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current (benefit) provision

     2,214        (162     (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     137        163        162   

State

     29        8        (30

Foreign

     (3,539     (4,516     (2,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred benefit

     (3,373     (4,345     (1,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefit

   $ (1,159   $ (4,507   $ (2,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The (benefit) provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income as a result of the following differences:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Federal statutory rate

     (35.0 )%      (35.0 )%      (35.0 )% 

Adjustments for tax effects of:

      

State taxes, net

     (0.0 )%      (0.7 )%      (0.8 )% 

Stock-based compensation

     (0.5 )%      1.8     4.4

Foreign taxes

     (0.1 )%      3.6     3.1

Tax credits

     (0.7 )%      (1.2 )%      (3.4 )% 

Deemed foreign dividend

     0.2     10.3      

Transaction costs

                 8.0

Permanent adjustments

     5.0     0.8     3.4

Tax rate adjustment

     0.7     (0.5 )%      4.4

Uncertain tax positions

     14.9     (1.5 )%      0.8

Other

     3.3     (3.1 )%      (1.0 )% 

Valuation allowance

     5.2     8.7     3.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (7.0 )%      (16.8 )%      (12.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The 2012 benefit for income taxes primarily consists of benefits associated with the Company’s French operations and the reversal of the valuation allowance against the Japanese deferred tax assets partially offset by an increase in uncertain tax positions associated with the European operations and an increase in the goodwill deferred tax liability.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowances and reserves

   $ 1,088      $ 978   

Accrued expenses

     648        532   

Inventory reserves

     7,839        6,648   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     28,786        26,989   

Stock-based compensation

     1,866        669   

Legal settlement

     4,156        6,670   

Income tax credit carryforwards

     1,276        1,277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     45,659        43,763   

Valuation allowance

     (36,031     (35,211
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     9,628        8,552   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     926        494   

Intangible assets

     6,910        9,790   

Goodwill

     1,011        845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     8,847        11,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ 781      $ (2,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The realization of deferred tax assets may be dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient income in future years in the associated jurisdiction to which the deferred tax assets relate. As of December 31, 2012, a valuation allowance of $36.1 million has been established against the net deferred tax assets as realization is uncertain. The net deferred tax assets primarily consist of Japanese deferred tax assets partially offset by a deferred tax liability associated with goodwill. Deferred tax liabilities associated with tax deductible goodwill cannot be considered a source of income to support the realization of deferred tax assets because the reversal of these deferred tax liabilities is considered indefinite. At December 31, 2012, such amounts represent $1.0 million.

At December 31, 2011, the Company considered all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance. Based on the review of all positive and negative evidence, including a three year cumulative pre-tax loss, it was concluded that a full valuation allowance should be recorded against all U.S. and foreign net deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2012, the Company continued to believe that a full valuation allowance should be recorded against all U.S. and European net deferred tax assets. However, during 2012, it was determined that the Company was more-likely-than-not to realize its Japanese net deferred tax assets. The Company removed the valuation allowance on the Japanese net deferred tax assets and recognized a tax benefit of $1.4 million. In the event that the Company were to determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its Japanese net deferred tax assets in the future, it would increase the valuation allowance and recognize a corresponding tax provision in the period in which it made such a determination. Likewise, if the Company later determines that it is more-likely-than-not to realize all or a portion of the U.S. or European net deferred tax assets, it would reverse the previously provided valuation allowance. Although realization is not assured, the Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that the balance of the deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance, as of December 31, 2012 will be realized.

At December 31, 2012, the Company has unrecognized tax benefits of $5.9 million of which $5.4 million will affect the effective tax rate if recognized when the Company no longer has a valuation allowance offsetting its deferred tax assets.

The following table summarizes the changes to unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 2,116   

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     39   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     1,480   

Additions based on tax positions related to the acquisition of Scient’x

     1,097   

Reductions as a result of lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (256

Reductions as a result of foreign exchange rates and other

     (55
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     4,421   

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     73   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     399   

Reductions as a result of positions taken

     (59

Reductions as a result of lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (649

Additions as a result of foreign exchange rates and other

     12   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 4,197   

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

     987   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     743   

Reductions as a result of lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (58

Additions as a result of foreign exchange rates and other

     28   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 5,897   
  

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company believes it is reasonably possible it will not reduce its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities in major jurisdictions for years prior to 2007. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where NOLs and tax credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the carryforwards. The Company is not currently under examination by the IRS, Foreign or state and local tax authorities.

During 2012, the French tax authorities completed an exam of the 2008, 2009 and 2010 tax years. The Company agreed to an assessment of $0.6 million to settle the exam. The Company had recognized uncertain tax positions of $0.3 million at December 31, 2011. The additional $0.3 million was recognized as an additional tax provision during 2012.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2012, accrued interest and penalties were $0.4 million and this amount primarily relates to the uncertain tax positions of the Scient’x operations and state positions. During 2012, there were increases in the accrued interest and penalties related to the uncertain tax positions of the Scient’x operations.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $46.4 million and $42.9 million, respectively, expiring at various dates through 2032. At December 31, 2012, the Company had federal and state research and development tax credits of $1.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits expire at various dates through 2031, while the state credits do not expire. The Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $41.1 million beginning to expire in 2018. Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to annual limitations due to ownership change limitations that could occur in the future as provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state and foreign provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. An ownership change occurred during June 2006 in connection with the initial public offering. The annual limitation as a result of that ownership change did not result in the loss or substantial limitation of net operating loss or tax credit carryforwards. There have been no subsequent ownership changes through December 31, 2012.

The Company does not record U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries based upon the Company’s intention to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings to ensure sufficient working capital and further expansion of existing operations outside the United States. The undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 are immaterial. In the event the Company is required to repatriate funds from outside of the United States, such repatriation would be subject to local laws, customs, and tax consequences.

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which reinstated the United States federal research and development tax credit retroactively from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013, was not enacted into law until the first quarter of 2013. Therefore, the deferred tax asset resulting from such reinstatement for 2012 will not be reflected until 2013.

11. Segment and Geographical Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company operates in one reportable business segment.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company operated in two geographic regions, the U.S. and International which consists of locations outside of the U.S. In the International geographic segment, sales in Japan for the years ended December 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 totaled $28.6 million, $23.9 million and $13.7 million, respectively, which represented greater than 10 percent of the Company’s consolidated revenues for the years than ended December. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, sales in other individual countries included in International did not exceed 10 percent of consolidated revenues.

Revenues attributed to the geographic location of the customer were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

United States

   $ 130,476       $ 133,824       $ 119,880   

International

     65,802         63,887         51,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consolidated revenues

   $ 196,278       $ 197,711       $ 171,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets by region were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  

United States

   $ 213,912       $ 198,578   

International

     168,215         168,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consolidated assets

   $ 382,127       $ 366,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Related Party Transactions

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred costs of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, to Foster Management Company and HealthpointCapital, LLC for travel and administrative expenses, including the use of Foster Management Company’s airplane. Foster Management Company is an entity owned by John H. Foster, a member of the Company’s board of directors. John H. Foster is a significant equity holder of HealthpointCapital, LLC, an affiliate of HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P. and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., which are the Company’s principal stockholders.

In connection with the acquisition of Scient’x and pursuant to the terms of the share purchase agreement, the consideration paid for 100% of the shares of Scient’x was fixed at 24,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, reduced by a certain number of shares calculated at the closing in exchange for the payment of certain fees and expenses incurred by HealthpointCapital. The aggregate purchase price paid to acquire 100% of the shares of Scient’x was 23,730,644 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company paid fees and expenses incurred by HealthpointCapital of $1.6 million. HealthpointCapital and its affiliates held approximately 94.8% of the issued and outstanding shares of Scient’x prior to the acquisition. HealthpointCapital received shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with the acquisition proportional to its ownership interest in Scient’x.

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with certain of its directors. The indemnification agreements require the Company to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and to advance expenses incurred by them in connection with any proceeding against them with respect to which

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

they may be entitled to indemnification by us. In addition, each of Scient’x and Surgiview has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors in connection with activities undertaken by such individuals on behalf of their respective companies. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid approximately $2.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively, in connection with the indemnification obligations of Scient’x and Surgiview, all of which was related to the Orthotec matter. (See Note 7)

13. Retirement Plan

The Company maintains an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the savings plan, participating employees may contribute a portion of their pre-tax earnings, up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Company may elect to make matching contributions into the savings plan at its sole discretion of up to 4% of each individual’s compensation. Match amounts are vested after one year of service. The Company’s total contributions to the 401(k) plan were $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

14. Discontinued Operations and Restructuring Activities

Discontinued Operations

In connection with the Company’s strategy to focus on the sale of spinal implants in Japan, Alphatec Pacific entered into an agreement to sell one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, IMC Co., to a third party in April 2010. The Company determined that IMC Co. was a non-strategic asset given that it is a distribution company that primarily sells general orthopedic trauma products in a limited geographic market. In exchange for all of the shares of IMC Co., the purchaser agreed to pay the Company a total purchase price of $0.5 million, of which $0.3 million was paid in 2010, $0.1 million was paid in 2011 and the remaining $0.1 million will be paid thereafter in two annual installments. A gain of $0.2 million was recorded on the sale of IMC Co. by the Company during the second quarter of 2010.

The amount of IMC Co. revenue and pretax income reported in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010      

Revenue

   $ 3,109   
  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 120   

Income tax provision

     42   
  

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 78   
  

 

 

 

Restructuring Activities

As a result of the acquisition of Scient’x, the Company elected to consolidate Scient’x’s operations in the United States, close its United States facility and move its operations to the Company’s corporate location in Carlsbad, California. This consolidation was completed by April 30, 2010. Restructuring expenses also consist of severance and other personnel costs related to the reorganization of the Company’s management. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred total restructuring expenses of $0, $1.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively. The balance in the restructuring liability as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $0, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Cross Medical

On February 12, 2010, a complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, by Cross Medical Products, LLC, or Cross, (a subsidiary of Biomet), Cross Medical Products, LLC v. Alphatec Spine, Inc., Case No. 8:10-cv-00176-MRP -MLG, alleging that we breached a patent license agreement with Cross by failing to make certain royalty payments allegedly due under the agreement. Cross was seeking payment of prior royalties allegedly due from the Company’s sales of polyaxial screws and an order from the court regarding payment of future royalties by us. In its complaint, Cross alleged a material amount of damages were due to it as a result of our alleged breach of the patent license agreement.

In January 2011, we filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California against Biomet, Inc., or Biomet, alleging that Biomet’s TPS-TL products infringe one of our patents. On December 30, 2011, we reached a global settlement agreement of the pending lawsuits with Biomet and Cross. Under the terms of the settlement, all parties obtained a release of all claims that were the subject of the disputes. No party has admitted liability in connection with the settlement. The settlement also includes an amendment to the April 23, 2003 License Agreement.

As part of the settlement, we agreed to pay Cross an initial payment of $5 million, which payment was made in January 2012. In addition to the initial payment, we will make thirteen quarterly payments of $1 million beginning on August 1, 2012, with each subsequent payment due three months thereafter until the final payment is made in August 2015. The cash obligations totaling $18 million will be paid as follows: $7 million in 2012, which was paid, $4 million in 2013, $4 million in 2014 and $3 million in 2015. In addition, pursuant to the settlement, the parties have exchanged covenants not to sue for patent infringement with respect to products that each respective company had on the market as of December 30, 2011.

16. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following financial information reflects all normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods. Summarized quarterly data for fiscal 2012 and 2011 are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year ended December 31, 2012  
     1st
Quarter
    2nd
Quarter
    3rd
Quarter
    4th
Quarter
 

Selected quarterly financial data:

        

Revenue

   $ 48,461      $ 48,235      $ 46,839      $ 52,743   

Gross profit

     31,819        30,196        29,633        32,120   

Total operating expenses

     31,944        33,947        31,606        36,108   

Net loss

     (1,261     (6,374     (2,469     (5,355

Basic and diluted net loss per common share (1)

     (0.01     (0.07     (0.03     (0.06
     Year ended December 31, 2011  
     1st
Quarter
    2nd
Quarter
    3rd
Quarter
    4th
Quarter
 

Selected quarterly financial data:

        

Revenue

   $ 49,720      $ 50,862      $ 47,619      $ 49,510   

Gross profit

     31,951        29,861        30,207        24,911   

Total operating expenses

     34,313        33,165        32,569        41,399   

Net loss

     (1,867     (3,044     (1,304     (15,966

Basic and diluted net loss per common share (1)

     (0.02     (0.03     (0.01     (0.18

 

(1) Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly per share amounts will not necessarily equal the total for the year.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

     Allowance
for
Doubtful
Accounts (1)
    Reserve for
Excess and
Obsolete
Inventories (2)
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2009

     318        8,645   

Provision

     945        2,781   

Write-offs and recoveries, net

     (109     (396
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     1,154        11,030   

Provision

     1,094        4,564   

Write-offs and recoveries, net

     (1,193     (2,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     1,055        13,174   

Provision

     859        6,658   

Write-offs and recoveries, net

     (840     (2,610
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,074      $ 17,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The provision is included in selling expenses.
(2) The provision is included in cost of revenues.

 

F-45

Exhibit 2.2

EXECUTION COPY

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and between

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

and

PHYGEN, LLC

Dated as of October 19, 2012

SD\906843.13

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I.

  DEFINITIONS      1   

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     14   

ARTICLE II.

 

PURCHASE AND SALE

     15   

Section 2.1

 

Transfer of Purchased Assets

     15   

Section 2.2

 

Excluded Assets

     16   

Section 2.3

 

Assumed Liabilities

     16   

Section 2.4

 

Excluded Liabilities

     17   

Section 2.5

 

Procedures for Certain Purchased Assets Not Freely Transferable

     18   

Section 2.6

 

Purchase Price

     19   

Section 2.7

 

Adjustment to Purchase Price

     20   

Section 2.8

 

Purchase Price Allocation

     22   

Section 2.9

 

Risk of Loss

     23   

Section 2.10

 

Withholding

     23   

ARTICLE III.

 

CLOSING

     23   

Section 3.1

 

Closing

     23   

Section 3.2

 

Transactions at Closing

     24   

Section 3.3

 

Purchaser’s Actions and Deliveries

     25   

ARTICLE IV.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

     26   

Section 4.1

 

Organization

     26   

Section 4.2

 

Due Authorization

     27   

Section 4.3

 

No Conflicts; Enforceability

     27   

Section 4.4

 

Title; Assets

     27   

Section 4.5

 

Inventory

     28   

Section 4.6

 

Applicable Permits

     28   

Section 4.7

 

Intellectual Property

     28   

Section 4.8

 

Litigation

     31   

Section 4.9

 

Assigned Contracts

     32   

Section 4.10

 

Consents

     33   

Section 4.11

 

Taxes

     33   

Section 4.12

 

Labor Matters; Plans

     34   

Section 4.13

 

Compliance with Law

     35   

Section 4.14

 

Regulatory Matters

     35   

Section 4.15

 

Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities

     37   

Section 4.16

 

Absence of Changes

     38   

 

i

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

         Page  

Section 4.17

 

Insurance

     39   

Section 4.18

 

Brokers, Etc

     40   

Section 4.19

 

Promotional Materials

     40   

Section 4.20

 

Customer and Suppliers

     40   

Section 4.21

 

Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable

     40   

Section 4.22

 

Products; Warranties

     41   

Section 4.23

 

Certain Payments

     41   

Section 4.24

 

Investment Representations

     41   

Section 4.25

 

Books and Records

     42   

Section 4.26

 

Solvency

     42   

Section 4.27

 

No Other Warranties

     42   

Section 4.28

 

Delivery of Documents; Accurate Disclosure

     42   

ARTICLE V.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

     43   

Section 5.1

 

Organization

     43   

Section 5.2

 

Due Authorization

     43   

Section 5.3

 

No Conflicts; Enforceability

     43   

Section 5.4

 

Litigation

     44   

Section 5.5

 

Consents

     44   

Section 5.6

 

Brokers, Etc

     44   

Section 5.7

 

Validity of Shares

     44   

Section 5.8

 

No Other Warranties

     44   

ARTICLE VI.

 

COVENANTS PRIOR TO CLOSING

     44   

Section 6.1

 

Access to Information

     44   

Section 6.2

 

Conduct of the Business

     45   

Section 6.3

 

Required Approvals and Consents

     46   

Section 6.4

 

Transition Activities

     46   

Section 6.5

 

Non-Solicitation

     47   

Section 6.6

 

Notifications

     47   

Section 6.7

 

Further Assurances; Further Documents

     47   

ARTICLE VII.

 

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     48   

Section 7.1

 

Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller and Purchaser

     48   

Section 7.2

 

Conditions Precedent to Purchaser’s Obligations

     49   

Section 7.3

 

Conditions Precedent to Seller’s Obligations

     51   

ARTICLE VIII.

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     51   

Section 8.1

 

Confidentiality; Publicity

     51   

Section 8.2

 

Tax Matters

     52   

 

ii

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

         Page  

Section 8.3

 

Insurance

     54   

Section 8.4

 

Non-Competition

     54   

Section 8.5

 

Purchase Orders

     54   

Section 8.6

 

Non-Disparagement

     54   

Section 8.7

 

Lock-Up; Restriction on Securities

     54   

Section 8.8

 

Accounts Receivable

     56   

Section 8.9

 

Inventory

     56   

Section 8.10

 

Observer Rights; Steering Committee

     57   

Section 8.11

 

Supplements to Seller Disclosure Schedules

     58   

ARTICLE IX.

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

     58   

Section 9.1

 

Termination

     58   

Section 9.2

 

Procedure and Effect of Termination

     59   

ARTICLE X.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     60   

Section 10.1

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties; Expiration

     60   

Section 10.2

 

Indemnification by Seller

     60   

Section 10.3

 

Indemnification by Purchaser

     61   

Section 10.4

 

Certain Procedures for Indemnification

     61   

Section 10.5

 

Limitations

     63   

Section 10.6

 

Escrow; Right of Setoff

     64   

Section 10.7

 

Exclusive Remedy

     65   

ARTICLE XI.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     65   

Section 11.1

 

Assignment; Binding Effect

     65   

Section 11.2

 

Cumulative Rights

     66   

Section 11.3

 

Expenses

     66   

Section 11.4

 

Notices

     66   

Section 11.5

 

Enforceability; Severability

     67   

Section 11.6

 

Amendment; Entire Agreement

     67   

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     67   

Section 11.8

 

Waiver

     67   

Section 11.9

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

     68   

Section 11.10

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     68   

Section 11.11

 

Headings

     68   

Section 11.12

 

Counterparts

     69   

Section 11.13

 

Construction

     69   

Section 11.14

 

Disclosure Schedules

     69   

 

iii

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

               Page
LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

   -   

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

  

Exhibit B

   -   

Assignment of Product Copyrights

  

Exhibit C

   -   

Assignment of Product Marks

  

Exhibit D

   -   

Assignment of Product Patents

  

Exhibit E

   -   

Assignment of Product Trade Dress

  

Exhibit F

   -   

Bill of Sale Agreement

  

Exhibit G

   -   

Exclusive License Agreement

  

Exhibit H

   -   

Exclusive License Agreement

  

Exhibit I

   -   

Escrow Agreement

  

Exhibit J

   -   

Legal Opinion

  

Exhibit K

   -   

Transition Services Agreement

  
LIST OF SCHEDULES

Schedule 2.3

   -   

Assumed Liabilities

  

Schedule 2.8

   -   

Purchase Price Allocation

  

Schedule 6.2

   -   

Conduct of Business

  
SELLER DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

Schedule 1.1(a)

   -   

Applicable Permits

  

Schedule 1.1(b)

   -   

Assigned Contracts

  

Schedule 1.1(c)

   -   

Permitted Encumbrances

  

Schedule 1.1(d)

   -   

Products

  

Schedule 1.1(e)

   -   

Promotional Materials

  

Schedule 1.1(f)

   -   

Registrations

  

Schedule 4.3

   -   

No Conflicts

  

Schedule 4.4

   -   

Title; Assets

  

Schedule 4.5

   -   

Inventory

  

Schedule 4.7(a)

   -   

Product Intellectual Property Rights

  

Schedule 4.7(b)

   -   

Enforceable and Valid Intellectual Property

  

Schedule 4.7(d)

   -   

Control of Intellectual Property

  

Schedule 4.7(e)

   -   

Royalty Obligations

  

Schedule 4.7(f)

   -   

Licenses or Other Rights Granted under Intellectual Property

  

Schedule 4.8

   -   

Litigation

  

Schedule 4.9(e)

   -   

Assigned Contracts – Third Party Consents

  

Schedule 4.10

   -   

Consents

  

Schedule 4.12

   -   

Labor Matters

  

 

iv

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

               Page

Schedule 4.13

   -   

Compliance with Law

  

Schedule 4.14

   -   

Regulatory Matters

  

Schedule 4.16

   -   

Absence of Changes

  

Schedule 4.17

   -   

Insurance Policies

  

Schedule 4.18

   -   

Brokers

  

Schedule 4.20

   -   

Customers, Suppliers, Distributors

  

Schedule 4.21

   -   

Accounts Payable

  

Schedule 4.22

   -   

Products; Warranties

  

 

v

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 19, 2012 (the “ Execution Date ”), is entered into by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), and Phygen, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Seller ”). Each of Purchaser and Seller, as applicable, is sometimes referred to herein, individually, as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties .” All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified in Article I below or elsewhere in this Agreement, as applicable.

INTRODUCTION

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller desires to transfer its rights in the Products and its rights related to the design, development and Distribution of the Products (collectively, the “ Business ”) to Purchaser; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller wishes to sell the Purchased Assets and transfer the Assumed Liabilities to Purchaser, and Purchaser wishes to purchase the Purchased Assets and assume the Assumed Liabilities from Seller.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and provisions set forth herein and in the Other Agreements, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . In addition to the terms defined above and other terms defined in other Sections of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement:

Accounts Receivable ” means any rights whatsoever to any accounts receivable (including any payments received with respect thereto on or after the Closing, unpaid interest accrued on any such accounts receivable and any security or collateral related thereto) arising from the Business on or prior to the Closing Date.

Action ” means any claim, action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, audit, proceeding or investigation by or before or otherwise involving, any Governmental Authority.

Adjustment Deficiency Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) .

Adjustment Dispute Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c) .

Adjustment Excess Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) .

 

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person at the time in question. For purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed, in any event, to control another Person if it (i) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, or has the ability to direct or cause the direction or control of, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting equity of the other Person, or (ii) has the ability to direct, cause the direction of, or control the actions of such other Person, whether through direct or indirect ownership of voting equity, by Contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Alphatec Note ” means that certain Promissory Note dated as of April 1, 2012 in the principal amount of $[***] issued by Seller to Purchaser.

AP Excess Amount ” means the amount by which, if any, the accounts payable to be assumed by Purchaser at the Closing (other than any accounts payable owed to Purchaser) exceeds the amount of Accounts Receivable to be acquired by Purchaser at the Closing.

AP Excess Share Reduction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b) .

AP/AR Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) .

Applicable Permits ” means all permits, permit applications, approvals, licenses, clearances, franchises, certificates, agreements, permissions or authorizations, including the Registrations, from any Governmental Authority held by Seller or its Affiliates that are associated with any Product or the Business, as set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) of Seller Disclosure Schedule, in each case, together with any renewals, extensions or modifications thereof or any amendments thereto, as well as all applications or notifications or submissions for Applicable Permits pending as of the Execution Date as set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) of Seller Disclosure Schedule.

Assets ” of any Person means all assets and properties of any kind, nature, character and description (whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise and wherever situated), including the goodwill related thereto, operated, owned or leased by such Person, including cash, cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, chattel paper, documents, instruments, general intangibles, equipment, inventory, goods and intellectual property.

Assigned Contract(s) ” means those Contracts, regardless of dollar value, related to any Product or the Business, as set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (such schedule to be updated by Seller immediately prior to the Closing) together with those Contracts which would have been set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule but for the dollar thresholds of Section 4.9(a)(ii) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Assigned Contract(s) ” shall not include any Plans.

 

2

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” means the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Assignment of Product Copyrights ” means the Assignment of Product Copyrights, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Assignment of Product Marks ” means the Assignment of Product Marks, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Assignment of Product Patents ” means the Assignment of Product Patents, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Assignment of Product Trade Dress ” means the Assignment of Product Trade Dress, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Assumed Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .

Audited Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a) .

Bill of Sale Agreement ” means the Bill of Sale Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

Books and Records ” means all books and records (including any books and records relating to Taxes) associated with the Purchased Assets or the Business, including copies of all material customer and supplier lists, regulatory submissions, Registrations/Applicable Permits, dossiers, account lists, call data, sales history, call notes, marketing and sales plans, including all market research studies (e.g., product, market, name), consultant reports, batch records, quality control records, technical and clinical data, manufacturing description, quality specifications, testing standards, validation reports, physician databases, and correspondence with respect to any of the Purchased Assets or the Business to the extent maintained by Seller or any of its Affiliates (including without limitation correspondence with Governmental Authorities and third party service providers regarding labeling and marketing, documents regarding any investigator sponsored studies currently ongoing), regardless of the medium on which such information is stored or maintained, and all complaint files and adverse event files with respect to any Product or the Inventory; provided, however , that (a) in each case, Seller may redact any Excluded Intellectual Property contained therein; (b) Seller may retain: (i) a copy of any such books and records for its internal business purposes, including for Tax, regulatory, accounting, litigation and the purposes specified in Section 8.2 ; (ii) all books, documents, records and files prepared in connection with or relating to the Transactions, including bids received from other parties and strategic or financial analyses relating to the divestiture of the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities, the Products and the Business; and (iii) any attorney work product, attorney-client communications and other items protected by legal privilege; and (c) Seller shall be entitled to redact from any such books and records any information that does not relate to any Product or the Business.

 

3

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Business ” has the meaning set forth in the Introduction.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in New York, New York, United States of America are authorized or obligated by Law to be closed.

Business Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(b) .

Cash Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) .

Cause ” means (a) materially dishonest statements or illegal acts of the appointee with respect to Purchaser (or any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary of Purchaser or any successor thereof) which is or is likely to be materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of Purchaser (or any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary of Purchaser or any successor thereof), (b) the commission by the appointee of an act constituting a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which is or is likely to be materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of Purchaser (or any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary of Purchaser or any successor thereof), or (c) the appointee’s continuing neglect of or continuing failure to substantially perform his or her duties as a member of the Steering Committee, after a written notice from the Steering Committee is delivered to the appointee describing the appointee’s neglect or failure to perform and the appointee is afforded a period of at least thirty (30) days to correct the neglect or failure to perform and fails to do so within such period.

Claim Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a) .

Claim Response Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a) .

Closing ” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Purchased Assets, and assignment and assumption of the Assumed Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement.

Closing AR Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(j) .

Closing Cash Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b) .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Closing Inventory Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(k) .

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Competing Activity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 .

 

4

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Common Stock ” means Purchaser’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Consulting Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(i) .

Contracts ” means any and all legally binding commitments, contracts, purchase orders, leases, licenses, easements, permits, instruments, commitments, arrangements, undertakings, practices or other agreements, whether formal or informal, written or oral.

Control ” or “ Controlled by ” means, with respect to any Intellectual Property, possession by a Party of the right, whether directly or indirectly, and whether by ownership, license or otherwise, to assign, restrict the use of, grant the right to use, or grant a license, sublicense or other right to or under, such Intellectual Property as provided for herein without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with, or requiring the consent of, any third party.

Copyrights ” means (a) all original works of authorship fixed in a tangible medium (including copyrights in any package inserts, marketing or Promotional Materials, Labeling or other text provided to prescribers or consumers), whether registered or unregistered throughout the world; (b) all copyrights and moral rights relating thereto; (c) any registrations and applications therefor; (d) all related rights and priorities afforded under any international treaty, convention, or the like; (e) all extensions and renewals thereof; and (f) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing, and all proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages (including attorneys’ fees and statutory damages), and proceeds of suit.

[***] Litigation ” means that certain matter known as [***] , which was filed in [***] , and all Liabilities related to (i) such litigation matter, (ii) the settlement of such litigation matter, or (iii) the performance under any agreements related to such litigation matter.

[***] Settlement Amount ” means an amount equal to [***] percent ( [***] %) of the amount actually paid by Seller in connection with the final settlement and/or non-appealable judgment of the [***] Litigation; provided that in no event shall the [***] Settlement Amount exceed $ [***] in the aggregate; provided further that Purchaser shall not assume or be liable under Section 2.3 or otherwise for, and the [***] Settlement Amount shall exclude, any legal fees and expenses associated with the [***] Litigation irrespective of amount.

Disputed Inventory Items ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9(b) .

Disputed Items ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c) .

Distribution ” or “ Distributed ” means any and all activities related to the distribution, exploitation, marketing, promoting, offering for sale and selling of any Product, including advertising, detailing, educating, planning, promoting, conducting, reporting, importing, storing, handling, shipping and communicating with Governmental Authorities and third parties in connection therewith.

 

5

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Encumbrance ” means any security interest, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), assessment, lease, claim, levy, license, defect in title, charge, or any other third party right, license or property interest of any kind, or any conditional sale or title retention agreement, right of first option, right of first refusal or similar restriction, any covenant not to sue, or any restriction on use, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership or any agreement to give any of the foregoing in the future or similar encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any entity that, together with Seller, is or was (at any relevant time) treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i) .

Escrow Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i) .

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Excluded Intellectual Property ” means all right, title and interest of Seller or any of its Affiliates in and to Intellectual Property, whether now existing or hereafter developed or acquired other than the Product Intellectual Property. The Excluded Intellectual Property shall expressly include the Licensed Technology and the Optioned Technology (as each is defined in the License and Option Agreement).

Excluded Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .

Excluded Products ” means all products of Seller other than the products set forth on Schedule 1.1(d) , including without limitation, (i) any product licensed to Purchaser under the License Agreements, and (ii) the pedicle screw system marketed by Seller prior to the Closing under the Trademark “Del Mar”.

Execution Date ” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(b) .

Exploit ,” “ Exploiting ” or “ Exploitation ” shall mean to formulate, develop, seek Regulatory Approval for, make, have made, use, sell, have sold, offer for sale, market, promote, import, export, display, make derivative works of, copy, distribute, perform or otherwise commercialize or dispose of.

 

6

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, or any successor agency thereto.

Financial Statement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a) .

Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a) .

Fundamental Representations ” means the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4(a) , 4.7(c) , 4.7(h)(2) and 4.18 .

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect on the date hereof.

Good Manufacturing Practices ” means the requirements set forth in 21 C.F.R. Part 820 and any comparable state or foreign Laws, establishing standards and methods to be used in, and the facilities or controls to be used for, the manufacture, processing, packaging, testing or holding of a medical device.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any provincial, state, regional, local or other political subdivision thereof, any supranational organization of sovereign states, and any entity, department, commission, ministry, bureau, agency, authority, board, court, tribunal, arbitrator, official or officer, domestic or foreign, exercising executive, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Health Care Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

Health Care Programs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(b).

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a) .

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(a) .

Indemnity Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(a) .

Indemnity Escrow Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i) .

Insurance Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3 .

Intellectual Property ” means (i) any and all (a) Trademarks, (b) Copyrights, (c) Patents, (d) Know-How, (e) domain names, (f) Software, (g) other intangible assets, intellectual properties and rights, in each case (a) through (g) whether registered or unregistered, and (ii) any right, whether at law, equity, by contract or otherwise, to use, practice or otherwise exploit any of the foregoing.

 

7

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Interim Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a) .

Interim Balance Sheet Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a).

Interim Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a) .

Inventory ” means all inventory, including raw material, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory of Products, supplies and parts of the Business owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates as of the Closing Date.

Inventory Deficiency Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9(a) .

Inventory Dispute Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9(b) .

Inventory Resolution Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9(b) .

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Know-How ” means any and all proprietary ideas, inventions, discoveries, confidential information, trade secrets, data, results, formulae, designs, specifications, plans, methods, processes, procedures, techniques, ideas, know-how, technical information (including, without limitation, structural and functional information), process information, pre-clinical information, clinical information, and any and all proprietary control and manufacturing data and materials, whether or not patentable and whether or not embodied in any documentation or other tangible materials.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to Seller, the actual knowledge of Tom Gardner, Robert Smart and/or Hartmut Loch following reasonable inquiry by such Person of any employees of the Company who (a) directly report to such Persons, or (b) have primary responsibility at the Company with respect to the subject matter of such inquiry.

Labeling ” shall be as defined in Section 201(m) of the Act (21 U.S.C. § 321(m)) and other comparable foreign Law relating to the subject matter thereof, including the applicable Product’s label, packaging and any other written, printed, or graphic materials accompanying such Product.

Law ” means each provision of any federal, provincial, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, Order, code, rule, requirement or regulation (including any published guidelines, guidance or pronouncements), promulgated or issued by any Governmental Authority, as well as any judgments, decrees, injunctions or agreements issued or entered into by any Governmental Authority specifically with respect to Seller, any Product or the Business.

 

8

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Liability ” means, collectively, any liability, indebtedness, guaranty, endorsement, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, interest, penalty, cost, expense, obligation or responsibility, whether fixed or unfixed, known or unknown, choate or inchoate, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, asserted or unasserted, direct or indirect, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured, due or due to become due, or absolute, contingent or otherwise, including any product liability and liability for Taxes.

Liability Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(b) .

License Agreements ” means, collectively, those certain Exclusive License Agreements between Seller and Purchaser, in substantially the forms attached hereto as Exhibit G and Exhibit H .

Lock-up ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(a) .

[***] Deficit ” means the amount by which the gross revenues from the sale of products by (i) Seller from September 26, 2012 through the Closing Date and (ii) Purchaser and/or its Affiliates on or after the Closing Date, to [***] , or any of their Affiliates (collectively, the “ [***] Surgeons ”), for the twelve (12) month period commencing on September 26, 2012 is less than $ [***] , if any. For the avoidance of doubt, gross revenues from the sale of products to distribution companies wholly or partially owned by any of the [***] Surgeons placed during such twelve (12) month period shall be included in “gross revenues” for purposes of the foregoing definition.

Losses ” means all losses, expenses, obligations and other Liabilities or other damages (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise, or whether known or unknown, or due or to become due or otherwise), monetary damages, Taxes, fines, fees, penalties, interest obligations, deficiencies, losses and expenses (including amounts paid in settlement, interest, court costs, costs of investigators, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors and other experts, and other expenses of litigation).

Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, circumstance, occurrence, condition, change, condition or effect that individually or in the aggregate, has a material adverse effect on the Business or the Purchased Assets, but shall exclude any change, condition or effect resulting or arising from: (i) events, changes, conditions or effects that generally affect Persons engaged in the business of the design, development and Distribution of spinal implants, (ii) events, changes, conditions or effects outside of the control of Seller or any of its Affiliates arising from the consummation of the Transactions or the announcement of the execution of this Agreement, (iii) events, changes, conditions or effects caused by acts of terrorism or war (whether or not declared) occurring after the Execution Date and prior to the Closing Date, (iv) any changes in Law; provided , that in the cases of clauses (i) and (iv) the Business or the Purchased Assets are not disproportionately affected by such events, circumstances, occurrences, conditions, changes, conditions or effects as compared to the spinal implant industry as a whole.

 

9

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Neutral Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(d).

Non-Assignable Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

Order ” means any writ, judgment, decree, injunction or similar order, including consent orders, of any Governmental Authority (in each such case whether preliminary or final).

Other Agreements ” means, collectively, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Assignment of Copyrights, the Assignment of Product Marks, the Assignment of Product Trade Dress, the Assignment of Product Patents, the Bill of Sale Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the License Agreements and the Transition Services Agreement.

Outside Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a)(ii) .

Owned Product Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(b) .

Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Patents ” means: (a) all national, regional and international patents and patent applications, including provisional patent applications; (b) all patent applications filed either from such patents, patent applications or provisional applications or from an application claiming priority from either of these, including divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutions, provisionals, converted provisionals, and continued prosecution applications; (c) any and all patents that have issued or in the future will issue from the foregoing patent applications described in clauses (a) and (b), including utility models, petty patents and design patents and certificates of invention; (d) any and all extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including revalidations, reissues, re-examinations and extensions (including any supplementary protection certificates and the like) of the foregoing patents or patent applications described in clauses (a), (b) and (c); (e) any and all causes of action, claims, demands or other rights occasioned from or because of any and all past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, including all rights to recover damages (including attorneys’ fees), profits and injunctive or other relief for such infringement; and (f) any similar rights, including any importation, revalidation, confirmation or introduction patent or registration patent or patent of additions to any such foregoing patent applications and patents.

Payoff Letters ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(h) .

Permitted Encumbrances ” means: (a) statutory liens for current Taxes not yet due and payable; (b) as to Assets evidenced by written documents, Encumbrances set forth on the face of such documents; and (c) Encumbrances set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, partnership, trust or unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority.

 

10

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) maintained or contributed to by (or required to be maintained or contributed to by) Seller on behalf of any current or former employee or consultant of Seller with respect to which Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability, and each other plan, arrangement, policy or understanding (whether written or oral) relating to retirement, compensation, deferred compensation, bonus, severance, health and welfare, fringe benefits or any other employee benefits maintained or contributed to by (or required to be maintained or contributed to by) Seller or any ERISA Affiliate for the benefit of any current or former employee or consultant of Seller.

Post-Closing Inventory Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9(a) .

Post-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period beginning on or after the Closing Date and that portion of a Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period ending on or before the day immediately preceding the Closing Date and that portion of any Straddle Period ending on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date.

Privacy Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(o) .

Product ” or “ Products ” means the spinal implant products set forth on Schedule 1.1(d) , but expressly excluding the Excluded Products.

Product Copyrights ” means all Copyrights owned by, licensed to or otherwise Controlled by Seller or any of its Affiliates that are associated with the Products or the Business.

Product Intellectual Property ” means the Product Patents, Product Copyrights, Product Know-How, Product Marks, Product Trade Dress, Product Software and all other Intellectual Property associated with the Products, together with all of Seller’s rights of priority, enforcement, prosecution, and maintenance with respect thereto, and all claims, causes of action, judgments and other rights and remedies of whatever nature arising from infringements thereof.

Product Know-How ” means the Know-How owned by, licensed to or otherwise Controlled by Seller or any of its Affiliates and associated with any Product or the Business.

Product Marks ” means, individually or collectively, as applicable, the Trademarks owned by, licensed to or otherwise Controlled by Seller or any of its Affiliates (i) that are associated with the Products or the Business and (ii) the Trademark “Autolok”; and all common law rights, applications and registrations therefor owned, licensed or otherwise Controlled by Seller or any of its Affiliates, and all goodwill associated therewith.

Product Patents ” means all Patents owned by, licensed to or otherwise Controlled by Seller or any of its Affiliates that are associated with the Products or the Business.

 

11

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Product Software ” means all Software owned by, licensed to or otherwise Controlled by Seller or any of its Affiliates and associated with any Product or Business.

Product Trade Dress ” means the trade dress, package designs, product inserts, labels, logos and associated artwork owned by, licensed to or otherwise Controlled by Seller or any of its Affiliates that are associated with any Product or the packaging therefor.

Promotional Materials ” means Labeling, Product informational letters, and the advertising, promotional and media materials, sales training materials (including any related outlines and quizzes/answers, if any), trade show materials (including displays and trade show booths) and videos, including materials containing post-marketing clinical data, if any, and all sample kits and detail kits, owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates and associated with the commercialization of any Product (including Distribution and sales promotion information, market research studies and toll-free telephone numbers) as set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) of Seller Disclosure Schedule.

Property Taxes ” means all real property Taxes, personal property Taxes and similar ad valorem Taxes.

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 .

Purchase Price Allocation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 .

Purchase Price Bank Account ” means a bank account in the United States to be designated by Seller in a written notice to Purchaser at least three (3) Business Days before the Closing Date or subsequent cash payment date under this Agreement, as applicable.

Purchased Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Purchaser Stock Price ” means $1.708 per share of Common Stock.

Purchaser Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 .

Registrations ” means the regulatory approvals, clearances, authorizations, licenses, certificates, agreements, applications, permits, investigational device exemptions, CE marks and other permissions held by Seller or any of its Affiliates as of the Execution Date that are associated with or required for the research, testing, manufacture, use or Distribution of the Products issued by Governmental Authorities, and any registrations or applications for, or other filings or submissions with respect to, the foregoing, a list of which is set forth on Schedule 1.1(f) of Seller Disclosure Schedule.

 

12

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, the directors, officers, managers, employees, advisors, independent contractors, agents or consultants of such Person.

Resolution Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c) .

Restricted Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

Right of Setoff ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(b) .

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

Safety Notices ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(i) .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Seller Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedules delivered by Seller to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement.

Seller Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 .

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .

Software ” means any and all software programs, databases, firmware, middleware, interfaces, libraries, scripts, html, source code and/or object code.

Straddle Period ” means any Tax period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, branch profits, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, escheat, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, margin, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, ad valorem, value added, alternative or add-on minimum or estimated tax or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

Tax Return ” means any report, return, declaration, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

13

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Trademarks ” means: (a) all trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, logos, trade styles, certification marks, collective marks, other source of product identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, including internet domain names and e-mail addresses, in each case whether registered or unregistered and regardless of whether they have acquired secondary meaning; (b) all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing; (c) all extensions or renewals of any of the foregoing; (d) all of the goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing; (e) all rights and priorities afforded under the United States “common law” or under any international treaty, convention, common law or the like of any country other than the United States, related to any of the foregoing; (f) the right to sue for past, present and future infringement or dilution of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill; and (g) all proceeds of the foregoing, including license royalties, income, payments, claims, damages (including attorneys’ fees) and proceeds of suit.

Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Other Agreements.

Transfer Taxes ” means any transfer, stamp, documentary, sales, use, registration, value-added and other similar Taxes (including all applicable real estate transfer Taxes and any recording or escrow fees) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions.

Transferred Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(c) .

Transition Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .

Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

(b) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

(c) The terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.

(d) Words of one gender include the other gender.

(e) References to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns.

(f) The term “dollars” and “$” means United States dollars.

 

14

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(g) The term “days” means calendar days unless stated otherwise.

(h) The word “including” means “including without limitation” and the words “include” and “includes” have corresponding meanings.

(i) The term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.

(j) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “commercially reasonable efforts” shall mean the level of efforts and resources commonly used in the spinal implant industry.

ARTICLE II.

PURCHASE AND SALE

Section 2.1 Transfer of Purchased Assets .

(a) Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets . At the Effective Time, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof and in consideration of the Purchase Price (as allocated pursuant to Section 2.8 ) paid to Seller by Purchaser, Seller will sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser will purchase, take delivery of and acquire from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Assets owned or held by Seller that are necessary for the ownership, design, development, Distribution or commercial exploitation of the Products or the operation of the Business (collectively, the “ Purchased Assets ”), free and clear of any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances, including, without limitation, the following Assets, but excluding the Excluded Assets:

(i) the Assigned Contracts;

(ii) the Accounts Receivable;

(iii) the Inventory;

(iv) the Promotional Materials;

(v) the Applicable Permits to the extent permitted under and consistent with the requirements of applicable Law;

(vi) the Books and Records;

(vii) the Product Intellectual Property;

 

15

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(viii) all prepaid expenses, advance payments, deposits, surety accounts and other similar Assets related to the Business, including, without limitation, prepaid deposits with suppliers;

(ix) all goodwill of or relating to the Products or the Business; and

(x) all other Assets and rights of Seller of every kind associated with the Business, whether tangible or intangible, and wherever situated.

Section 2.2 Excluded Assets . Without prejudice to Section 2.1 , the Parties acknowledge and agree that Seller is not selling, conveying, transferring, delivering or assigning any rights whatsoever, and Purchaser is not purchasing, taking delivery of or acquiring any rights whatsoever, to the Assets of Seller not utilized in connection with the Business or related to the Products (the “ Excluded Assets ”), including the following:

(i) any cash and cash equivalents of Seller;

(ii) any Excluded Intellectual Property;

(iii) any Contract that is not an Assigned Contract;

(iv) all of the land, buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures and other real property and the easements, rights of way, appurtenances thereon or thereto and other similar rights and interests in real property owned or leased by Seller (regardless of whether such real property is used in connection with the Business or relates to the Products);

(v) the rights that accrue to the Seller hereunder; and

(vi) insurance policies.

Section 2.3 Assumed Liabilities . As of the Effective Time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Purchaser shall assume and pay, perform or otherwise discharge when due, in accordance with their respective terms and subject to the respective conditions thereof, only the following Liabilities (collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”), and no other Liabilities of any kind:

(a) subject to Section 2.5 , any Liability incurred or that comes into existence after the Closing Date under any Assigned Contract to the extent such Liability is directly attributable to the performance of any Assigned Contract after the Effective Time by virtue of Purchaser’s ownership of the Purchased Assets or operation of the Business;

(b) any Liability (including any Liability to third parties for royalty, license fees and other payment obligations under the Assigned Contracts) arising after the later of (i) the Closing Date, or (ii) the date on which (A) the Assigned Contract is assigned by Seller to Purchaser or (B) the practical benefit of such Assigned Contract is provided to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.5 (other than such Liabilities that (1) were otherwise required to have been paid, performed or discharged on or prior to the later of the dates determined under clause (ii) above, (2) relate to goods or services sold on or prior to such date, (3) that otherwise result from a breach of or default under any such Assigned Contract on or prior to such date, or (4) are not related in any way to the Products or the Business);

 

16

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(c) any accounts payable reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet that remains unpaid at the Effective Time;

(d) any accounts payable incurred by Seller in the ordinary course of business between the Interim Balance Sheet Date and the Effective Time that remains unpaid at the Effective Time;

(e) any Liabilities for goods and services with respect to the manufacture and Distribution of the Products and Inventory manufactured, Distributed and / or sold by Seller after the Effective Time;

(f) any Property Taxes to the extent specifically allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.2(b) ;

(g) the [***] Settlement Amount;

(h) any Liabilities with respect to the Alphatec Note; and

(i) any other Liability specifically and to the extent set forth on Schedule 2.3 hereto.

Section 2.4 Excluded Liabilities . Seller shall retain and shall be responsible for paying, performing and discharging when due, and Purchaser shall not assume or have any responsibility for any Liabilities of Seller other than the Assumed Liabilities (the “ Excluded Liabilities ”), including:

(a) any Liabilities relating to or arising out of the Excluded Assets;

(b) any Liabilities (including all Actions relating to any such Liabilities) arising out of any patent infringement, regulatory liability, product liability or similar claim for injury to Person or property which resulted from the manufacture, use or misuse of Products or Inventory manufactured or Distributed before the Effective Time;

(c) any Liabilities of Seller, or otherwise imposed on the Purchased Assets or with respect to the Business, in respect of any Tax, including without limitation (i) any Liabilities of Seller for the Taxes of any other Person under United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise and (ii) any Transfer Taxes, but excluding any Property Taxes to the extent specifically allocated to Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.2(b) ;

 

17

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(d) any indebtedness of Seller (other than the Alphatec Note);

(e) any Liability arising under any Assigned Contract in connection with any breaches or defaults thereunder occurring before the Effective Time;

(f) Seller’s obligations under this Agreement and the Other Agreements, and any Liabilities arising out of Seller’s failure to perform any such obligations hereunder or thereunder;

(g) any Liability of Seller to employees of Seller, including any Liability related to any Plan or any other employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement presently or formerly maintained or contributed to by Seller of its ERISA Affiliates, or with respect to which Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability;

(h) any Liabilities to present or former members of Seller;

(i) any Liabilities arising out of or relating to the [***] Litigation, other than the [***] Settlement Amount;

(j) any Liability based upon, alleging or arising out of any act, omission or occurrence by or relating to the ownership of the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business before the Effective Time;

(k) any legal, financial advisory, accounting, investment banking and other fees, expenses and Liabilities incurred by or on behalf of Seller in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Other Agreements and the performance or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Other Agreements; and

(l) any Liability not expressly set forth in Section 2.3(a) through 2.3(i) .

Section 2.5 Procedures for Certain Purchased Assets Not Freely Transferable .

(a) If any Asset or right (other than the Applicable Permits) included in the Purchased Assets is not assignable or transferable to Purchaser either by virtue of the provisions thereof (or by virtue of agreements with respect thereto) or under applicable Law without the consent of one or more third Persons (each, a “ Non-Assignable Right ”), Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, at its sole cost and expense, to obtain such consents after the execution of this Agreement until such consent is obtained. If any such consent cannot be obtained prior to the Closing Date and the Closing occurs, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any Other Agreement but subject to subsection (c) below:

 

18

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(i) this Agreement and the related instruments of transfer shall not constitute an assignment or transfer of the Non-Assignable Right, and (A) Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, and (B) Purchaser shall cooperate, to the extent commercially reasonable, with Seller in Seller’s efforts to obtain such consents; and

(ii) at Purchaser’s election, (A) the Non-Assignable Right shall be an Excluded Asset and Purchaser shall have no obligation pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.3 or otherwise with respect to any such Non-Assignable Right or any Liability with respect thereto, or (B) Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for Purchaser substantially all of the practical benefit and burden of such Non-Assignable Right, including by (1) entering into appropriate and reasonable alternative arrangements on terms mutually agreeable to Purchaser and Seller and (2) subject to the consent and control of Purchaser, enforcement, at the cost and for the account of Purchaser, of any and all rights of Seller against the other party thereto arising out of the breach or cancellation thereof by such other party or otherwise.

(b) If any of the Applicable Permits included in the Purchased Assets are not assignable or transferable without obtaining a replacement permit, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Other Agreement, this Agreement and the related instruments of transfer shall not constitute an assignment or transfer of such Applicable Permit, and Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Purchaser in its efforts to obtain a replacement permit issued in Purchaser’s name. If any replacement Applicable Permit cannot be obtained prior to the Closing Date and the Closing occurs, Seller shall (and, as applicable, shall cause its Affiliates to) allow Purchaser to operate under Seller’s or such Affiliate’s Applicable Permit if permitted by applicable Law or applicable Governmental Authorities for a period of up to six (6) months from the Closing Date (or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary for Purchaser, using commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain the replacement Applicable Permit).

Section 2.6 Purchase Price . Subject to the adjustments set forth in Section 2.7 , in consideration of the sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, license and delivery of the Purchased Assets under Article II , Purchaser shall, upon the Closing, assume the Assumed Liabilities and pay or do the following (collectively referred to as the “ Purchase Price ):

(a) Purchaser shall, upon the Closing, issue Five Million Two Hundred Forty Thousand Forty-Seven (5,240,047) shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), which equals a total aggregate cash value of Eight Million Nine Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars and Twenty-Eight Cents ($8,950,000.28) based on the Purchaser Stock Price, subject to reduction in an amount equal to the AP Excess Share Reduction (valued at the Purchaser Stock Price ), which Shares shall be issued by Purchaser as follows:

(i) One Million One Hundred Seventy Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty (1,170,960) Shares (the “ Escrow Shares ”) (valued at the Purchaser Stock Price, which aggregate value shall comprise the “ Indemnity Escrow Fund ”) shall be deposited with JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA (the “ Escrow Agent ”) at the Closing to hold in accordance with the terms of the escrow agreement to be executed at Closing by Purchaser, the Escrow Agent and Seller in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), for the purpose of satisfying any indemnification claims hereunder; and

 

19

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(ii) The remaining number of Shares after the deposit of the Escrow Shares shall be issued to Seller at the Closing.

(b) Purchaser shall pay to Seller at the Closing by direct wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchase Price Bank Account, an amount equal to (i) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), minus (ii) the Estimated AP Excess Amount (the “ Closing Cash Consideration ”); provided that to the extent such amount is less than $0, Purchaser shall not wire Seller any funds and such amount less than $0 shall be treated as a reduction against the Share consideration set forth in Section 2.6(a) above (the “ AP Excess Share Reduction ”).

(c) On April 10, 2013, Purchaser shall pay to Seller by direct wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchase Price Bank Account, an amount equal to (i) four million dollars ($4,000,000), minus (ii) any amounts subject to the Right of Setoff, including any Adjustment Deficiency Amount (together with the Closing Cash Consideration and subject to the adjustments set forth in Section 2.7 , the “ Cash Consideration ”).

Section 2.7 Adjustment to Purchase Price .

(a) Not more than five (5) nor later than three (3) days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall have caused to be prepared and delivered to Purchaser, Seller’s reasonable and good faith estimate of the AP Excess Amount, if any, and the components and calculations thereof in reasonable detail (any such excess amount, the “ Estimated AP Excess Amount ”).

(b) Within sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Seller a statement (the “ AP/AR Statement ”) setting forth the AP Excess Amount and the components and calculations thereof in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and setting forth the calculation of the amount by which the AP Excess Amount as shown on the AP/AR Statement either (A) exceeds the Estimated AP Excess Amount (as such amount may be adjusted below, the “ Adjustment Deficiency Amount ”) or (B) is less than the Estimated AP Excess Amount (as such amount may be adjusted below, the “ Adjustment Excess Amount ”).

(c) After receipt of the AP/AR Statement, Seller shall have thirty (30) days to review the AP/AR Statement. Purchaser shall give, or cause to be given, to Seller reasonable access during standard working hours to all documents, records and the relevant employees and consultants of Purchaser in order to allow Seller to confirm the accuracy of the AP/AR Statement. Not later than thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of the AP/AR Statement, Seller shall provide Purchaser with a notice (an “ Adjustment Dispute Notice ”) listing those items, if any, to which Seller takes exception, which notice shall also (i) specifically identify, and provide a reasonably detailed explanation of the basis upon which Seller has delivered such list, including the applicable provisions of this Agreement on which the dispute set forth in such Adjustment Dispute Notice is based, (ii) set forth the amount of the AP Excess Amount that Seller has calculated, and (iii) specifically identify Seller’s proposed adjustment(s). Unless Seller delivers the Adjustment Dispute Notice to Purchaser setting forth the specific items disputed by Seller on or prior to the thirtieth (30 th ) day following Seller’s receipt of the AP/AR Statement, Seller shall be deemed to have accepted and agreed to the AP/AR Statement and such statement (and the calculations contained therein) shall be final, binding and conclusive. If Seller provides Purchaser with an Adjustment Dispute Notice within such thirty (30) day period, Purchaser and Seller shall, within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such Adjustment Dispute Notice by Seller (the “ Resolution Period ”), use good faith efforts to resolve their differences with respect to the items specified in the Adjustment Dispute Notice (the “ Disputed Items ”), and all other undisputed items (and all calculations relating thereto) shall be final, binding and conclusive. Any written resolution by Purchaser and Seller during the Resolution Period as to any Disputed Items shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

20

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(d) If Seller and Purchaser do not resolve all Disputed Items by the end of the Resolution Period, then all Disputed Items remaining in dispute shall be submitted within fifteen (15) days following the expiration of the Resolution Period to an accounting firm of national reputation that is independent of Purchaser and Seller and that is reasonably acceptable to both Seller and Purchaser to resolve the remaining matters in dispute (the “ Neutral Arbitrator ”), and such firm shall be the Neutral Arbitrator for all purposes of this Section 2.7(c) . The Neutral Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine only those Disputed Items remaining in dispute, consistent with this Section 2.7 , and shall request a statement from each of Seller and Purchaser regarding such remaining Disputed Items. The Neutral Arbitrator shall consider only those Disputed Items that Seller, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, are unable to resolve. In resolving any Disputed Item, the Neutral Arbitrator may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by any Party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by any Party. The scope of the Disputed Items to be arbitrated by the Neutral Arbitrator is limited to whether the AP/AR Statement was prepared in accordance with GAAP and this Agreement, and whether there were mathematical errors in the preparation of the AP/AR Statement, and the Neutral Arbitrator is not to make any other determination. All fees and expenses relating to the work, if any, to be performed by the Neutral Arbitrator shall be allocated between Seller and Purchaser in the same proportion that the aggregate amount of the Disputed Items so submitted to the Neutral Arbitrator that is unsuccessfully disputed by such Party (as finally determined by the Neutral Arbitrator) bears to the total amount of such Disputed Items so submitted by such Party. In addition, the Parties shall give the Neutral Arbitrator access to all documents, records and employees as reasonably necessary to perform its function as arbitrator. The Neutral Arbitrator shall deliver to Seller and Purchaser a written determination (such determination to include a work sheet setting forth all material calculations used in arriving at such determination and to be based solely on information provided to the Neutral Arbitrator by Seller and Purchaser) of the Disputed Items submitted to the Neutral Arbitrator within thirty (30) days following receipt of such Disputed Items (or as soon thereafter as practicable), which determination, absent manifest error, shall be final, binding and conclusive, and judgment may be entered on the award. If either Seller or Purchaser fails to submit a statement regarding any Disputed Items submitted to the Neutral Arbitrator within the time determined by the Neutral Arbitrator or otherwise fails to give the Neutral Arbitrator access as reasonably requested, then the Neutral Arbitrator shall render a decision based solely on the evidence timely submitted and the access afforded to the Neutral Arbitrator by Seller and Purchaser.

 

21

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(e) The final, binding and conclusive AP/AR Statement based either upon agreement by Seller and Purchaser, the written determination delivered by the Neutral Arbitrator in accordance with this Section 2.7 or Seller’s failure to notify Purchaser, in accordance with this Section 2.7 , of its objections to either the AP/AR Statement or any calculations contained therein shall be the “ Conclusive AP/AR Statement .”

(f) If there is an Adjustment Deficiency Amount, then Purchaser shall be entitled to the Right of Setoff against Shares pursuant to Section 10.6(b) in an amount equal to such Adjustment Deficiency Amount. The Right of Setoff shall be Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy against Seller for any Adjustment Deficiency Amount.

(g) If there is an Adjustment Excess Amount, then within ten (10) Business Days following the determination of the Conclusive AP/AR Statement, Purchaser shall pay to Seller an amount equal to such Adjustment Excess Amount by direct wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchase Price Bank Account.

Section 2.8 Purchase Price Allocation .

(a) The Purchase Price (plus Assumed Liabilities, to the extent properly taken into account under the Code), shall be allocated among the Purchased Assets and the covenant not to compete contained in Section 8.4 of this Agreement in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local or foreign law, as appropriate); provided that Purchaser shall use its reasonable efforts to allocate the Purchase Price in the manner set forth on Schedule 2.8 hereto, subject to the review and approval by Ernst and Young LLP, Purchaser’s independent registered public accounting firm (as revised under this Section 2.8 , the “ Purchase Price Allocation ”). The Purchase Price Allocation shall be delivered by Purchaser to Seller within forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date for Seller’s review. Purchaser shall consider in good faith any changes to the Purchase Price Allocation that are reasonably requested by Seller within fifteen (15) days after Purchaser’s delivery of the Purchase Price Allocation to Seller.

 

22

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) If the Purchase Price is adjusted pursuant to Section 8.2(e) , the Purchase Price Allocation shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with the procedures set forth in Section 2.8(a ) above.

(c) Purchaser and Seller shall file all Tax Returns (including, but not limited to, IRS Form 8594) consistent with the Purchase Price Allocation. Neither Purchaser nor Seller shall take any Tax position inconsistent with such Allocation and neither Purchaser nor Seller shall agree to any proposed adjustment to the Purchase Price Allocation by any Taxing authority without first giving the other Party prior written notice; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall prevent Purchaser or Seller from settling any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any Taxing authority based upon or arising out of the Purchase Price Allocation, and neither Purchaser nor Seller shall be required to litigate before any court any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any taxing authority challenging such Purchase Price Allocation. Not later than thirty (30) days prior to the filing of their respective IRS Forms 8594 relating to this transaction, each of Purchaser and Seller shall deliver to the other Party a copy of its IRS Form 8594.

Section 2.9 Risk of Loss . Until the Effective Time, any loss of or damage to the Purchased Assets shall be the sole responsibility of Seller. As of the Effective Time, title to the Purchased Assets (other than Non-Assignable Rights) shall be transferred to Purchaser. After the Effective Time, Purchaser shall bear all risk of loss associated with the Purchased Assets (other than Non-Assignable Rights) and shall be solely responsible for procuring adequate insurance to protect the Purchased Assets (other than Non-Assignable Rights) against any such loss.

Section 2.10 Withholding . Each of Purchaser and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to Seller or any other Person such amounts as each of Purchaser and the Escrow Agent determine is required to deduct and withhold under the Code, or any Tax law, with respect to the making of such payment. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made.

ARTICLE III.

CLOSING

Section 3.1 Closing . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Closing shall be held on a date to be specified by the Parties, such date (the “ Closing Date ”) to be no later than the third Business Day after satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions set forth in Article VII , at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400, San Diego, California 92130, unless the Parties otherwise agree. The Parties will exchange (or cause to be exchanged) at the Closing the funds, agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents, and do, or cause to be done, all of the things respectively required of each Party as specified in Section 3.2 . The Closing shall be deemed to have occurred at 11:59 p.m. California time on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

23

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 3.2 Transactions at Closing . At the Closing, subject to the terms and conditions hereof:

(a) Seller’s Actions and Deliveries . Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser:

(i) executed counterparts of each of the Other Agreements to which it is a party;

(ii) letter(s) and all other required documentation from Seller to the FDA and each other Governmental Authority and Person in the form and including the content required under the FDA Act and other applicable Laws, and duly executed by Seller, transferring the rights to the Applicable Permits to Purchaser;

(iii) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by an authorized officer of Seller, certifying:

(1) all persons executing this Agreement, each of the Other Agreements and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of Seller are incumbent authorized officers of Seller,

(2) as to the matters set forth in Section 7.2(a) and (b) , and

(3) that (A) Seller’s Certificate of Formation and Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, attached to the certificate, are true and complete, (B) such Certificate of Formation and Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement have been in full force and effect in the form attached since the date of the adoption of the resolutions referred to in clauses (C) and (D) below, and no amendment to such organizational documents has occurred since the date of the last amendment annexed thereto, if any, (C) the resolutions adopted by the board of directors or other governing body of Seller (or a committee thereof duly authorized) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement were duly adopted at a duly convened meeting thereof, at which a quorum was present and acting throughout or by unanimous written consent, remain in full force and effect, and have not been amended, rescinded or modified, except to the extent attached thereto, and (D) the resolutions adopted by the members of Seller (or a committee thereof duly authorized) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement were duly adopted at a duly convened meeting thereof, at which a quorum was present and acting throughout or by written consent, remain in full force and effect, and have not been amended, rescinded or modified, except to the extent attached thereto;

 

24

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(iv) subject to Section 2.5 , assignment and assumption agreements or subcontracts, solely to the extent applicable, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties, as may be necessary to effect the assignment to Purchaser of all rights of Seller in and to the Assigned Contracts and Product Intellectual Property;

(v) copies of all third party consents (including consents of Governmental Authorities) set forth on Schedule 7.2(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule;

(vi) such other deeds, bills of sale, assignments, certificates of title, documents and other instruments of transfer and conveyance as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser, executed by Seller;

(vii) a properly executed affidavit prepared in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b), certifying Seller’s non-foreign status;

(viii) the Payoff Letters;

(ix) the Consulting Agreements;

(x) the legal opinion of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, counsel to Seller, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J ; and

(xi) such other documents, certificates or instruments as the Parties may reasonably agree to deliver or cause to be delivered in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, and all other related matters, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties.

Section 3.3 Purchaser’s Actions and Deliveries . Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller:

(i) A certificate representing the Shares, less the amount of Escrow Shares;

(ii) the Cash Consideration in full by direct wire transfer of immediately available funds directly to the Purchase Price Bank Account as set forth in Section 2.6 ;

(iii) executed counterparts of each of the Other Agreements to which it is a party;

(iv) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by an authorized officer of Purchaser, certifying:

 

25

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(1) all persons executing this Agreement, each of the Other Agreements and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of Purchaser are incumbent authorized officers of Purchaser,

(2) as to the matters set forth in Section 7.3(a) and (b) , and

(3) the (A) Purchaser’s organizational documents, attached to the certificate, are true and complete, (B) such organizational documents have been in full force and effect in the form attached since the date of the adoption of the resolutions referred to in clause (C) below and no amendment to such organizational documents has occurred since the date of the last amendment annexed thereto, and (C) the resolutions adopted by the board of directors or other governing body of Purchaser (or a committee thereof duly authorized) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement were duly adopted at a duly convened meeting thereof, at which a quorum was present and acting throughout, or by unanimous written consent, remain in full force and effect, and have not been amended, rescinded or modified, except to the extent attached thereto;

(v) such instruments of assumption and other instruments or documents, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties, as may be necessary to effect Purchaser’s assumption of the Assumed Liabilities; and

(vi) such other documents, certificates or instruments as the Parties may reasonably agree to deliver or cause to be delivered in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, and all other related matters, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties.

ARTICLE IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

At the Execution Date and the Effective Time (except as to certain representations and warranties which expressly speak as of a date certain, which shall speak as of such date), subject to the exceptions as set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:

Section 4.1 Organization . Seller is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Law of State of California. Seller has all requisite entity power and authority to own, lease and operate the Business and the Purchased Assets, as applicable. Seller is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the operations of the Business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 4.2 Due Authorization . Seller has all requisite entity power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Other Agreements, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Other Agreements and the performance of all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by Seller.

Section 4.3 No Conflicts; Enforceability .

(a) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Other Agreements by Seller (i) are not prohibited or limited by, and will not result in the breach of or a default under, any provision of the Certificate of Formation or Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Seller, (ii) assuming that all of the consents, approvals, authorizations and permits described in Schedule 4.9(e) and 4.10 have been obtained and all of the filings and notifications described in Schedule 4.9(e) and 4.10 have been made, does not conflict with any Law applicable to Seller or the Business or by which the Purchased Assets are bound, and (iii) except as set forth on Schedule 4.3 of Seller Disclosure Schedule, does not conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance upon, any Contract or Applicable Permit to which Seller or any of the Purchased Assets is bound or subject, or any applicable Order of any Governmental Authority to which Seller is a party or by which Seller or any of the Purchased Assets is bound or subject.

(b) This Agreement and the Other Agreements have been (or, with respect to Other Agreements to be executed as of the Closing Date, will be) duly executed and delivered by Seller, and constitute (or, with respect to Other Agreements to be executed as of the Closing Date, will constitute) the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited or affected by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other Law of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally.

Section 4.4 Title; Assets .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller directly owns the Purchased Assets free and clear of all Encumbrances other than the Permitted Encumbrances, and upon the consummation of the Transactions, Purchaser shall acquire good and marketable title to, and all right, title and interest of Seller in and to, the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than the Permitted Encumbrances.

(b) The Purchased Assets constitute all of the Assets that are necessary to operate the Business in the manner presently operated by Seller and include all of the Assets currently used by Seller to operate the Business.

 

27

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 4.5 Inventory .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the Inventory (i) is good, useable, saleable and currently merchantable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) to Seller’s Knowledge, was produced or manufactured in accordance with the specifications for the Products as set forth in the Registrations and Good Manufacturing Practices and in compliance with applicable Law, and (iii) to Seller’s Knowledge, is free of any defect.

(b) To the extent the Inventory contains raw materials and work-in-process, such raw materials and work-in process (i) to Seller’s Knowledge, are of good manufacturing quality, (ii) to Seller’s Knowledge, have been manufactured, handled, maintained, packaged and stored at all times in accordance with the specifications set forth in the relevant Registrations, in compliance with applicable Law and current Good Manufacturing Practices, and in compliance with all requirements of relevant Governmental Authorities.

(c) Since the Interim Balance Sheet Date, Seller has continued to replenish Inventory in a normal and customary manner consistent with past practice. Seller has not received written notice that it will experience in the foreseeable future any difficulty in obtaining, in the desired quantity and quality and at a reasonable price and upon reasonable terms and conditions, the raw materials, supplies or component products required for the manufacture, assembly or production of its Products. Seller is not under liability or obligation with respect to the return of any item of inventory in the possession of wholesalers, distributors, retailers or other customers, in excess of $10,000 in any individual instance.

Section 4.6 Applicable Permits . Schedule 1.1(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, accurate and complete list of all of the permits, approvals, licenses, franchises or authorizations from any applicable Governmental Authority, as well as all applications or notifications or submissions for Applicable Permits pending as of the Execution Date, that are necessary or appropriate for the manufacture, sale or Distribution of the Products or the conduct of the Business. All fees and charges with respect to such Applicable Permits have been paid in full. Such Applicable Permits are in full force and effect and the Purchased Assets are being used in material compliance with all such Applicable Permits. No revocation, suspension, lapse, cancellation or modification of any of Applicable Permits is pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened.

Section 4.7 Intellectual Property .

(a) Schedule 4.7(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is a complete and accurate list of the following with respect to the Product Intellectual Property:

(i) Schedule 4.7(a)(i) lists all of the Product Patents, setting forth in each case the name of the purported owner (and if Seller or its Affiliates are not the purported owner, also setting forth the Contract under which such Product Patent was licensed to Seller and/or its Affiliates), the jurisdictions in which any issued Product Patents have been issued and Product Patent applications have been filed and a detailed description of any filings or payment of fees that are due to any Governmental Authority during the ninety (90) day period following the Closing.

 

28

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(ii) Schedule 4.7(a)(ii) lists all (i) of the Product Trademarks and domain names associated with the Products, setting forth in each case the name of the purported owner (and if Seller or its Affiliates are not the purported owner, also setting forth the Contract under which such Product Patent was licensed to Seller and/or its Affiliates), any jurisdictions in which such Trademarks, have been registered and applications for registration have been filed and a detailed description of any filings or payment of fees that are due to any Governmental Authority during the ninety (90) day period following the Closing and (ii) unregistered Product Trademarks.

(iii) Schedule. 4.7(a)(iii) lists all of the registered Product Copyrights, setting forth in each case the name of the purported owner (and if Seller or its Affiliates are not the purported owner, also setting forth the Contract under which such Product Patent was licensed to Seller and/or its Affiliates), the jurisdictions in which the Product Copyrights have been registered and applications for copyright registration have been filed and a detailed description of any filings or payment of fees that are due to any Governmental Entity during the ninety (90) day period following the Closing.

(iv) Schedule. 4.7(a)(iv) lists all of the Product Software, setting forth in each case the name of the purported owner (and if Seller or its Affiliates are not the purported owner, also setting forth the Contract under which such Product Patent was licensed to Seller and/or its Affiliates).

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule: (i) to the Seller’s Knowledge, the Product Intellectual Property owned by the Seller (collectively, the “ Owned Product Intellectual Property ”) and registered is valid and in full force and effect, (ii) none of the applications and registrations for the Owned Product Intellectual Property have lapsed, expired or been abandoned, (iii) all issuance, renewal, maintenance and other payments that are or have become due with respect to any applications and/or registrations for the Owned Product Intellectual Property have been timely paid by or on behalf of Seller; (iv) all documents, certificates and other material in connection with the applications and registrations for the Owned Product Intellectual Property have, for the purposes of maintaining such Product Intellectual Property applications and registrations, been filed in a timely manner with the relevant Governmental Authorities

(c) To Seller’s Knowledge, none of the Owned Product Intellectual Property is the subject of any pending Action (including, with respect to Patents, inventorship challenges, interferences, reissues, reexaminations and oppositions, and with respect to Trademarks, invalidation, opposition, cancellation, abandonment or similar Actions) or any Order or other Contract or agreement restricting (x) the use of such Owned Product Intellectual Property in connection with any Product or (y) assignment or license thereof by Seller.

 

29

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, all Owned Product Intellectual Property is under the Control of Seller. Seller has the right to assign, transfer or grant to Purchaser the rights in and to the Product Intellectual Property that are being assigned, transferred or granted to Purchaser under this Agreement. The execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any Other Agreements contemplated hereby, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Other Agreements and the satisfaction of any closing condition will not, to Seller’s Knowledge, contravene, conflict with or result in any termination of, or new or additional limitations on, the Purchaser’s right, title or interest in or to the Product Intellectual Property assigned, transferred or granted to Purchaser under this Agreement or any Other Agreements contemplated hereby.

(e) Schedule 4.7(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, accurate and complete list of all royalty, license fee and other payment obligations applicable with respect to the Product Intellectual Property. Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.7(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no royalties or license fees are owed to any Person in connection with the manufacture, use or Distribution of any Product after the Closing Date.

(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, or as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement and the Other Agreements, (i) Seller has not assigned, transferred, conveyed, or granted any licenses to the Owned Product Intellectual Property to third parties, or otherwise caused or permitted any Encumbrance to attach to any Owned Product Intellectual Property or the Products (other than Permitted Encumbrances); (ii) Seller is not party to any agreements or Contracts with third parties that materially limit or restrict use of the Owned Product Intellectual Property or require any payments for their use; (iii) no other Person has any proprietary, commercial, joint ownership, royalty or other interest in the Owned Product Intellectual Property or the goodwill associated therewith; and (iv) Seller has not entered into any Contract (A) granting any Person rights to practice or use the Owned Product Intellectual Property other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of the Business, (B) granting any Person the right to control the prosecution of any of the Owned Product Intellectual Property (C) granting any Person the right to bring infringement actions with respect to, or otherwise to enforce rights with respect to, any of the Owned Product Intellectual Property, or (D) agreeing to indemnify any Person against any charge of infringement or misappropriation of any Third Party Intellectual Property with respect to such Person’s practice or use of the Owned Product Intellectual Property or the manufacture, use or Distribution of any Product.

(g) To Seller’s Knowledge, there has not been and there currently is no unauthorized use, infringement, misappropriation or violation of any of the Owned Product Intellectual Property by any Person; Seller has not instituted any Action or threatened to institute any Action against any Person making such a claim of infringement or misappropriation.

(h) To Seller’s Knowledge, (1) the conduct of the Business, as it has been and is now being conducted, does not infringe or misappropriate or otherwise violate, as applicable, the Intellectual Property rights of any Person; and (2) Seller has not received any written notice from any Person, and does not have Knowledge of, any claim or assertion to the contrary.

 

30

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(i) Seller has used commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in confidence all Product Know-How that is not in the public domain and to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all trade secrets included within the Owned Product Intellectual Property. Seller has taken all measures reasonably necessary to preserve and protect the Owned Product Intellectual Property by the implementation and enforcement of a policy requiring each employee and contractor involved with the Product to execute proprietary information and confidentiality agreements, and (in appropriate cases) assignment of invention / work made for hire covenants, and all employees and contractors of Seller and its Affiliates so involved have executed such agreements and covenants. As of the Closing Date, Purchaser shall have the right to: (i) sue for (and otherwise assert claims for) and recover damages and obtain any and all other remedies available at law or in equity for any past, present or future infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any of the Owned Product Intellectual Property (and to settle all such suits, actions and proceedings); (ii) seek protection therefor; and (iii) to claim all rights and priority thereunder notwithstanding the other provisions hereof.

(j) The Product Intellectual Property constitutes all of the Intellectual Property used by the Seller to conduct the Business.

(k) No funding, facilities or personnel of any Governmental Authority were used, directly or indirectly, to develop or create, in whole or in part, any Owned Product Intellectual Property.

(l) Seller has not and has never been a member or promoter of, or a contributor to or made any commitments or agreements regarding any patent pool, industry standards body, standard setting organization, industry or other trade association or similar organization, in each case that could or does require or obligate Seller to grant or offer to any other Person any license or right to the Owned Product Intellectual Property.

(m) To the Knowledge of Seller, no employee, consultant or contractor of Seller has been, is or will be, by performing services for Seller with respect to the Product, in violation of any term of any employment, invention disclosure or assignment, confidentiality, noncompetition agreement or other restrictive covenant or any order as a result of such employee’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s employment by Seller or any services rendered by such employee, consultant or independent contractor.

Section 4.8 Litigation . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.8 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no Action or Order (i) pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened, directly or indirectly, against, relating to or affecting Seller, any of the Transferred Assets or Assumed Liabilities or the Transactions, or (ii) pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against any officer, manager or employee of Seller or, to Seller’s Knowledge, its members in connection with such Person’s relationship with, or actions taken on behalf of, Seller or the Business. Schedule 4.8 describes all Actions and Orders involving Seller or, to Seller’s Knowledge, any of its members, officers, managers or employees in connection with the Business occurring or arising during the previous three (3) years from the date hereof.

 

31

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 4.9 Assigned Contracts .

(a) Schedule 1.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, accurate and complete list of each Contract to which Seller is a party that (i) is necessary for or material to the design, development, manufacture or Distribution of the Products or the conduct of the Business; (ii) provides for aggregate annual payments, or has a value, in excess of seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000) and is related to the Products, the conduct of the Business or the Purchased Assets; or (iii) is related to the Products, the conduct of the Business or the Purchased Assets and falls within one or more of the following categories:

(i) Contracts under which Seller owns, has under license or out-license to any other Person, or has a right to acquire (by option or otherwise), has a right to use or exercise (including any covenant not to sue or other similar right of forbearance), or otherwise Control, or has any other right or interest in or to any Product Intellectual Property;

(ii) Contracts under which the Products are designed, developed, manufactured or Distributed by Seller, including any Distribution agreements, wholesalers, manufacturing and supply agreements and Contracts with managed care organizations or Governmental Authorities; and

(iii) Contracts limiting or restraining Seller from engaging or competing in any lines of business with any Person or from purchasing any products, services or inventory from any third parties.

(b) Except as indicated in Schedule 4.9(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller has delivered or made available to Purchaser complete and correct copies of all Assigned Contracts listed on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (or required to be listed on such schedule), including all written amendments, modifications and waivers relating thereto.

(c) Each Assigned Contract (i) is in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Seller, and is enforceable in accordance with its terms by Seller against each counterparty thereto, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Law relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights, and the availability of equitable remedies (whether in a proceeding in equity or at law). Seller is not in breach, violation or default (and would not by the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, be in default) under any Assigned Contract and (ii) each Assigned Contract will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect on identical terms immediately following the consummation of the Transactions, except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(c) . To Seller’s Knowledge, no other party to any Assigned Contract is in material breach of or default (and would not by the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, be in default) under such Assigned Contract.

 

32

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(d) Seller has no Knowledge that any party to any Assigned Contract listed on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (or required to be listed on such schedule) (i) intends to either terminate or not renew such Assigned Contract, or (ii) has or intends to submit to Seller any claim of material breach by any such party with respect to the performance of its obligations under any such Assigned Contract.

(e) Schedule 4.9(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, accurate and complete list of the Assigned Contracts for which third party consents are required to assign such Assigned Contracts to Purchaser. Subject to the receipt of the third party consents listed on Schedule 4.9(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and Closing, Purchaser will succeed to all rights, title and interests of Seller under each Assigned Contract without the necessity to obtain the consent of any other Person(s) to the assignment of such Assigned Contract.

(f) None of the Assigned Contracts have been entered into by Seller other than in the ordinary course of its business and other than on an arm’s length basis.

(g) Schedule 4.9(g) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, accurate and complete list of Seller’s contractual Liabilities and commitments in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate through September 1, 2015, with such amounts aggregated by type of contractual Liability and obligation.

Section 4.10 Consents . Except for the consents set forth on Schedule 4.9(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, other than as set forth on Schedule 4.10 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no material notice to, filing with, authorization or approval of, exemption or waiver by, or consent of, any Person, including any United States or foreign Governmental Authority, is required for Seller to transfer the Purchased Assets to Purchaser and otherwise consummate the Transactions.

Section 4.11 Taxes .

(a) Seller has timely filed (taking into account any extensions of time for such filings that have been properly and timely requested by Seller) all Tax Returns that were required to be filed with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business. All such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All material Taxes owed by Seller (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business have been paid. Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. No written claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction in which Seller does not file Tax Returns that Seller is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Business. There are no Encumbrances for Taxes (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on the Purchased Assets.

 

33

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) There are no pending (or written threats of) audits, investigations, disputes, notices of deficiency, claims or other actions for or relating to any Liability for Taxes of Seller with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business. Seller has not, with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business, waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(c) With respect to Taxes of the Business or relating to the Purchased Assets: (i) no closing agreement or Tax rulings that could affect a Post-Closing Tax Period have been requested or received from any Governmental Authority and (ii) Seller is not obligated to pay the Taxes of another Person by Contract, as transferee, as successor or otherwise.

(d) The unpaid Taxes of Seller with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business did not, as of the Financial Statement Date, exceed the reserve for Tax liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the balance sheets contained in the Financial Statements (rather than in any notes thereto). Since the Financial Statement Date, Seller has not incurred any liability for Taxes with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Business outside the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past practice.

(e) None of the Purchased Assets is reported on any Seller Tax Return as owned by any Person other than the Person that holds legal title thereto.

Section 4.12 Labor Matters; Plans .

(a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.12(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, with respect to the Business (a) there is, and within the last five (5) years has been, no representation of the employees or former employees of Seller within the Business by any labor organization and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no union organizing activities among such employees of Seller, and (b) there currently is not, and within the last five (5) years has not been, any labor strike, dispute, slowdown, stoppage or lockout pending, affecting, or threatened against Seller.

(b) Seller has provided Purchaser with a true, complete and accurate list of each of Seller’s employees engaged in the conduct of the Business (the “ Business Employees ”), his or her date(s) of hire by Seller, position and title (if any), current rate of compensation (including bonuses, commissions and incentive compensation, if any), whether such employee is hourly or salaried, whether such employee is exempt or non-exempt, the number of such employee’s accrued sick days and vacation days, whether such employee is absent from active employment and, if so, the date such employee became inactive, the reason for such inactive status and, if applicable, the anticipated date of return to active employment.

 

34

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(c) Schedule 4.12(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists or describes each Plan. Seller is not a participating or contributing employer in any “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) nor has Seller incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to any multiemployer plan or any liability in connection with the termination or reorganization of any multiemployer plan. No Plan is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and Seller has not previously maintained any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that was subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. No Plan provides post-employment welfare benefits other than as required under Section 4980B of the Code.

(d) Each Plan that is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code has received a determination letter to that effect from the IRS, and nothing has occurred since the date of such letter that cannot be cured within the remedial amendment period provided by Section 401(b) of the Code which would prevent any such Plan from remaining so qualified. Each Plan and any related trust, insurance contract or fund has been maintained in all material respects in accordance with its respective terms and the terms of all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code.

(e) There are no pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened actions, suits, investigations or claims with respect to any Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) which could result in any liability to Purchaser (whether direct or indirect).

Section 4.13 Compliance with Law . Except for the matters set forth under Schedule 4.13 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule: (a) Seller is, and at all times since January 1, 2009 has been, in material compliance with all applicable Laws relating to any Product and the Purchased Assets; (b) Seller is, and at all times since January 1, 2009, conducted the Business in material compliance with all applicable Laws; and (c) no written notices have been received by, and no claims have been filed against, Seller alleging a violation of any applicable Laws.

Section 4.14 Regulatory Matters . Without limiting the generality of Sections 4.6 and 4.13 :

(a) Seller is, and at all times since January 1, 2009 has been, in material compliance with all relevant and applicable health care Laws, or by which any property, Product or other asset of Seller is bound or affected, including, but not limited to, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq. ) (“ FDA Act ”), the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Anti-Inducement Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a(a)(5)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Stark law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d et seq.) as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 17921 et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such Laws, and comparable state Laws, and all other local, state, federal, national, supranational and foreign Laws, manual provisions, policies and administrative guidance relating to the regulation of Seller (collectively, “ Health Care Laws ”). Except for the matters set forth under Schedule 4.14(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller has not since January 1, 2009 received any written notification, correspondence or any other written communication from any Governmental Authority of potential or actual non-compliance by, or liability of, Seller under any Health Care Laws, and there is no lawsuit, action, other proceeding, or claim pending, received, or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against Seller which relates in any way to a violation of any Health Care Law. To Seller’s Knowledge, none of Seller’s managers, officers, or employees are in violation of any Health Care Laws applicable to them by virtue of, and in connection with, their capacity as manager, officer or employee, respectively, of Seller.

 

35

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) There is no lawsuit, action, other proceeding or claim pending, received or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against Seller which relates in any way to a violation of any Law pertaining to any governmental health care program or third party payment program (collectively, “ Health Care Programs ”) or which could result in the imposition penalties against or the exclusion of Seller from participation in any Health Care Program. To Seller’s Knowledge, none of Seller or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents has engaged in any activity which is reasonably likely to be cause for civil penalties or mandatory or permissive exclusion from any Health Care Program.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller is not a party to any corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, or similar agreements with or imposed by any Governmental Authority.

(d) Seller has since January 1, 2009 obtained and maintained each Applicable Permit legally required for operation of the Business as currently conducted, the holding of any interest in any of Seller’s properties and assets, and the operation of Seller’s facilities, and all of such Applicable Permits are in full force and effect. Seller has not received any written communication from any Governmental Authority regarding, and, to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances that are likely to give rise to, (i) any material adverse change in any Applicable Permit, or any failure to materially comply with any applicable Laws or any term or requirement of any Applicable Permit or (ii) any revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, limitation, termination or material modification of any Applicable Permit.

(e) All applications, notifications, submissions, information, claims , reports and statistics and other data and conclusions derived therefrom, utilized as the basis for or submitted in connection with any and all requests for an Applicable Permit from the FDA or other Governmental Authority relating to Seller, the Business and the Products, when submitted to the FDA or other Governmental Authority were true, complete and correct as of the date of submission in all material respects and any necessary or required updates, changes, corrections or modification to such applications, submissions, information and data have been submitted to the FDA or other Governmental Entity.

 

36

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(f) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller has not since January 1, 2009 had any manufacturing site subject to a Governmental Authority (including FDA) shutdown or import or export prohibition, nor received any FDA Form 483 or other Governmental Authority notice of inspectional observations, “warning letters,” “untitled letters” or similar correspondence or notice from the FDA or other Governmental Authority in respect of the Business and alleging or asserting noncompliance with any applicable Laws, Applicable Permits, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, neither the FDA nor any Governmental Authority is considering such action.

(g) Seller is not the subject of any pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened investigation in respect of Seller or Products, by the FDA pursuant to its “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities” Final Policy set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) and any amendments thereto. Neither Seller, nor, to Seller’s Knowledge, any of its officers or employees, has been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct that could result in a material debarment or exclusion (i) under 21 U.S.C. Section 335a, or (ii) any similar Law. As of the date hereof, no claims, actions, proceedings or investigations that would reasonably be expected to result in such a material debarment or exclusion are pending or threatened against Seller or, to Seller’s Knowledge, any of its officers or employees.

(h) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14(h) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there have been no (i) recalls, field notifications, field corrections, market withdrawals or replacements, warnings, “dear doctor” letters, investigator notices, safety alerts or other notice of action relating to an alleged lack of safety, efficacy, or regulatory compliance of the Products (“ Safety Notices ”) during the past five (5) years. Schedule 4.14(h) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists (i) all such Safety Notices, (ii) the dates such Safety Notices, if any, were resolved or closed, and (iii) to Seller’s Knowledge, any material complaints with respect to the Products that are currently unresolved. To Seller’s Knowledge, there have been no material product complaints with respect to the Products, and to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no facts that would be reasonably likely to result in (i) a material Safety Notice with respect to the Products, (ii) a change in the marketing classification or a material change in labeling of any the Products; or (iii) a termination or suspension of marketing or testing of any of the Products.

Section 4.15 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities .

(a) Seller has delivered or made available to Purchaser true and correct copies of Seller’s (i) audited balance sheet at December 31, 2011 (the “ Financial Statement Date ”), and the related audited statements of operations and cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2011 (collectively, the “ Audited Financial Statements ”), and (ii) unaudited balance sheet (“ Interim Balance Sheet ”) at August 31, 2012 (“ Interim Balance Sheet Date ”), and the related unaudited statements of operations and cash flow for the eight (8)-month period ended August 31, 2012 (the “ Interim Financial Statements and together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods indicated, and presented fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Seller as of the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Seller for the respective periods indicated therein (subject, in the case of the Interim Financial Statements, to the absence of footnotes and year-end adjustments of a normal and recurring type which, individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

37

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) There are no Liabilities of Seller directly or indirectly related to the Business or the Purchased Assets of any kind whatsoever, whether accrued, fixed, absolute, contingent, known, unknown, determined, determinable or otherwise (and whether due or to become due), of a nature required by GAAP to be reflected in financial statements other than (i) Liabilities disclosed or provided for in the Financial Statements and (ii) current Liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice since the Financial Statement Date that, individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The amount accrued for the [***] Litigation as reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet is reasonable based on Seller’s good faith analysis of such litigation.

Section 4.16 Absence of Changes . Since the Financial Statement Date, Seller has operated the Business in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, and, except as set forth in Schedule 4.16 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule:

(a) there has not been any Material Adverse Effect, or any event, development or state of circumstances that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Seller has not (i) ceased to own any Assets that would, but for such loss of ownership, have been included in the Purchased Assets (except for sales of Inventory and disposition of Promotional Materials in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), (ii) terminated, amended any material term of or waived any material right under any Assigned Contract or under any other Contract that would, but for such termination, amendment or waiver, have been included in Assigned Contracts, (iii) waived, released, granted, licensed or transferred any right, title or interest in or to any Purchased Assets or any other Asset that would, but for such waiver, release, grant, license or transfer, have been included in Purchased Assets, or (iv) caused or assented to the creation or other incurrence of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any Purchased Asset;

(c) Seller has maintained all Applicable Permits and pricing information contained in the Books and Records in the ordinary course of business;

 

38

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(d) Seller has not instituted, settled or agreed to settle any Action related to the Products or the Business;

(e) Seller has not taken any material write-down of the value of any Purchased Asset;

(f) no material permit, approval, license, concession, franchise or authorization has been cancelled, become delinquent or been lost that otherwise would have been an Applicable Permit;

(g) any delay or postponement of payment of accounts payable or other Liabilities of Seller outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(h) there has been no loss of any supplier, distributor or customer of Seller set forth on Schedule 4.20 ;

(i) there has been no changes to Seller’s organizational documents;

(j) there has not been any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to any material assets included in the Purchased Assets;

(k) there has not been any transaction or agreement involving Seller and any officer, manager, employee, member or equityholder, or any loans to any of the foregoing outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(l) except as required by GAAP or applicable Law, there has been no change in Seller’s accounting methods or practices, collection or credit policies, pricing policies, reserve policies, revenue recognition policies, working capital policies, accrual accounting policies, payment policies or advertising and promotions policies;

(m) Seller has not made, changed or revoked any Tax election; adopted or changed an accounting policy, method or period with respect to Taxes; filed any amended Tax Return; entered into any closing agreement; settled or compromised any Tax claim or assessment or surrendered any right to claim a Tax refund; or consented to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment with respect to Taxes; in each case to the extent such action would adversely affect the Purchased Assets or the Business; and

(n) there has been no agreement or understanding, whether in writing or otherwise, by Seller or any other Person that would result in any of the foregoing transactions or events or require Seller to take any actions related to the foregoing.

Section 4.17 Insurance . Schedule 4.17 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all policies of insurance maintained by Seller related to the Business or the Purchased Assets and the amounts of coverage thereunder. All such policies are in full force and effect. Seller is not in default under any provision contained in any such insurance policy relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business. Seller has not received written notice of cancellation, modification or non-renewal, or disallowance of any claim, with respect to any such policy. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8 of Seller Disclosure Schedule, no claim related to the Products or the Business exists under any insurance policy set forth on Schedule 4.17 . To Seller’s Knowledge, such insurance is adequate to cover known insurable risks of Seller.

 

39

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 4.18 Brokers, Etc . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.18 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no broker, investment banker, agent, finder or other intermediary acting on behalf of Seller or under the authority of Seller is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee directly or indirectly in connection with any of the Transactions.

Section 4.19 Promotional Materials . The Promotional Materials included in the Purchased Assets constitute all of the Labeling, Product informational letters, and the advertising, promotional and media materials, sales training materials (including product learning systems and any related outlines and quizzes/answers), trade show materials (including displays and trade show booths) and videos, including materials containing post-marketing clinical data, if any, and all sample kits and detail kits, owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates and associated with the commercialization of any Product (including Distribution and sales promotion information, market research studies and toll-free telephone numbers), and that Seller has utilized in connection with, the Business in the six (6) months prior to the Execution Date. Prior to the Effective Time, Seller and its Affiliates have used all Promotional Materials and conducted all promotional activities with respect to the Products in material compliance with all applicable Law and the Applicable Permits.

Section 4.20 Customer and Suppliers . Schedule 4.20 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of Seller’s ten (10) largest customers, distributors and suppliers with respect to the Business (measured by dollar volume in each case) during the calendar year 2011 and during the first six months of 2012, showing with respect to each, the name, dollar volume and nature of the relationship (including the principal categories of products bought or Distributed). Seller is not required to provide any bonding or other financial security arrangements in connection with any of the transactions with any of its customers, distributors or suppliers in the ordinary course of business. Seller has not received any written communication of any intention of any customer, distributor or supplier identified on Schedule 4.20 to discontinue its relationship as a customer, distributor or supplier of, or materially reduce its purchases from or sales to Seller (or, post-Closing, from Purchaser) (whether as a result of the consummation of the Transactions or otherwise), or materially alter the prices associated with such purchases and sales.

Section 4.21 Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable .

(a) Each Account Receivable arising from services and/or sales by Seller, whether or not earned thereby on the date hereof or on the Closing Date, constitutes a bona fide receivable resulting from a bona fide sale to a customer in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice on commercially reasonable terms, the amount of which was actually due on the date thereof. None of such Accounts Receivable are subject to any valid counterclaim or setoff. The Closing AR Statement contains a complete and accurate list of all Accounts Receivable as of the Closing Date.

 

40

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) All of the accounts payable and notes payable of Seller arose in bona fide arms’ length transactions in the in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and no such account payable or note payable is delinquent in its payment. Since the date of the Interim Balance Sheet, Seller has paid its accounts payable in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.21(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, Seller has no accounts payable to any Person which is an Affiliate of Seller, member, equityholder, or any manager, officer, or employee of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller (other than compensation for services performed in the ordinary course of business).

Section 4.22 Products; Warranties .

(a) Each of the Products Distributed by Seller: (i) is, and at all times up to and including the sale thereof has been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and (b) is, and at all relevant times has been, fit for the ordinary purposes for which it is intended to be used and conforms in all material respects to any promises or affirmations of fact made in all regulatory filings pertaining thereto and made on the container or label for such product or in connection with its Distribution. To Seller’s Knowledge, there is no design or manufacturing defect with respect to any of the Products.

(b) Schedule 4.22(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth the forms of Seller’s service or product warranties relating to the Products Distributed by Seller or in respect of which Seller is obligated. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22(b) , there are no existing or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened, material Liabilities or other material claims against Seller for Products which are defective or fail to meet any service or product warranties.

Section 4.23 Certain Payments . Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates, nor any other Person acting for or on behalf of any of them, has directly or indirectly (a) made any contribution, gift, bribe, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other similar payment to any governmental official or employee, regardless of form, whether in money, property, or services (i) to obtain favorable treatment in securing business, (ii) to pay for favorable treatment for business secured, (iii) to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, for or in respect of Seller or the Business, or (iv) in violation of any applicable Law, or (b) established or maintained any fund or asset that has not been recorded in the books and records of Seller.

Section 4.24 Investment Representations .

 

41

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(a) The issuance of the Shares by Purchaser is made in reliance upon Seller’s representation to Purchaser, which by Seller’s execution of this Agreement Seller hereby confirms, that the Shares to be received by Seller will be acquired for investment for Seller’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, except for any transfers to the members of Seller. By executing this Agreement, Seller further represents that it has no contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

(b) Seller understands and acknowledges that the issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act on the grounds that the offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and that the Shares may not be resold except upon their subsequent registration or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and that Purchaser’s reliance upon such exemption is predicated upon Seller’s representations as set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Seller represents that: (i) it is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act and, to the best of its knowledge, has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Shares; (ii) it believes it has received all the information it has requested from Purchaser and considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to obtain the Shares; (iii) it has had the opportunity to discuss Purchaser’s business, management, and financial affairs with Purchaser’s management; (iv) it has the ability to bear the economic risks of its prospective investment; and (v) it is able, without materially impairing its financial condition, to hold the Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss on its investment.

Section 4.25 Books and Records . Seller has maintained Books and Records which true, accurate and complete in all material respects, and there are no material deficiencies in such Books and Records.

Section 4.26 Solvency . Upon the consummation of the Transaction, (a) Seller will not be insolvent, (b) Seller will not be left with unreasonably small capital, (c) Seller will not have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature and (d) the capital of Seller will not be impaired.

Section 4.27 No Other Warranties . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER AGREEMENTS OR SELLER DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, SELLER IS MAKING NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO THE PURCHASED ASSETS, THE PRODUCTS OR THE BUSINESS.

Section 4.28 Delivery of Documents; Accurate Disclosure . Seller has previously delivered or made available to Purchaser correct and complete copies of each Registration, Applicable Permit and Books and Records and each additional agreement, document and instrument which Purchaser or any of its Representatives has requested in writing. No representation or warranty of Seller contained in this Agreement, the Other Agreements or Seller Disclosure Schedule and none of the statements or information contained in any other document, certificate, schedule, exhibit, annex, list or other writing furnished to Purchaser, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statement contained herein or therein not misleading.

 

42

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

At the Execution Date and the Effective Time (except as to certain representations and warranties which expressly speak as of a date certain, which shall speak as of such date), Purchaser represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

Section 5.1 Organization . Purchaser is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the Law of the State of Delaware. Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

Section 5.2 Due Authorization . Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Other Agreements, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Other Agreements and the performance of all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by Purchaser and, to the extent required by Law, contract or otherwise, its stockholders.

Section 5.3 No Conflicts; Enforceability . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Other Agreements by Purchaser (a) are not prohibited or limited by, and will not result in the breach of or a default under, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Purchaser, (b) assuming that all of the consents, approvals, authorizations and permits of any Governmental Authority described in Section 5.5 have been obtained and all of the filings and notifications described in Section 5.5 have been made and any waiting periods thereunder have terminated or expired, does not conflict with any Law applicable to Purchaser, and (c) does not conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any material Contract binding on Purchaser or any applicable Order of any Governmental Authority to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound or to which any of its Assets is subject, except for such prohibition, limitation, default, notice, filing, permit, authorization, consent or approval which would not prevent or delay consummation by Purchaser of the Transactions. This Agreement and the Other Agreements have been (or, with respect to Other Agreements to be executed as of the Closing Date, will be) duly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and constitute (or, with respect to Other Agreements to be executed as of the Closing Date, will constitute) the legal, valid and binding obligations of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited or affected by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other Law of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

43

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 5.4 Litigation . As of the Execution Date, there is no Action pending or, to Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened, directly or indirectly involving Purchaser (or to Purchaser’s knowledge, any third party) that would prohibit, hinder, delay or otherwise impair Purchaser’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under the Other Agreements, or prevent or delay the consummation of the Transactions.

Section 5.5 Consents . Except for FDA and other applicable foreign and United States regulatory or competition approvals, no notice to, filing with, authorization of, exemption by, or consent of, any Person, including any Governmental Authority, is required for Purchaser to consummate the Transactions.

Section 5.6 Brokers, Etc . No broker, investment banker, agent, finder or other intermediary acting on behalf of Purchaser or under the authority of Purchaser is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee directly or indirectly in connection with any of the Transactions.

Section 5.7 Validity of Shares . The Shares will, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Section 5.8 No Other Warranties . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER AGREEMENTS, PURCHASER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

ARTICLE VI.

COVENANTS PRIOR TO CLOSING

Section 6.1 Access to Information . Between the Execution Date and the Closing Date, Seller shall, subject to any applicable Law and the terms of any Contract, afford Purchaser and its Representatives reasonable access, during regular business hours and upon reasonable agreed-upon times, to Seller’s personnel and any properties related to any Product or Business, Assigned Contracts, Applicable Permits, the Inventory, the Books and Records and all other information and materials pertaining to the Business, provided that such access shall not unreasonably interfere with Seller’s business and operations, and shall, at all times, be subject to any other applicable legal requirements imposed by applicable Law. No investigation or inspection pursuant to this Section 6.1 or otherwise prior to the date hereof shall in any way affect or diminish any of the representations or warranties of Seller.

 

44

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 6.2 Conduct of the Business .

(a) Between the Execution Date and the Closing Date, except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or consented to in writing by Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) continue and conduct the Business in Seller’s (and, if applicable, its Affiliates’) ordinary and usual course of business and in a manner consistent in all material respects with past practices, which shall include using commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a level of Inventory consistent with past practice or as otherwise reasonably necessary to operate the Business (except where such conduct would conflict with Seller’s other obligations under this Agreement or any Other Agreement) and (ii) preserve in all material respects the Business, which shall include using commercially reasonable efforts to maintain good working relationships with all of its customers, distributors, wholesalers, suppliers, licensors, licensees and any others with whom or with which it has business relations.

(b) Between the Execution Date and the Closing Date, unless otherwise agreed by Purchaser, Seller shall not (and Seller shall not permit any of its Affiliates to) do any of the following without the written consent of Purchaser:

(i) sell the Products other than in the ordinary course of business or in amounts that are inconsistent with sales by Seller (and as applicable, its Affiliates) during Seller’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012;

(ii) terminate or fail to exercise any rights of renewal with respect to any Assigned Contracts set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule that by its terms would otherwise expire, except to the extent that such termination or failure to renew is in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(iii) settle or compromise any material claims of Seller or its Affiliates (to the extent relating to any Product or the Business);

(iv) enter into any Contract relating in any way to the Business, except to the extent that such Contract is (A) entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (B) does not involve Liabilities in excess of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) individually or two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate;

(v) make any budgeted or unbudgeted capital expenditure or commitment or addition to property, plant or equipment of Seller in respect of the Business or the Purchased Assets, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000);

(vi) take, or fail to take, any other action that could reasonably be expected to result in a breach or inaccuracy in any of the representations or warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement;

 

45

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(vii)(A) incur, create, assume or permit the incurrence, creation or assumption of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) with respect to the Purchased Assets, (B) dispose of any of the Purchased Assets, except for sales or use of Inventory and Promotional Materials in the ordinary course of business, or (C) waive, release, grant, license or transfer any right, title or interest in or to any Purchased Asset, except in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) revise or modify any Promotional Materials (including any Labeling) except as required by any Governmental Authority or applicable Law;

(ix) commence any litigation related to the Business or the Purchased Assets;

(x) abandon, cease prosecution on, fail to maintain, or fail to pay any fees or expenses in connection with, any Patent or pending patent application relating to the Product Intellectual Property;

(xi) abandon, fail to maintain, or fail to pay any fees or expenses in connection with, any Applicable Permits;

(xii) modify or amend in any material respect any Assigned Contract;

(xiii) make, change or revoke any Tax election; adopt or change an accounting policy, method or period with respect to Taxes; file any amended Tax Return; enter into any closing agreement; settle or compromise any Tax claim or assessment or surrender any right to claim a Tax refund; or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment with respect to Taxes; in each case to the extent such action would adversely affect the Purchased Assets or the Business; or

(xiv) agree to take any of the actions specified in this Section 6.2 , except as contemplated by this Agreement and the Other Agreements.

Section 6.3 Required Approvals and Consents . Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, prior to the Closing Date, all third party consents, in accordance with and subject to its obligations under Section 2.5 , required to effect the assignment of the Assigned Contracts and Applicable Permits to Purchaser; provided , that Seller shall not make any agreement or understanding affecting the Purchased Assets, the Business or the Products as a condition for obtaining any such consents or waivers except with the prior written consent of Purchaser.

Section 6.4 Transition Activities . Prior to Closing, the Parties shall enter into the Transition Services Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit K (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”), to be effective immediately after the Effective Time, providing for the services specified therein pursuant to which Seller shall perform certain transitional services for Purchaser in accordance with the terms thereof. Following the Closing, Seller shall collect all Accounts Receivable and remit payment thereof to Purchaser pursuant to and as further set forth in the Transition Services Agreement.

 

46

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 6.5 Non-Solicitation . Between the Execution Date and the Closing Date, Seller will not, and Seller will cause its officers, managers, members, agents, representatives and Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with any Person other than Purchaser and its designees:

(a) solicit, initiate or encourage inquiries or proposals or conduct or engage in any discussions or negotiations to enter into any agreement or understanding (including continuing any current solicitation, initiation, encouragement, discussions or negotiations), with any other Person relating to the acquisition of all or any portion of the Business or the Purchased Assets, whether by merger, purchase of assets, sale of any of the membership interests or otherwise (other than the sale of Products in the ordinary course of business); or

(b) disclose any information relating to Seller or the Business or afford access to the properties or the Books and Records of Seller, to any Person that has contacted the Seller regarding consummation of a transaction described in subsection (a) above.

In the event Seller or its officers, managers, members, agents, representatives and Affiliates shall receive any inquiry, offer or proposal, directly or indirectly, of the type referred to in clause (a) above, or any request for disclosure pursuant to clause (b) above, Seller shall promptly, but in any event within three (3) days, inform Purchaser in writing as to any such inquiry, offer or proposal.

Section 6.6 Notifications . Between the Execution Date and the Closing Date (or any earlier termination of this Agreement), Seller, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of any fact, change, condition, circumstance, or occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event of which it is aware that will or is reasonably likely to (a) cause any representation or warranty made by such Party in this Agreement or any Other Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate as of the Execution Date or as of the Effective Time, or (b) cause a failure to comply with or satisfy any condition, agreement or obligation required to be complied with or satisfied by such Party under this Agreement or any Other Agreement; provided, however , the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 6.6 shall not (x) be deemed to cure any breach of representation, warranty, agreement or obligation or to satisfy any condition for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth in Article VII have been satisfied, or (y) limit or otherwise affect the remedies or indemnification rights available hereunder to the Party receiving such notice.

Section 6.7 Further Assurances; Further Documents .

 

47

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(a) As of the Execution Date, each of the Parties shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, in the most expeditious manner practicable, (i) to satisfy or cause to be satisfied all the conditions precedent that are set forth in Article VII , as applicable to each of them, (ii) to cause the Transactions to be consummated, and (iii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to obtain all consents and authorizations of third parties and to make all filings with, and give all notices to, third parties that may be necessary or reasonably required on its part in order to consummate the Transactions.

(b) Each Party shall, and shall cause its respective Affiliates to, at the request of another Party, execute and deliver to such other Party all such further instruments, assignments, assurances and other documents as such other Party may reasonably request in connection with the carrying out of this Agreement and the Transactions.

(c) As of the Closing Date, Purchaser shall have the right to extend offers of employment to such Business Employees as may be determined by Purchaser. Seller’s employees who accept Purchaser’s employment offer and who become employed by Purchaser shall be referred to herein as “ Transferred Employees .” Nothing in this Agreement shall limit Purchaser’s ability to terminate the employment of any Transferred Employee at any time and for any reason, including without cause.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement, Seller shall be responsible for all liabilities, obligations and commitments relating to compensation and benefits relating to Business Employees (including any Transferred Employees) earned or otherwise arising prior to the Closing or as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any severance compensation, vacation pay and bonus payments.

(e) Seller shall provide promptly to Purchaser, at Purchaser’s request, any information or copies of personnel records (including addresses, dates of birth, dates of hire and dependent information) relating to the Transferred Employees or relating to the service of Transferred Employees with Seller (and predecessors of Seller, as applicable) prior to the Closing Date, except to the extent prohibited by Law. Seller and Purchaser shall each cooperate with the other and shall provide to the other such documentation, information and assistance as is reasonably necessary to effect the provisions of this Section 6.7(e) .

ARTICLE VII.

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

Section 7.1 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller and Purchaser . The respective obligations of Seller and Purchaser to consummate the Transactions on the Closing Date are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (in accordance with Section 11.8 ) on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

48

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(a) Litigation . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other Order issued by any Governmental Authority shall be in effect, nor shall there be pending or threatened any Action before any Governmental Authority, that would restrain, enjoin or otherwise prohibit the consummation of the Transactions or materially adversely affect the ability of Purchaser to conduct the Business following the Closing substantially as it currently is being conducted as of the date hereof.

(b) Governmental Approvals . All terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by any Governmental Authority necessary for the Transaction, if any, shall have occurred.

(c) No Adverse Law . No Law shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any Governmental Authority that is in effect and has the effect of (i) making the purchase and sale of the Purchased Assets illegal or (ii) prohibiting the consummation of the Transactions.

Section 7.2 Conditions Precedent to Purchaser’s Obligations . Purchaser’s obligations to consummate the Transactions shall be subject to the fulfillment of each of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived, at Purchaser’s sole discretion, in writing by Purchaser:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Article IV shall be true and correct as of the Execution Date and as of the Effective Time as though made on and as of the Execution Date and the Effective Time, as applicable (except that those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date need only be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation or qualification as to “materiality” (including the word “material”), or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Performance . Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with each of the covenants, agreements and obligations Seller is required to perform or comply with under this Agreement on or before the Closing.

(c) Material Adverse Effect . As of the Closing Date, there shall have been no Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Required Consents . All consents set forth on Schedule 7.2(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule shall have been obtained or made, as the case may be.

(e) Member Approval . If required under the Certificate of Formation or Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Seller, this Agreement and the Transactions shall have been duly approved and adopted by the members and managers of Seller, as applicable, in accordance with such organizational documents, as applicable, and the applicable Law of the State of California.

 

49

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(f) Other Documents . Purchaser shall have received the items set forth in Section 3.2(a) and such other documents, certificates or instruments as the Parties may reasonably agree to deliver or cause to be delivered in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, and all other related matters, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties.

(g) Other Agreements . Seller shall have duly executed and delivered to Purchaser the Other Agreements.

(h) Release of Encumbrances . Purchaser shall have received prior to the Closing, evidence that all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on or relating to the Purchased Assets have been properly terminated or released on or before the Closing, including either (i) a completed UCC-3 amendment removing the Purchased Assets, in a proper form for filing, in respect of each such Encumbrance or (ii) a payoff letter from the secured party thereunder, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, necessary to evidence the termination and release of all such Encumbrances (collectively, the “ Payoff Letters ”).

(i) Consulting Agreement . Each of Tom Gardner and Robert Smart shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser a Consulting Agreement in the form mutually agreed to by Purchaser and each of Tom Gardner and Robert Smart, respectively (collectively, the “ Consulting Agreements ”).

(j) Closing AR Statement . Purchaser shall have received from Seller a statement containing a list of all Accounts Receivable as of the Closing Date, in form and substance substantially similar to the statements of Accounts Receivable provided by Seller to Purchaser in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement (the “ Closing AR Statement ”).

(k) Closing Inventory Statement . Purchaser shall have received from Seller a statement setting forth the aggregate value of Inventory as of the Closing Date, with such value to be determined in accordance with the same accounting principles and methodologies as were utilized by Seller in the determination of the value of the Inventory reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet, which such statement shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser (the “ Closing Inventory Statement ”).

(l) [***] Acknowledgement . Purchaser shall have received from Seller a written acknowledgement from [***] , in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, pursuant to which [***] acknowledges and agrees that it will not place orders for Products with Purchaser or Seller following the Closing.

 

50

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 7.3 Conditions Precedent to Seller’s Obligations . Seller’s obligation to consummate the Transactions shall be subject to the fulfillment of each of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived, at Seller’s sole discretion, in writing by Seller:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in Article V shall be true and correct as of the Execution Date and as of the Effective Time as though made on and as of the Execution Date and the Effective Time, as applicable (except that those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date need only be true and correct as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation or qualification as to “materiality” (including the word “material”), or “material adverse effect” set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser’s ability to consummate the Transactions.

(b) Performance . Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with each of the covenants, agreements and obligations Purchaser is required to perform or comply with under this Agreement on or before the Closing.

(c) Other Documents . Seller shall have received the items set forth in Section 3.2(b) and such other documents, certificates or instruments as the Parties may reasonably agree to deliver or cause to be delivered in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, and all other related matters, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Parties.

(d) Other Agreements . Purchaser shall have duly executed and delivered the Other Agreements to Seller.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Section 8.1 Confidentiality; Publicity .

(a) For a period of three (3) years after the Closing, Seller and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Restricted Parties ”) shall not at any time use or disclose to any Person other than Purchaser any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets (including, without limitation, information relating to technical, manufacturing or marketing information, ideas, methods, developments, inventions, improvements, business plans, trade secrets, scientific or statistical data, diagrams, drawings, specifications or other proprietary information relating thereto, together with all analyses, compilations, studies or other documents, records or data prepared by the Restricted Parties or Purchaser or their respective Representatives which contain or otherwise reflect or are generated from such information) (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), whether or not marked or otherwise identified as confidential or secret; provided, however , that the Restricted Parties may use or disclose any such Confidential Information before and after the Closing to fulfill any of their obligations under this Agreement or the Other Agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restricted Parties shall not be prohibited from using or disclosing the Confidential Information which: (i) enters the public domain or is publicly available, provided that such public knowledge was not the result of any breach of this Agreement attributable to a Restricted Party, or (ii) is required to be disclosed by such Restricted Party pursuant to applicable Law or court order, in which case, such Restricted Party shall comply with the provisions in Section 8.1(b) .

 

51

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) If any Restricted Party is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, but excluding any Action to enforce the rights of the Restricted Party under this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements) or is required by operation of law to disclose any Confidential Information, the Restricted Party shall provide Purchaser with prompt written notice of such request or requirement, which notice shall, if practicable, be at least seventy-two (72) hours prior to making such disclosure, so that Purchaser, at its sole cost and expense, may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of such a waiver, any Restricted Party determines, upon the advice of counsel, that such Restricted Party is legally compelled to disclose Confidential Information, then such Restricted Party may disclose that portion of the Confidential Information which such counsel advises is legally required to be disclosed, provided , that such Restricted Party uses its reasonable efforts, at the Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information, whereupon such disclosure shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

(c) In the event of a breach of any provision of this Section 8.1 , Purchaser may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violation of such provisions.

(d) The Parties will not, and will cause each of their Affiliates not to, issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public announcement with respect to this Agreement or the Transactions without the prior written consent of the other Party, except as may be required by this Agreement, applicable Law, court process or by obligations pursuant to any securities exchange. Prior to making any public disclosure required by applicable Law or court process or by obligations pursuant to any securities exchange, the disclosing Party shall provide a copy of the proposed disclosure to the other Party and reasonable opportunity to comment on the same and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include such other Party’s comments in such public disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, Purchaser shall not be restricted from making any public announcements or issuing any press releases after the Closing with respect to the Transactions.

Section 8.2 Tax Matters .

 

52

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(a) Purchaser and Seller agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to the other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Purchased Assets, including, without limitation, access to books and records, as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax Returns by Purchaser or Seller, the making of any election relating to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any taxing authority and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Tax. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall retain all books and records with respect to Taxes pertaining to the Purchased Assets for a period of at least seven (7) years following the Closing Date. Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate fully with each other in the conduct of any audit, litigation or other proceeding relating to Taxes involving the Purchased Assets or the Purchase Price Allocation.

(b) Seller shall be responsible for and shall promptly pay when due all Property Taxes levied with respect to the Purchased Assets attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period. All Property Taxes levied with respect to the Purchased Assets for the Straddle Period shall be apportioned between Purchaser and Seller based on the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Post-Closing Tax Period. Seller shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, and Purchaser shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period. Upon receipt of any bill for such Property Taxes, Purchaser or Seller, as applicable, shall present a statement to the other setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which each is entitled under this Section 8.2(b) together with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the proration amount. The proration amount shall be paid by the party owing it to the other within ten (10) days after delivery of such statement. In the event that Purchaser or Seller makes any payment for which it is entitled to reimbursement under this Section 8.2(b) , the applicable party shall make such reimbursement promptly but in no event later than ten (10) days after the presentation of a statement setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which the presenting party is entitled along with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the amount of reimbursement.

(c) All Transfer Taxes will be borne by Seller.

(d) Seller shall promptly notify Purchaser in writing upon receipt by Seller of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments relating to the income, properties or operations of Seller that reasonably may be expected to relate to or give rise to a Lien on the Purchased Assets or the Business. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall promptly notify the other in writing upon receipt of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audit or assessment challenging the Purchase Price Allocation.

(e) Any payments made to any party pursuant to Article 10 or Section 2.7 shall constitute an adjustment of the Purchase Price for Tax purposes and shall be treated as such by Purchaser and Seller on their Tax Returns to the extent permitted by Law.

 

53

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 8.3 Insurance . Seller shall maintain, for a period of three (3) years following the Closing Date (the “ Insurance Period ”), insurance coverage that is adequate in kind and amount reasonably intended to cover insurable risks relating to any actions taken by Seller prior to the Closing Date with respect to the Purchased Assets. Seller shall remain in full compliance with all terms and conditions of such insurance policies, and agrees to pay when due and payable all premiums and other amounts required to be paid in order to maintain such coverage in full force and effect for the duration of the Insurance Period.

Section 8.4 Non-Competition . For a period of [***] ( [***] ) years from and after the Closing Date, Seller (either directly or through one or more Affiliates or otherwise) shall not, directly or indirectly, formulate, develop, seek regulatory approval for, make, have made, use, sell, have sold, offer for sale, market, promote, import, export, display, perform or otherwise commercialize or dispose of any instrument, implant or other product used to treat disorders of the human spine (each, a “ Competing Activity ”); provided, however , that the foregoing covenant shall not be construed to preclude Seller from (i) performing the services under the Transition Services Agreement, (ii) conducting any Competing Activities that are permissible under the License Agreements, or (iii) a bulk sale, to any Person other than Seller or its members or Affiliates, of Excluded Products that are not licensed to Purchaser under the License Agreements. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the foregoing restrictions are too broad or otherwise unreasonable under applicable Law, including with respect to duration or geographic scope, the court is hereby requested and authorized by the Parties to revise the foregoing restriction to include the maximum restrictions allowable under applicable Law. Each of the Parties acknowledges, however, that this Section 8.4 has been negotiated by the Parties and that the geographical and time limitations on activities, are reasonable in light of the circumstances pertaining to the Parties.

Section 8.5 Purchase Orders . On and after the Closing Date, Seller shall not accept any purchase orders from, or otherwise sell Products to, [***] or distribution companies wholly or partially owned by any of the [***] Surgeons, in each case without Purchaser’s prior written approval, which may be withheld in Purchaser’s sole discretion.

Section 8.6 Non-Disparagement . On and after the Closing Date, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates will: (a) make any negative statement or communication regarding the Business, the Products or Purchaser, or (b) make any derogatory or disparaging statement or communication regarding the Business, the Products, or Purchaser. On and after the Closing Date, neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates will make any derogatory or disparaging statement or communication regarding Seller.

Section 8.7 Lock-Up; Restriction on Securities .

(a) Following the Closing, Seller agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Purchaser (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, pledge, transfer, distribute or otherwise dispose of the Shares (the “ Lock-up ”); provided that, subject to the other restrictions set forth in clauses (b) – (f) of this Section 8.7 and further subject to Purchaser’s Right of Setoff pursuant to Section 10.6(b) , the foregoing Lock-Up restrictions shall lapse with respect to 1,922,049 and 1,658,999  Shares on each of the first and second annual anniversary of the Closing Date (in each case rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares), respectively, and the remaining 1,658,999  Shares (which shall include the Escrow Shares but subject to any applicable provisions of the Escrow Agreement) on the third anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , however , Purchaser hereby agrees that Seller may distribute to its members any Shares that have been released from the Lock-up restrictions and/or the Indemnity Escrow Fund, as applicable, provided further , that Seller shall have first provided to Purchaser an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, that such distribution will not require registration of such securities under, and is otherwise in compliance with, the Securities Act. Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts in facilitating with Purchaser’s transfer agent the distribution of such Shares to Seller’s members following the receipt of such opinion from Seller’s counsel.

 

54

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) Seller covenants that in no event will it dispose of any of the Shares unless and until: (i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or (ii) (A) Seller shall have complied with the requirements of the Securities Act applicable to such disposition of Shares including, without limitation, the applicable requirements of Rule 144 regarding volume, manner of sale and other matters, and (B) Seller shall have furnished Purchaser at Seller’s expense an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser that such disposition will not require registration of such securities under the Securities Act; provided that Purchaser shall not require an opinion of counsel for routine sales of shares pursuant to Rule 144.

(c) All certificates for the Shares shall bear the following restrictive legends:

(i) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“ACT”), NOR HAVE THEY BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NO TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES WILL BE PERMITTED UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT IS IN EFFECT AS TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRANSFER IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT, OR IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS UNNECESSARY IN ORDER FOR SUCH TRANSFER TO COMPLY WITH THE ACT AND WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

(ii) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO AN AGREEMENT BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF NOT TO SELL SUCH SECURITIES FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD OF TIME AS SET FORTH IN SUCH AGREEMENT.”

(d) The legend set forth in subsection (c)(i) above shall be removed and Purchaser shall issue a certificate without such legend to Seller or Seller’s members, as applicable, upon which it is stamped, if: (i) the Shares represented by such certificate have been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (ii) in connection with the resale of such Shares, such holder provides Purchaser with an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, to the effect that a sale or transfer of such Shares may be made without registration under the Securities Act; or (iii) such holder provides Purchaser with reasonable assurances that such Shares have been sold under Rule 144. The legend set forth in subsection (c)(ii) above shall be removed and Purchaser shall issue a certificate without such legend to Seller upon which it is stamped upon the release of such Shares from the Lock-up restrictions as set forth herein.

 

55

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 8.8 Accounts Receivable . If, within six (6) months following the Closing Date, Seller has not collected and remitted to Purchaser, in accordance with the Transition Services Agreement, the Accounts Receivable in an amount at least equal to the accounts payable assumed by Purchaser at the Closing (other than any accounts payable owed to Purchaser), then Purchaser, in its sole discretion, may elect to: (a) provide Seller with an itemized list of the uncollected Accounts Receivable, and Purchaser shall be entitled to the Right of Setoff against Shares pursuant to Section 10.6(b) in an amount equal to (i) the accounts payable assumed by Purchaser at the Closing (other than any accounts payable owed to Purchaser), less (ii) the amount of the collected Accounts Receivable, less (iii) the amount of AP Excess Amount, if any, for which Purchaser previously exercised its Right of Setoff against Shares, provided that Purchaser shall transfer and assign to Seller all of Purchaser’s right, title and interest in, to and under the uncollected Accounts Receivable, free and clear of any Encumbrances arising after the Closing Date, used in the foregoing calculation for purposes of such Right of Setoff; or (b) retain any uncollected Accounts Receivable following which Seller shall have no further Liability to Purchaser with respect thereto. Purchaser shall provide Seller written notice of its election with respect to treatment of uncollected Accounts Receivable on or before the seven (7) month anniversary of the Closing Date. If Purchaser does not provide Seller written notice of its election on or prior to the seven (7) month anniversary of the Closing Date, the Purchaser will be deemed to have elected to retain all uncollected Accounts Receivable and Seller shall have no further Liability to Purchaser with respect thereto.

Section 8.9 Inventory .

(a) Within six (6) months following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall conduct, at Seller’s expense in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000, a physical inventory of Inventory and Purchaser shall cause to be delivered to Seller a statement (“ Post-Closing Inventory Statement ”) setting forth the value of the Inventory acquired by Purchaser at the Closing, with such value to be determined in accordance with the same accounting principles and methodologies as were utilized by Seller in the preparation of the Closing Inventory Statement, and the amount by which, if any, the aggregate Inventory value reflected on the Closing Inventory Statement exceeds the value reflected on the Post-Closing Inventory Statement (any such excess amount, the “ Inventory Deficiency Amount ”); provided that in the event the Inventory Deficiency Amount calculated by Purchaser is less than or equal to [***] percent ( [***] %) of the aggregate Inventory value reflected on the Closing Inventory Statement, the Inventory Deficiency Amount shall be deemed to be $0 and Seller shall have no further Liability to Purchaser with respect to such Inventory Deficiency Amount or under this Section 8.9 .

 

56

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) After receipt of the Post-Closing Inventory Statement, if any, Seller shall have thirty (30) days to review the Post-Closing Inventory Statement. Purchaser shall give, or cause to be given, to Seller reasonable access during standard working hours to all documents, records and the relevant employees and consultants of Purchaser in order to allow Seller to confirm the accuracy of the Post-Closing Inventory Statement. Not later than thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of the Post-Closing Inventory Statement, Seller shall provide Purchaser with a notice (an “ Inventory Dispute Notice ”) listing those items, if any, to which Seller takes exception, which notice shall also (i) specifically identify, and provide a reasonably detailed explanation of the basis upon which Seller has delivered such list, including the applicable provisions of this Agreement on which the dispute set forth in such Inventory Dispute Notice is based, (ii) set forth the value of the Inventory that Seller has calculated, and (iii) specifically identify Seller’s proposed adjustment(s). Unless Seller delivers the Inventory Dispute Notice to Purchaser setting forth the specific items disputed by Seller on or prior to the thirtieth (30 th ) day following Seller’s receipt of the Post-Closing Inventory Statement, Seller shall be deemed to have accepted and agreed to the Post-Closing Inventory Statement and such statement (and the calculations contained therein) shall be final, binding and conclusive. If Seller provides Purchaser with an Inventory Dispute Notice within such thirty (30) day period, Purchaser and Seller shall, within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such Inventory Dispute Notice by Seller (the “ Inventory Resolution Period ”), use good faith efforts to resolve their differences with respect to the items specified in the Inventory Dispute Notice (the “ Disputed Inventory Items ”), and all other undisputed items (and all calculations relating thereto) shall be final, binding and conclusive. Any written resolution by Purchaser and Seller during the Inventory Resolution Period as to any Disputed Inventory Items shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(c) If Seller and Purchaser do not resolve all Disputed Inventory Items by the end of the Inventory Resolution Period, then the Parties shall follow the resolution procedures set forth in Section 2.7(c) with respect to the Disputed Inventory Items. The final, binding and conclusive Post-Closing Inventory Statement based either upon agreement by Seller and Purchaser, the written determination delivered by the Neutral Arbitrator in accordance with Sections 2.7(c) and 8.9(c) or Seller’s failure to notify Purchaser, in accordance with this Section 8.9 , of its objections to either the Post-Closing Inventory Statement or any calculations contained therein shall be the “ Conclusive Post-Closing Inventory Statement .” If there is an Inventory Deficiency Amount reflected on the Conclusive Post-Closing Inventory Statement in an amount greater than [***] percent ( [***] %) of the aggregate Inventory value reflected on the Closing Inventory Statement, then Purchaser shall be entitled to the Right of Setoff against Shares pursuant to Section 10.6(b) in an amount equal to the amount by which such Inventory Deficiency Amount exceeds [***] percent ( [***] %) of the aggregate Inventory value reflected on the Closing Inventory Statement. The Right of Setoff shall be Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy against Seller for any Inventory Deficiency Amount.

Section 8.10 Observer Rights; Steering Committee .

 

57

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(a) Following the Closing and for such period of time as any Shares remain subject to the Lock-Up restrictions under Section 8.7 , Purchaser shall invite a representative of Seller, such representative to be reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, to attend at least two quarterly board of directors’ meetings of Purchaser each calendar year in a non-voting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of materials that it provides to its directors for such meetings; provided, however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that Purchaser reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between Purchaser and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest or for other similar reasons, or if the presence of such representative would otherwise be materially injurious to Purchaser in such circumstances. Such representative shall receive no compensation from Purchaser for service as an observer and shall not be reimbursed for any expenses incurred by him or her in connection with attendance of any such meetings.

(b) Effective as of Effective Time, Purchaser shall appoint the President and CEO of Seller (currently Tom Gardner), as a member of Purchaser’s Steering Committee. For a period of three (3) years following the Effective Time, Purchaser shall maintain such appointment on the Steering Committee (subject to removal only for Cause), and (ii) Purchaser shall invite Seller’s Board of Managers to participate telephonically in Purchaser’s Steering Committee meeting on a quarterly basis.

Section 8.11 Supplements to Seller Disclosure Schedules . In the event that the Closing is consummated more than fourteen (14) days after the Execution Date, Seller may deliver to Purchaser a written supplement to the Seller Disclosure Schedule at any time, or from time to time, but in any event no later than the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, in order to update the information in the Seller Disclosure Schedule with respect to any matters arising from events that occur after the Execution Date and prior to the Closing Date; provided , however , that the new disclosures made in any supplement shall not (i) prevent Purchaser from terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 at any time at or prior to Closing in respect of any supplement to the Seller Disclosure Schedule, or (ii) affect the Liability and indemnification obligations of Seller with respect to any statement in any representation and warranty made by Seller that was inaccurate or incomplete when made on Execution Date.

ARTICLE IX.

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Termination .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated:

 

58

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(i) at any time before the Closing Date by mutual written consent of Purchaser and Seller; or

(ii) by either Purchaser or Seller, in writing, if the Transactions have not been consummated on or before November 15, 2012 (the “ Outside Date ”), provided that such failure is not due to the failure of the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Other Agreement; or

(iii) by either Purchaser or Seller, in writing, if there shall be in effect any Law that prohibits the Closing or if the Closing would violate any non-appealable Order.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated by Seller, in writing, if:

(i) Any condition in Section 7.1 or 7.3 has not been satisfied and is not capable of being satisfied prior to the Outside Date; or

(ii) Purchaser fails to perform a covenant contained in this Agreement in all material respects when performance thereof is due and does not cure such failure within ten (10) days after written notice thereof.

(c) This Agreement may be terminated by Purchaser, in writing, if:

(i) Any condition in Section 7.1 or 7.2 has not been satisfied and is not capable of being satisfied prior to the Outside Date; or

(ii) Seller fails to perform a covenant contained in this Agreement in all material respects when performance thereof is due and does not cure such failure within ten (10) days after written notice thereof.

Section 9.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination .

(a) Upon termination of this Agreement by Seller or Purchaser pursuant to Section 9.1 , written notice thereof, indicating the termination provision in this Agreement claimed to provide a basis for such termination, shall forthwith be given to the other Party and this Agreement shall terminate. Nothing in this Article IX shall relieve either Party of any liability for a willful breach of a covenant in this Agreement prior to the termination hereof. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, termination of this Agreement shall terminate all outstanding obligations and liabilities between the Parties arising from this Agreement except those described in: (i) this Article IX , Article X and Article XI ; and (ii) any other provisions of this Agreement which by their nature are intended to survive any such termination.

(b) As soon as practicable following a termination of this Agreement, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after such termination, Purchaser or Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent practicable, to withdraw all filings, applications and other submissions relating to the Transactions made to any Governmental Authority or other Person.

 

59

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


ARTICLE X.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties; Expiration .

(a)(i) The representations and warranties of the Parties contained herein shall survive the Closing until twelve (12) months thereafter; provided, however , that the representations and warranties set forth in (A)  Sections 4.1 (Organization), 4.2 (Due Authorization), 4.4(a) (Title) and 4.18 (Brokers) shall survive the Closing Date until thirty-six (36) months thereafter, (B)  Sections 4.7 (Intellectual Property), 4.11 (Taxes) and 4.14 (Regulatory Matters) shall survive until ninety (30) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and (C) any breach of a representation or warranty which would be based upon common law fraud shall survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations; and (ii) the covenants, agreement and obligations of the Parties shall survive in accordance with their terms.

(b) Any right of indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Article X with respect to a claimed breach, inaccuracy or non-fulfillment of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation shall expire on the applicable date of termination of the representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation claimed to be breached set forth in Section 10.1(a) (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date, the Indemnifying Party has received from the Indemnified Party written notice of such breach, inaccuracy or non-fulfillment in accordance with Section 10.4 .

Section 10.2 Indemnification by Seller . Subject to Section 10.1 , Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser, its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, stockholders and agents (collectively, the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses which any Purchaser Indemnified Party suffers or incurs, either directly, or in connection with a Third Party Claim, to the extent arising out of or resulting from:

(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements (disregarding for purposes of calculating Losses, but not for purposes of assessing whether a breach of inaccuracy exists of, any exception or qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect set forth therein);

(b) the amount of any [***] Deficit;

(c) any breach of any obligation, agreement or covenant, made by Seller in this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements;

 

60

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(d) all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the [***] Litigation (other than the [***] Settlement Amount);

(e) any Excluded Liability or Excluded Asset; and

(f) Seller’s ownership of the Purchased Assets and operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date, except with respect to matters for which Purchaser is required to indemnify Seller hereunder.

Section 10.3 Indemnification by Purchaser . Subject to Section 10.1 , Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller, its Affiliates and their respective officers, managers, employees, members and agents (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) from and against and in respect of Losses which any Seller Indemnified Party suffers or incurs, either directly, or in connection with a Third Party Claim, to the extent arising out of or resulting from:

(a) any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser in this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements (disregarding for purposes of calculating Losses, but not for purposes of assessing whether a breach of inaccuracy exists of, any exception or qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect set forth therein);

(b) any breach of any obligation, agreement or covenant, made by Purchaser in this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements;

(c) any Assumed Liability; and

(d) Purchaser’s ownership of the Purchased Assets and operation of the Business following the Closing Date, except with respect to matters for which Seller is required to indemnify Purchaser hereunder.

Section 10.4 Certain Procedures for Indemnification .

(a) A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a Third-Party Claim may be asserted by prompt written notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) to the party from whom indemnification is sought (“ Indemnifying Party ”) indicating the nature of such claim and the stated basis therefor and the amount of Losses claimed or a good faith estimate thereof, to the extent known or estimable; provided, however , that failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not preclude the indemnified party (“ Indemnified Party ”) from any indemnification which it may claim in accordance with this Article IX except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure. The Indemnifying Party will notify the Indemnified Party within a period of thirty (30) days after the receipt of the Claim Notice by the Indemnifying Party (the “ Claim Response Period ”) whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its Liability to the Indemnified Party under this Article X with respect to such claim. If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it does not dispute the claim described in such Claim Notice, then, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article X , the Losses of the Indemnified Party resulting from or arising out of such claim in the amount finally determined will be deemed to be a Liability of the Indemnifying Party under this Article X , and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such Losses to the Indemnified Party on demand. If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party within the Claim Response Period that the Indemnifying Party disputes its Liability with respect to such claim ( provided that the failure of the Indemnifying Party to notify the Indemnified Party within the Claim Response Period whether the Indemnifying Party disputes the claim described in such Claim Notice shall be deemed to be notice of such a dispute), the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not resolved through negotiations within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, either party may resort to litigation in accordance with Section 11.9 .

 

 

61

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) In the event that any Actions shall be instituted or that any claim or demand shall be asserted by any third party in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 10.2 or 10.3 hereof (a “ Third Party Claim ”):

(i) The Indemnified Party shall promptly give written notice of the Third Party Claim to the Indemnifying Party (in any event within 30 days after the receipt thereof) indicating the nature of such claim and the stated basis therefor and the amount of Losses claimed or a good faith estimate thereof, to the extent known or estimable. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give prompt notice of any Third Party Claim shall not release, waive or otherwise affect the Indemnifying Party’s obligations with respect thereto except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure.

(ii) With respect to Third Party Claims that relate solely to the payment of money damages and will not have an adverse effect on the business, operations, prospects, or reputation of Purchaser, the Business or the Purchased Assets and if a Purchaser Indemnified Party is the Indemnified Party, a reasonable assessment of the likely maximum amount of such Losses is less than or equal to the amount then remaining in the Indemnity Escrow Fund and not otherwise subject to a claim for indemnification under this Article X , then the Indemnifying Party shall have thirty (30) days (or sooner, if the nature of the Third Party Claim requires it) after receipt of the Indemnified Party’s notice of a given Third Party Claim to deliver to the Indemnified Party a written acknowledgement that such Third Party Claim is an indemnifiable claim for which it is liable and, at its election, to conduct and control the defense and settlement of such Third Party Claim at its own expense with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, in which case: (A) the Indemnified Party may participate in, but not control, such defense or settlement through counsel chosen by such Indemnified Party at its own expense; (B) the Indemnified Party shall use reasonable efforts to make available to the Indemnifying Party any documents and materials that are under the direct or indirect control of the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates that may be necessary to the defense of such Third Party Claim; (C) the Indemnified Party shall execute such documents and take such other actions as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request for the purpose of facilitating the defense of, or any settlement, compromise or adjustment relating to, such Third Party Claim; (D) the Indemnified Party shall otherwise fully cooperate as reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party in the defense of such Third Party Claim; (E) the Indemnified Party shall not admit any liability with respect to such Third Party Claim; and (F) the Indemnifying Party shall not enter into any agreement providing for the settlement or compromise of such Third Party Claim or the consent to the entry of a judgment with respect to such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) if such settlement agreement imposes a non-monetary commitment by the Indemnified Party.

 

62

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(c) With respect to Third Party Claims for which the Indemnifying Party does not so notify the Indemnified Party within such thirty (30) day period of its election to proceed with the control and defense of such Third Party Claim, or if such Third Party Claim does not relate solely to the payment of money damages or will have an adverse effect on the business, operations, prospects, or reputation of Purchaser, the Business or the Purchased Assets, or if a Purchaser Indemnified Party is the Indemnified Party, a reasonable assessment of the likely maximum amount of such Losses is greater than the amount then remaining in the Indemnity Escrow Fund and not otherwise subject to a claim for indemnification under this Article X , then: (i) the Indemnified Party shall diligently defend such Third Party Claim; (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall use reasonable efforts to make available to the Indemnified Party any documents and materials that are under the direct or indirect control of the Indemnifying Party or any of its Affiliates that may be necessary to the defense of such Third Party Claim; (iii) the Indemnifying Party shall otherwise fully cooperate as reasonably requested by the Indemnified Party in the defense of such Third Party Claim; and (iv) the Indemnified Party shall, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article X , be entitled to indemnification under this Article X in respect of such Third Party Claim; provided that the Indemnified Party shall have no right to seek indemnification under this Article X in respect of such Third Party Claim for any agreement providing for the settlement or compromise of such Third Party Claim or the consent to the entry of a judgment with respect to such Third Party Claim entered into without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 10.5 Limitations .

(a) In no event shall the respective Indemnifying Parties be liable for any Losses for claims made pursuant to Section 10.2 or 10.3 (each, an “ Indemnity Claim ”), as applicable, unless the aggregate amount of all indemnified Losses for which Indemnity Claims have been made against the Indemnifying Party exceeds $ [***] , in which case the Indemnifying Party shall, subject to the other limitations contained herein, be liable for all indemnified Losses in excess of $ [***] . Notwithstanding the foregoing, indemnification claims made other than pursuant to Section 10.2(a) or 10.3(a) shall not be subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 10.5(a) unless an Indemnity Claim for the Loss in question could have been asserted pursuant to Section 10.2(a) or 10.3(a) , as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, the limitations set forth in this Section 10.5(a) shall not be applicable to Losses related to Taxes, for claims for breach of any Fundamental Representation, for claims related to the [***] Deficit or for amounts subject to the Right of Setoff under Sections 8.8 and 8.9 .

 

63

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) Except as provided under this Section 10.5(b) , in no event shall Seller, on the one hand, or Purchaser, on the other hand, be liable for Losses for claims made pursuant to Section 10.2(a) and Section 10.2(b) , or 10.3(a) in an amount in excess of $ [***] in the aggregate for any and all indemnified Losses hereunder (the “ Liability Cap ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Liability Cap shall not be applicable to Losses related to Taxes or for claims for breach of any Fundamental Representation.

(c) The amount of any Losses recoverable by a Party under Section 10.2 or Section 10.3 , as applicable, shall be reduced by: (i) the amount of any insurance proceeds paid to the Indemnified Party relating to such claim; and (ii) any Tax benefit which the Indemnified Party actually recognizes with respect to such Loss in the subsequent annual income Tax Return following the Taxable period in which such Loss was realized, net of any Tax cost to the Indemnified Party and its Affiliates as a result of receiving such indemnity payment or otherwise attributable to the incurrence of such Loss. Any Person entitled to receive indemnification under this Agreement shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate such Losses.

(d) EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO LOSSES (I) INCURRED AS THE RESULT OF COMMON LAW FRAUD OR (II) INCLUDED IN A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM, THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL NOT EXTEND TO, AND LOSSES SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOST PROFITS, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, DIMINUTION OF VALUE, OR LOSS OF BUSINESS REPUTATION OR OPPORTUNITY.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have a right to indemnification pursuant to this Article X for any Losses incurred as the result of any common law fraud by any other Party without regard to the limitations set forth in Sections 10.5(a) and 10.5(b) .

(f) Indemnification claims against Seller will be satisfied out of the Indemnity Escrow Fund and through the Right of Setoff prior to being satisfied out of any other funds of Seller. For the purposes of this Agreement, each Escrow Share held in the Indemnity Escrow Fund or unreleased Shares subject to the Right of Setoff shall be deemed to have a value equal to the Purchaser Stock Price.

Section 10.6 Escrow; Right of Setoff .

(a) On the twelve- (12-) month anniversary of the Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall release the Indemnity Escrow Fund as directed by Seller, except that the Escrow Agent shall retain an amount (up to the total amount then held by the Escrow Agent) equal to the amount of claims for indemnification under Section 10.2 asserted prior to the expiration of the applicable Expiration Date but not yet resolved. The Indemnity Escrow Funds retained for unresolved claims shall be released by the Escrow Agent (to the extent not utilized to pay Purchaser for any such claims resolved in favor of Purchaser) upon their final resolution in accordance with this Article X and the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

64

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(b) Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article X , if, at the time following depletion or release of the Indemnity Escrow Fund, an amount has been claimed by a Purchaser Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 10.2 (whether or not finally determined to be owed by Seller) or there is an Adjustment Deficiency Amount under Section 2.7(f) , Purchaser may setoff (the “ Right of Setoff ”) such amounts claimed against any Shares still subject to the Lock-up restrictions after such claim or determination of the Adjustment Deficiency Amount, as applicable, on a dollar for dollar basis, such that such Shares shall remain continuously subject to the Lock-up restrictions until final resolution of such claim. Once a claim is finally determined in accordance with this Agreement, Seller shall have no right to any Shares representing the amount of such Losses, which Shares shall be cancelled by Purchaser, and Purchaser shall thereafter issue to Seller any remaining Shares, subject to any remaining Lock-up restrictions, if any, hereunder. If the Losses relating to such claim are determined to be less than the amount setoff against any Shares to be released from the Lock-up restrictions, Purchaser shall release an amount of Shares from the Lock-up restrictions equal to such excess amount. For avoidance of doubt, (i) Purchaser shall not be permitted under this Section 10.6(b) to seek a setoff for Losses against any Shares if such Shares have been previously released from the Lock-up restrictions, and (ii) any setoff for Losses against any Shares shall be applied in order from Shares with the longest Lock-up restrictions to the Shares with the shortest Lock-up restrictions.

Section 10.7 Exclusive Remedy . Following the Closing, (a) claims for indemnification pursuant to this Article X and amounts otherwise subject to the Right of Setoff under this Agreement, and (b) claims for specific performance or any other equitable remedies of the covenants and obligations of the other Party under this Agreement and the Other Agreements, shall, collectively, be the sole and exclusive remedies for claims and damages available to the Parties and their respective Affiliates for breach of this Agreement; provided, however , that the limitations set forth in this Section 10.5 shall not apply to claims for fraud.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Assignment; Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however , that no Party may sell, transfer, assign, license, sublicense, delegate, pledge or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of Law or otherwise, this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned; provided , however , that Purchaser may assign, without Seller’s consent, its rights hereunder in whole or in part to (i) an Affiliate, or (ii) any Person acquiring all or any portion of the Business or the Purchased Assets; provided, however , that no such assignment shall relieve Purchaser of any of its obligations under this Agreement. Any attempted assignment, delegation or other disposition in violation of this Section 11.1 shall be void.

 

 

65

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 11.2 Cumulative Rights . Except as expressly provided herein, the various rights under this Agreement shall be construed as cumulative, and no one of them is exclusive of any other or exclusive of any rights allowed by Law.

Section 11.3 Expenses . Except as otherwise specified herein, each Party shall bear any costs and expenses with respect to the Transactions incurred by it.

Section 11.4 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by reputable courier maintaining records of receipt, (b) when transmitted if sent by facsimile or other electronic transmission during normal business hours with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (c) upon receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) and (d) the day after it is sent, if sent for next-day delivery to a domestic address by overnight mail or courier by reputable courier maintaining records of receipt, to the Parties at the following addresses:

If to Seller, to:

Phygen, LLC.

2301 Dupont Drive, Suite 510

Irvine, California 92612

Facsimile: (949) 752-7886

Attention: Tom Gardner, Chief Executive Officer

with a copy sent concurrently to:

Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth

660 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1600

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Facsimile: (949) 725-4100

Attention: Shivbir S. Grewal, Esq.

If to Purchaser, to:

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

5818 El Camino Real

Carlsbad, California 92008

Facsimile: (760) 431-9083

Attention: Ebun S. Garner, Esq., General Counsel and Senior Vice President

 

66

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


with a copy sent concurrently to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

12636 High Bluff Drive, Suite 400

San Diego, California 92130

Facsimile: (858) 523-5450

Attn: Scott N. Wolfe, Esq.

Thomas A. Edwards, Esq.

provided, however , that if any Party shall have designated a different address by ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other Party, then to the last address so designated.

Section 11.5 Enforceability; Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against its regulatory policy, in whole or in part, such determination shall not affect or impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision, covenant, or restriction, each of which is hereby declared to be separate and distinct, or of the remainder of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only as broad as is enforceable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable for any reason other than overbreadth, the offending provision shall be modified so as to maintain the essential benefits of the bargain between the Parties to the maximum extent possible, consistent with Law and public policy.

Section 11.6 Amendment; Entire Agreement . This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing signed by all of the Parties hereto. This Agreement and the Other Agreements, together with the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto and thereto, contain the entire agreement of the Parties hereto with respect to the Transactions, superseding all negotiations, prior discussions and preliminary agreements made prior to the date hereof.

Section 11.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective Affiliates and no provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to confer upon any third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right under this Agreement.

Section 11.8 Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. Such waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. The failure or delay of any Party to enforce any condition or part of this Agreement at any time shall not be construed as a waiver of that condition or part, nor shall it forfeit any rights to future enforcement thereof.

 

67

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 11.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement (including any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement) shall be governed by the internal Law of the State of California without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any Law other than the Law of the State of California. All Actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Other Agreements and the Transactions or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment relating thereto, shall be heard and determined exclusively in the state and federal courts of the State of California located in San Diego, California, and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees not to commence any such Action except in such courts, (ii) agrees that any claim in respect of any such Action may be heard and determined in such courts, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Action in such courts, and (iv) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such Action in such courts. Each of the Parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such Action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Each Party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 11.4 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any Party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 11.10 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE, IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER AGREEMENTS AND ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.10 .

Section 11.11 Headings . The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof.

 

68

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Section 11.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed manually or by facsimile by the Parties, in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when a counterpart hereof shall have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement or any amendment hereto by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed original counterpart hereof.

Section 11.13 Construction . The language in all parts of this Agreement shall be construed, in all cases, according to its fair meaning. The Parties acknowledge that each Party and its counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 11.14 Disclosure Schedules . No disclosure in Seller Disclosure Schedule attached hereto shall be adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made in this Agreement unless such disclosure identifies the exception with reasonable particularity. The mere listing (or inclusion of a copy) of a document or other item shall not be adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made in this Agreement, unless the representation or warranty has to do with the existence of the document or other item itself. No exceptions to any representations or warranties disclosed on one Schedule shall constitute an exception to any other representations or warranties made in this Agreement unless the exception is disclosed as provided herein on each such other applicable Schedule, is cross-referenced in such other applicable section or Schedule or is otherwise reasonably apparent to Purchaser on its face.

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

69

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.,

By:

 

/s/ Michael O’Neill

Name:

  Michael O’Neill

Title:

  CFO
PHYGEN, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Gardner

Name:

  Thomas Gardner

Title:

  CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 

70

SD\906843.15

Portions of this Exhibit were omitted, as indicated by [***], and have been filed separately with the Secretary

of the Commission pursuant to the Registrant’s application requesting confidential treatment under

Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exhibit 10.40

NQO Grant No.:                                                   

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

AGREEMENT made as of the ________________________, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, and ____________________, (the “Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Participant an Option to purchase shares of its Common Stock, $.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”), under and for the purposes set forth in the Company’s 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Participant understand and agree that any terms used and not defined herein have the same meanings as in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Participant each intend that the Option granted herein shall be a Non-Qualified Option.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION .

The Company hereby grants to the Participant the right and option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of _____________________ Shares, on the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations set forth herein, under United States securities and tax laws, and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

2. PURCHASE PRICE .

The purchase price of the Shares covered by the Option shall be ___________________________ per Share, subject to adjustment, as provided in the Plan, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split or other events affecting the holders of Shares after the date hereof (the “Purchase Price”). Payment shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 8 of the Plan.

3. EXERCISABILITY OF OPTION .

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, the Option granted hereby shall become exercisable as follows:

 

1


On the first anniversary of the
date of this Agreement (the
“Initial Vesting Date”)

     ________________________ Shares   

Following the Initial Vesting Date, the remainder of the Option shall vest in quarterly increments over three years.

The foregoing rights are cumulative and are subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control, 100% of the Shares which would have vested in each vesting installment remaining under this Option will be vested for purposes of Section 23(b) of the Plan unless this Option has otherwise expired or been terminated pursuant to its terms or the terms of the Plan.

4. TERM OF OPTION .

The Option shall terminate ten years from the date of this Agreement, but shall be subject to earlier termination as provided herein or in the Plan.

If the Participant ceases to be an employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate (for any reason other than the death or Disability of the Participant or termination of the Participant for Cause (as defined in the Plan)), the Option may be exercised, if it has not previously terminated, within three months after the date the Participant ceases to be an employee, director or consultant of the Company or an Affiliate, or within the originally prescribed term of the Option, whichever is earlier, but may not be exercised thereafter. In such event, the Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Option has become exercisable and is in effect at the date of such cessation of employment, directorship or consultancy.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Participant’s Disability or death within three months after the termination of employment, directorship or consultancy, the Participant or the Participant’s Survivors may exercise the Option within one year after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, directorship or consultancy, but in no event after the date of expiration of the term of the Option.

In the event the Participant’s employment, directorship or consultancy is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause, the Participant’s right to exercise any unexercised portion of this Option shall cease immediately as of the time the Participant is notified his or her employment, directorship or consultancy is terminated for Cause, and this Option shall thereupon terminate. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if subsequent to the Participant’s termination, but prior to the exercise of the Option, the Board of Directors of the Company determines that, either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination, the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then the Participant shall immediately cease to have any right to exercise the Option and this Option shall thereupon terminate.

In the event of the Disability of the Participant, as determined in accordance with the Plan, the Option shall be exercisable within one year after the Participant’s termination of service or, if earlier, within the term originally prescribed by the Option. In such event, the Option shall be exercisable:

 

2


  (a) to the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised as of the date of Disability; and

 

  (b) in the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the date of Disability of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the date of Disability.

In the event of the death of the Participant while an employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate, the Option shall be exercisable by the Participant’s Survivors within one year after the date of death of the Participant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option. In such event, the Option shall be exercisable:

 

  (x) to the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised as of the date of death; and

 

  (y) in the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the date of death of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not died. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the Participant’s date of death.

5. METHOD OF EXERCISING OPTION .

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Company or its designee, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. Such notice shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall be signed by the person exercising the Option. Payment of the purchase price for such Shares shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 8 of the Plan. The Company shall deliver such Shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received, provided, however, that the Company may delay issuance of such Shares until completion of any action or obtaining of any consent, which the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws). The Shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the person so exercising the Option (or, if the Option shall be exercised by the Participant and if the Participant shall so request in the notice exercising the Option, shall be registered in the name of the Participant and another person jointly, with right of survivorship) and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person exercising the Option. In the event the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to Section 4 hereof, by any person other than the Participant, such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person to exercise the Option. All Shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option as provided herein shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3


6. PARTIAL EXERCISE .

Exercise of this Option to the extent above stated may be made in part at any time and from time to time within the above limits, except that no fractional share shall be issued pursuant to this Option.

7. NON-ASSIGNABILITY .

The Option shall not be transferable by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules thereunder. Except as provided in the previous sentence, the Option shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, by the Participant’s guardian or representative) and shall not be assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option or of any rights granted hereunder contrary to the provisions of this Section 7, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon the Option shall be null and void.

8. NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER UNTIL EXERCISE .

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to this Agreement until registration of the Shares in the Company’s share register in the name of the Participant. Except as is expressly provided in the Plan with respect to certain changes in the capitalization of the Company, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such registration.

9. ADJUSTMENTS .

The Plan contains provisions covering the treatment of Options in a number of contingencies such as stock splits and mergers. Provisions in the Plan for adjustment with respect to stock subject to Options and the related provisions with respect to successors to the business of the Company are hereby made applicable hereunder and are incorporated herein by reference; provided, however, that in the event of a Change of Control 100% of the Shares which would have vested in each vesting installment remaining under this Option will be vested for purposes of Section 23(b) of the Plan.

10. TAXES .

The Participant acknowledges that upon exercise of the Option the Participant will be deemed to have taxable income measured by the difference between the then fair market value of the Shares received upon exercise and the price paid for such Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Participant acknowledges that any income or other taxes due from him or her with respect to this Option or the Shares issuable pursuant to this Option shall be the Participant’s responsibility.

 

4


The Participant agrees that the Company may withhold from the Participant’s remuneration, if any, the minimum statutory amount of Federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to such amount that is considered compensation includable in such person’s gross income. At the Company’s discretion, the amount required to be withheld may be withheld in cash from such remuneration, or in kind from the Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on exercise of the Option. The Participant further agrees that, if the Company does not withhold an amount from the Participant’s remuneration sufficient to satisfy the Company’s income tax withholding obligation, the Participant will reimburse the Company on demand, in cash, for the amount under-withheld.

11. PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT .

Unless the offering and sale of the Shares to be issued upon the particular exercise of the Option shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as now in force or hereafter amended (the “1933 Act”), the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Shares covered by such exercise unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled:

 

  (a) The person(s) who exercise the Option shall warrant to the Company, at the time of such exercise, that such person(s) are acquiring such Shares for their own respective accounts, for investment, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares, in which event the person(s) acquiring such Shares shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend which shall be endorsed upon any certificate(s) evidencing the Shares issued pursuant to such exercise:

“The shares represented by this certificate have been taken for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred by any person, including a pledgee, unless (1) either (a) a Registration Statement with respect to such shares shall be effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it that an exemption from registration under such Act is then available, and (2) there shall have been compliance with all applicable state securities laws;” and

 

  (b) If the Company so requires, the Company shall have received an opinion of its counsel that the Shares may be issued upon such particular exercise in compliance with the 1933 Act without registration thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company may delay issuance of the Shares until completion of any action or obtaining of any consent, which the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including without limitation state securities or “blue sky” laws).

12. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

 

5


12.1 If, in connection with a registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to the 1933 Act, the Company or its underwriter so requests, the Participant will agree not to sell any Shares for a period not to exceed 180 days following the effectiveness of such registration.

12.2 The Participant acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, its shareholders nor its directors and officers, has any duty or obligation to disclose to the Participant any material information regarding the business of the Company or affecting the value of the Shares before, at the time of, or following a termination of the employment of the Participant by the Company, including, without limitation, any information concerning plans for the Company to make a public offering of its securities or to be acquired by or merged with or into another firm or entity.

13. NO OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN RELATIONSHIP .

The Company is not by the Plan or this Option obligated to continue the Participant as an employee, director or consultant of the Company or an Affiliate. The Participant acknowledges: (a) that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) that the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options; (c) that all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when options shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each option, the option price, and the time or times when each option shall be exercisable, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) that the Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) that the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract, if any; and (f) that the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

14. NOTICES .

Any notices required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement or the Plan shall be given by recognized courier service, facsimile, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

  

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

2051 Palomar Airport Road

Carlsbad, CA 92011

  

If to the Participant:

   The address on file   

or to such other address or addresses of which notice in the same manner has previously been given. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt, one business day following delivery to a recognized courier service or three business days following mailing by registered or certified mail.

15. GOVERNING LAW .

 

6


This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware , without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For the purpose of litigating any dispute that arises under this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to exclusive jurisdiction in Delaware and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the state courts of Delaware or the federal courts of the United States for the District of Delaware.

16. BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT .

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions hereof, this Agreement shall be for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT .

This Agreement, together with the Plan, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement not expressly set forth in this Agreement shall affect or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, in any event, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the Plan.

18. MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS .

The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended as provided in the Plan.

19. WAIVERS AND CONSENTS .

Except as provided in the Plan, the terms and provisions of this Agreement may be waived, or consent for the departure therefrom granted, only by written document executed by the party entitled to the benefits of such terms or provisions. No such waiver or consent shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver or consent with respect to any other terms or provisions of this Agreement, whether or not similar. Each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it was given, and shall not constitute a continuing waiver or consent.

20. DATA PRIVACY .

By entering into this Agreement, the Participant: (a) authorizes the Company and each Affiliate, and any agent of the Company or any Affiliate administering the Plan or providing Plan record keeping services, to disclose to the Company or any of its Affiliates such information and data as the Company or any such Affiliate shall request in order to facilitate the grant of options and the administration of the Plan; (b) waives any data privacy rights he or she may have with respect to such information; and (c) authorizes the Company and each Affiliate to store and transmit such information in electronic form.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Participant has hereunto set his or her hand, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    /s/ Leslie Cross
President and Chief Executive Officer

PARTICIPANT:

 

 

 

8

Exhibit 10.41

ISO Grant No.:                                     

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

AGREEMENT made as of ___________________, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, and ______________________, an employee of the Company (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Employee an Option to purchase shares of its Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”), under and for the purposes set forth in the Company’s 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee understand and agree that any terms used and not defined herein have the same meanings as in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee each intend that the Option granted herein qualify as an ISO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. GRANT OF OPTION .

The Company hereby grants to the Employee the right and option to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of _____________________ Shares, on the terms and conditions and subject to all the limitations set forth herein, under United States securities and tax laws, and in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

2. PURCHASE PRICE .

The purchase price of the Shares covered by the Option shall be _____________________ per Share, subject to adjustment, as provided in the Plan, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split or other events affecting the holders of Shares after the date hereof (the “Purchase Price”). Payment shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 8 of the Plan.

3. EXERCISABILITY OF OPTION .

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, the Option granted hereby shall become exercisable as follows:

 

1


On the first anniversary of the
date of this Agreement (the
“Initial Vesting Date”)

  ______________________ Shares

Following the Initial Vesting Date, the remainder of the Option shall vest in quarterly increments over three years.

The foregoing rights are cumulative and are subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control, 100% of the Shares which would have vested in each vesting installment remaining under this Option will be vested for purposes of Section 23(b) of the Plan unless this Option has otherwise expired or been terminated pursuant to its terms or the terms of the Plan.

4. TERM OF OPTION .

The Option shall terminate ten years from the date of this Agreement or, if the Employee owns as of the date hereof more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company or an Affiliate, five years from the date of this Agreement, but shall be subject to earlier termination as provided herein or in the Plan.

If the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company or of an Affiliate (for any reason other than the death or Disability of the Employee or termination of the Employee’s employment for Cause (as defined in the Plan)), the Option may be exercised, if it has not previously terminated, within three months after the date the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or within the originally prescribed term of the Option, whichever is earlier, but may not be exercised thereafter. In such event, the Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Option has become exercisable and is in effect at the date of such cessation of employment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Employee’s Disability or death within three months after the termination of employment, the Employee or the Employee’s Survivors may exercise the Option within one year after the date of the Employee’s termination of employment, but in no event after the date of expiration of the term of the Option.

In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated by the Employee’s employer for Cause, the Employee’s right to exercise any unexercised portion of this Option shall cease immediately as of the time the Employee is notified his or her employment is terminated for Cause, and this Option shall thereupon terminate. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if subsequent to the Employee’s termination as an employee, but prior to the exercise of the Option, the Board of Directors of the Company determines that, either prior or subsequent to the Employee’s termination, the Employee engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then the Employee shall immediately cease to have any right to exercise the Option and this Option shall thereupon terminate.

 

2


In the event of the Disability of the Employee, as determined in accordance with the Plan, the Option shall be exercisable within one year after the Employee’s termination of employment or, if earlier, within the term originally prescribed by the Option. In such event, the Option shall be exercisable:

 

  (a) to the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised as of the date of Disability; and

 

  (b) in the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the date of Disability of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Employee not become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the date of Disability.

In the event of the death of the Employee while an employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, the Option shall be exercisable by the Employee’s Survivors within one year after the date of death of the Employee or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option. In such event, the Option shall be exercisable:

 

  (x) to the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised as of the date of death; and

 

  (y) in the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the date of death of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Employee not died. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the Employee’s date of death.

5. METHOD OF EXERCISING OPTION .

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Company or its designee, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. Such notice shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall be signed by the person exercising the Option. Payment of the purchase price for such Shares shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 8 of the Plan. The Company shall deliver such Shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received, provided, however, that the Company may delay issuance of such Shares until completion of any action or obtaining of any consent, which the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws). The Shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the person so exercising the Option (or, if the Option shall be exercised by the Employee and if the Employee shall so request in the notice exercising the Option, shall be registered in the name of the Employee and another person jointly, with right of survivorship) and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person exercising the Option. In the event the Option shall be exercised, pursuant to Section 4 hereof, by any person other than the Employee, such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person to exercise the Option. All Shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option as provided herein shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3


6. PARTIAL EXERCISE .

Exercise of this Option to the extent above stated may be made in part at any time and from time to time within the above limits, except that no fractional share shall be issued pursuant to this Option.

7. NON-ASSIGNABILITY .

The Option shall not be transferable by the Employee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Option shall be exercisable, during the Employee’s lifetime, only by the Employee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, by the Employee’s guardian or representative) and shall not be assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option or of any rights granted hereunder contrary to the provisions of this Section 7, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon the Option shall be null and void.

8. NO RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER UNTIL EXERCISE .

The Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to this Agreement until registration of the Shares in the Company’s share register in the name of the Employee. Except as is expressly provided in the Plan with respect to certain changes in the capitalization of the Company, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such registration.

9. ADJUSTMENTS .

The Plan contains provisions covering the treatment of Options in a number of contingencies such as stock splits and mergers. Provisions in the Plan for adjustment with respect to stock subject to Options and the related provisions with respect to successors to the business of the Company are hereby made applicable hereunder and are incorporated herein by reference; provided, however, that in the event of a Change of Control, 100% of the Shares which would have vested in each vesting installment remaining under this Option will be vested for purposes of Section 23(b) of the Plan.

10. TAXES .

The Employee acknowledges that any income or other taxes due from him or her with respect to this Option or the Shares issuable pursuant to this Option shall be the Employee’s responsibility.

In the event of a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in Section 15 below) or if the Option is converted into a Non-Qualified Option and such Non-Qualified Option is exercised, the Company may withhold from the Employee’s remuneration, if any, the minimum statutory amount of Federal, state and local withholding taxes attributable to such amount that is considered compensation includable in such person’s gross income. At the Company’s discretion, the amount required to be withheld may be withheld in cash from such remuneration, or in kind from the Shares otherwise deliverable to the Employee on exercise of the Option. The Employee further agrees that, if the Company does not withhold an amount from the Employee’s remuneration sufficient to satisfy the Company’s income tax withholding obligation, the Employee will reimburse the Company on demand, in cash, for the amount under-withheld.

 

4


11. PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT .

Unless the offering and sale of the Shares to be issued upon the particular exercise of the Option shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as now in force or hereafter amended (the “1933 Act”), the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Shares covered by such exercise unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled:

 

  (a) The person(s) who exercise the Option shall warrant to the Company, at the time of such exercise, that such person(s) are acquiring such Shares for their own respective accounts, for investment, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares, in which event the person(s) acquiring such Shares shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend which shall be endorsed upon any certificate(s) evidencing the Shares issued pursuant to such exercise:

“The shares represented by this certificate have been taken for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred by any person, including a pledgee, unless (1) either (a) a Registration Statement with respect to such shares shall be effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it that an exemption from registration under such Act is then available, and (2) there shall have been compliance with all applicable state securities laws;” and

 

  (b) If the Company so requires, the Company shall have received an opinion of its counsel that the Shares may be issued upon such particular exercise in compliance with the 1933 Act without registration thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company may delay issuance of the Shares until completion of any action or obtaining of any consent, which the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including without limitation state securities or “blue sky” laws).

12. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

12.1 If, in connection with a registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to the 1933 Act, the Company or its underwriter so requests, the Employee will agree not to sell any Shares for a period not to exceed 180 days following the effectiveness of such registration.

12.2 The Employee acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, its shareholders nor its directors and officers, has any duty or obligation to disclose to the Employee any material information regarding the business of the Company or affecting the value of the Shares before, at the time of, or following a termination of the employment of the Employee by the Company, including, without limitation, any information concerning plans for the Company to make a public offering of its securities or to be acquired by or merged with or into another firm or entity.

 

5


13. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY .

The Company is not by the Plan or this Option obligated to continue the Employee as an employee of the Company or an Affiliate. The Employee acknowledges: (a) that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) that the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options; (c) that all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when options shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each option, the option price, and the time or times when each option shall be exercisable, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) that the Employee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) that the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Employee’s employment contract, if any; and (f) that the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

14. OPTION IS INTENDED TO BE AN ISO .

The parties each intend that the Option be an ISO so that the Employee (or the Employee’s Survivors) may qualify for the favorable tax treatment provided to holders of Options that meet the standards of Section 422 of the Code. Any provision of this Agreement or the Plan which conflicts with the Code so that this Option would not be deemed an ISO is null and void and any ambiguities shall be resolved so that the Option qualifies as an ISO. Nonetheless, if the Option is determined not to be an ISO, the Employee understands that neither the Company nor any Affiliate is responsible to compensate him or her or otherwise make up for the treatment of the Option as a Non-Qualified Option and not as an ISO. The Employee should consult with the Employee’s own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of the Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements.

15. NOTICE TO COMPANY OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION .

The Employee agrees to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Option. A Disqualifying Disposition is defined in Section 424(c) of the Code and includes any disposition (including any sale) of such Shares before the later of (a) two years after the date the Employee was granted the Option and (b) one year after the date the Employee acquired Shares by exercising the Option, except as otherwise provided in Section 424(c) of the Code. If the Employee has died before the Shares are sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

 

6


16. NOTICES .

Any notices required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement or the Plan shall be given by recognized courier service, facsimile, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

    

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

5818 El Camino Real

Carlsbad, CA 92008

If to the Participant:

     To the address on file at the Company

or to such other address or addresses of which notice in the same manner has previously been given. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt, one business day following delivery to a recognized courier service or three business days following mailing by registered or certified mail.

17. GOVERNING LAW .

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For the purpose of litigating any dispute that arises under this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to exclusive jurisdiction in Delaware and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the state courts of Delaware or the federal courts of the United States for the District of Delaware.

18. BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT .

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions hereof, this Agreement shall be for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT .

This Agreement, together with the Plan, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement not expressly set forth in this Agreement shall affect or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, in any event, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the Plan.

20. MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS .

The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended as provided in the Plan.

 

7


21. WAIVERS AND CONSENTS .

Except as provided in the Plan, the terms and provisions of this Agreement may be waived, or consent for the departure therefrom granted, only by written document executed by the party entitled to the benefits of such terms or provisions. No such waiver or consent shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver or consent with respect to any other terms or provisions of this Agreement, whether or not similar. Each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it was given, and shall not constitute a continuing waiver or consent.

22. DATA PRIVACY .

By entering into this Agreement, the Employee: (a) authorizes the Company and each Affiliate, and any agent of the Company or any Affiliate administering the Plan or providing Plan recordkeeping services, to disclose to the Company or any of its Affiliates such information and data as the Company or any such Affiliate shall request in order to facilitate the grant of options and the administration of the Plan; (b) waives any data privacy rights he or she may have with respect to such information; and (c) authorizes the Company and each Affiliate to store and transmit such information in electronic form.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Employee has hereunto set his or her hand, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.
By: /s/ Leslie Cross

President and Chief Executive Officer

EMPLOYEE:

 

 

8

Exhibit 10.42

Restricted Award No:                                            

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

AGREEMENT made as of the                                          , (the “Grant Date”), between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, and                                          , (the “Participant”).

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) to promote the interests of the Company by providing an incentive for employees, directors and consultants of the Company or its Affiliates;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Company desires to offer for sale to the Participant shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

WHEREAS, Participant wishes to accept said offer; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto understand and agree that any terms used and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan and that any and all references herein to employment of the Participant by the Company shall include the Participant’s employment or service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Terms of Purchase . The Participant hereby accepts the offer of the Company to issue to the Participant, in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement,                                          Shares of the Company’s Common Stock (such shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 23 of the Plan and Subsection 2.1(g) hereof, the “Granted Shares”) at a purchase price per share of $0.001 (the “Purchase Price”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the Participant’s prior service to the Company and which amount will be reported as income on the Participant’s W-2 for this calendar year.

2.1. Company’s Lapsing Repurchase Right .

(a) Lapsing Repurchase Right . Except as set forth in Subsections 2.1(b) and 2.1(c) hereof, in the event that for any reason the Participant no longer is an employee, director or consultant of the Company or an Affiliate prior to the fourth (4) anniversary of the Grant Date (the Termination”), the Participant (or the Participant’s Survivor) shall, on the date of Termination, immediately forfeit to the Company (or its designee), all or any part of the Granted Shares which have not yet lapsed in accordance with the schedule set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below (the “Lapsing Repurchase Right”).


(i) If the Participant’s Termination is prior to the first anniversary of the Grant Date, all of the Granted Shares acquired by the Participant hereunder shall be forfeited to the Company.

(ii) If the Participant’s Termination is on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, all of the Granted Shares less 25% of the Granted Shares for each full 365-day period elapsed after the Grant Date that the Participant continues to serve as an employee, director or consultant of the Company or an Affiliate shall be forfeited to the Company.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event the Company or an Affiliate terminates the Participant’s employment or service for Cause (as defined in the Plan) or in the event the Administrator determines, within 90 days after the Participant’s Termination, that either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s Termination the Participant engaged in conduct that would constitute Cause, all of the Granted Shares then held by the Participant shall be forfeited to the Company immediately as of the time the Participant is notified that he or she has been terminated for Cause or that he or she engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause.

(b) Effect of Termination for Disability or upon Death . Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 2.1(a)(iii) above, the following rules apply if the Participant’s Termination is by reason of Disability or death: to the extent the Company’s Lapsing Repurchase Right has not lapsed as of the date of Disability or death, as case may be, the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any or all of the Granted Shares subject to such Lapsing Repurchase Right; provided, however, that the Company’s Lapsing Repurchase Right shall be deemed to have lapsed to the extent of a pro rata portion of the Granted Shares through the date of Disability or death, as would have lapsed had the Participant not become Disabled or died, as the case may be. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in such current vesting period prior to the Participant’s date of Disability or death, as the case may be.

(c) Effect of Change in Control . Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 2.1(a)(iii) above, the Company’s Lapsing Repurchase Right shall terminate, and the Participant’s ownership of all Granted Shares then owned by the Participant shall become vested, in the event of a Change of Control of the Company.

(d) Escrow . The certificates representing all Granted Shares acquired by the Participant hereunder which from time to time are subject to the Lapsing Repurchase Right shall be delivered to the Company and the Company shall hold such Granted Shares in escrow as provided in this Subsection 2.1(d). Promptly following receipt by the Company of a written request from the Participant, the Company shall release from escrow and deliver to the Participant a certificate for the whole number of Granted Shares, if any, as to which the Company’s Lapsing Repurchase Right has lapsed. In the event of a forfeiture to the Company of Granted Shares subject to the Lapsing Repurchase Right, the Company shall release from escrow and cancel a certificate for the number of Granted Shares so forfeited. Any securities distributed in respect of the Granted Shares held in escrow, including, without limitation, shares issued as a result of stock splits, stock dividends or other recapitalizations, shall also be held in escrow in the same manner as the Granted Shares.

(e) Prohibition on Transfer . The Participant recognizes and agrees that all Granted Shares which are subject to the Lapsing Repurchase Right may not be sold, transferred, assigned, hypothecated, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, other than to the Company (or its designee). The Company shall not be required to transfer any Granted Shares on its books which shall have been sold, assigned or otherwise transferred in violation of this Subsection 2.1(e), or to treat as the owner of such Granted Shares, or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to, any person or organization to which any such Granted Shares shall have been so sold, assigned or otherwise transferred, in violation of this Subsection 2.1(e).


(f) Failure to Deliver Granted Shares to be Repurchased . In the event that the Granted Shares to be forfeited to the Company under this Agreement are not in the Company’s possession pursuant to Subsection 2.1(d) above or otherwise and the Participant or the Participant’s Survivor fails to deliver such Granted Shares to the Company (or its designee), the Company may immediately take such action as is appropriate to transfer record title of such Granted Shares from the Participant to the Company (or its designee) and treat the Participant and such Granted Shares in all respects as if delivery of such Granted Shares had been made as required by this Agreement. The Participant hereby irrevocably grants the Company a power of attorney which shall be coupled with an interest for the purpose of effectuating the preceding sentence.

(g) Adjustments . The Plan contains provisions covering the treatment of Shares in a number of contingencies such as stock splits and mergers. Provisions in the Plan for adjustment with respect to the Shares and the related provisions with respect to successors to the business of the Company are hereby made applicable hereunder and are incorporated herein by reference.

2.2. Other Restrictions .

(a) If, in connection with a registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), the Company or its underwriter so requests, the Participant will agree not to sell any of his or her Granted Shares whether or not the Lapsing Repurchase Right has lapsed for a period not to exceed the lesser of: (i) 180 days following the effectiveness of such registration statement or (ii) such period as the officers and directors of the Company agree not to sell their Common Stock of the Company.

(b) The Participant acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, its shareholders nor its directors and officers, has any duty or obligation to disclose to the Participant any material information regarding the business of the Company or affecting the value of the Shares before, at the time of, or following a Termination, including, without limitation, any information concerning plans for the Company to make a public offering of its securities or to be acquired by or merged with or into another firm or entity.

3. Legend . In addition to any legend required pursuant to the Plan, all certificates representing the Granted Shares to be issued to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement shall have endorsed thereon a legend substantially as follows:

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of                                          , with this Company, a copy of which Agreement is available for inspection at the offices of the Company or will be made available upon request.”

4. Securities Law Compliance . The Participant specifically acknowledges and agrees that any sales of Granted Shares shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

5. Rights as a Stockholder . The Participant shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Granted Shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject to the transfer and other restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan.


6. Incorporation of the Plan . The Participant specifically understands and agrees that the Granted Shares issued under the Plan are being sold to the Participant pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan the Participant acknowledges he or she has read and understands and by which Plan he or she agrees to be bound. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference.

7. Tax Liability of the Participant and Payment of Taxes . The Participant acknowledges and agrees that any income or other taxes due from the Participant with respect to the Granted Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Lapsing Repurchase Right, shall be the Participant’s responsibility. Without limiting the foregoing, the Participant agrees that, to the extent that the lapsing of restrictions on disposition of any of the Granted Shares or the declaration of dividends on any such shares before the lapse of such restrictions on disposition results in the Participant’s being deemed to be in receipt of earned income under the provisions of the Code, the Company shall be entitled to immediate payment from the Participant of the amount of any tax required to be withheld by the Company.

Upon execution of this Agreement, the Participant may file an election under Section 83 of the Code in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A . The Participant acknowledges that if s/he does not file such an election, as the Granted Shares are released from the Lapsing Repurchase Right in accordance with Section 2.1, the Participant will have income for tax purposes equal to the fair market value of the Granted Shares at such date, less the price paid for the Granted Shares by the Participant.

8. Equitable Relief . The Participant specifically acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement or the Plan, including the attempted transfer of the Granted Shares by the Participant in violation of this Agreement, monetary damages may not be adequate to compensate the Company, and, therefore, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any right to damages, the Company shall be entitled to equitable relief in any court having competent jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for any such breach or threatened breach.

9. No Obligation to Maintain Relationship . The Company is not by the Plan or this Agreement obligated to continue the Participant as an employee, director or consultant of the Company or an Affiliate. The Participant acknowledges: (a) that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) that the grant of the Shares is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of shares, or benefits in lieu of shares; (c) that all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when shares shall be granted, the number of shares to be granted, the purchase price, and the time or times when each share shall be free from a lapsing repurchase right, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) that the Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) that the value of the Shares is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract, if any; and (f) that the Shares are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

10. Notices . Any notices required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement or the Plan shall be given by recognized courier service, facsimile, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:


If to the Company:        Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 5818 El Camino Real

 Carlsbad, CA 92008

 Attention: Chief Financial Officer

If to the Participant:      To the address on file at the Company

or to such other address or addresses of which notice in the same manner has previously been given. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the earliest of receipt, one business day following delivery by the sender to a recognized courier service, or three business days following mailing by registered or certified mail.

11. Benefit of Agreement . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions hereof, this Agreement shall be for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For the purpose of litigating any dispute that arises under this Agreement, whether at law or in equity, the parties hereby consent to exclusive jurisdiction in Delaware and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the state courts of Delaware or the federal courts of the United States for the District of Delaware.

13. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then such provision or provisions shall be modified to the extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable, and to the extent that this is impossible, then such provision shall be deemed to be excised from this Agreement, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the rest of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Plan, and with respect to any acceleration of vesting, the Employment Agreement dated October 11, 2010 between the Company and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”), embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement not expressly set forth in this Agreement shall affect or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, in any event, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the Plan and the Employment Agreement.

15. Modifications and Amendments; Waivers and Consents . The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended as provided in the Plan. Except as provided in the Plan, the terms and provisions of this Agreement may be waived, or consent for the departure therefrom granted, only by written document executed by the party entitled to the benefits of such terms or provisions. No such waiver or consent shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver or consent with respect to any other terms or provisions of this Agreement, whether or not similar. Each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it was given, and shall not constitute a continuing waiver or consent.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


17. Data Privacy . By entering into this Agreement, the Participant: (a) authorizes the Company and each Affiliate, and any agent of the Company or any Affiliate administering the Plan or providing Plan record keeping services, to disclose to the Company or any of its Affiliates such information and data as the Company or any such Affiliate shall request in order to facilitate the grant of Shares and the administration of the Plan; (b) waives any data privacy rights he or she may have with respect to such information; and (c) authorizes the Company and each Affiliate to store and transmit such information in electronic form.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Leslie Cross

President and Chief Executive Officer

PARTICIPANT:

 

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Subsidiary Name

  

Parent Company

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Alphatec Spine, Inc.

   Alphatec Holdings, Inc.   California

Alphatec Pacific, Inc.

   Alphatec Spine, Inc.   Japan

Alphatec Spine GmbH

   Alphatec Spine, Inc.   Germany

Milverton Ltd.

   Alphatec Spine, Inc.   Hong Kong

Cibramed Produtos Medicos Ltda — EPP

   Alphatec Spine, Inc.   Brazil

Alphatec Holdings International C.V.

   Alphatec Holdings, Inc.   The Netherlands

Alphatec International LLC

   Alphatec Holdings International C.V.   Delaware

Cooperative Alphatec Holdings

Europa U.A.

   Alphatec Holdings International C.V.   The Netherlands

Japan Ortho Medical, Inc.

   Alphatec Pacific, Inc.   Japan

Scient’x S.A.S.

   Cooperative Alphatec Holdings   France
   Europa U.A.  

Surgiview S.A.S.

   Scient’x S.A.S.   France

Scient’x Asia Pacific PTE. LTD.

   Scient’x S.A.S.   Singapore

Scient’x Australia PTY. LTD.

   Scient’x S.A.S.   Australia

Scient’x U.S.A., Inc.

   Scient’x S.A.S.   Florida

Scient’x Italia S.R.L.

   Scient’x S.A.S.   Italy

Scient’x (U.K.) Limited

   Scient’x S.A.S.   United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-144293 and 333-147212) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-145614, 333-164820 and 333-164891) of Alphatec Holdings, Inc., and in the related Prospectuses, of our reports dated March 4, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Alphatec Holdings, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Alphatec Holdings, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

March 4, 2013

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Leslie H. Cross, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:  

/s/ Leslie H. Cross

  Leslie H. Cross
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  (principal executive officer)
  March 4, 2013

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael O’Neill, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael O’Neill

  Michael O’Neill
 

Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer

(principal financial officer)

  March 4, 2013

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION UNDER

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Leslie H. Cross, Chief Executive Officer, certify, to my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:    March 4, 2013      

/s/ Leslie H. Cross

      Leslie H. Cross
     

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer of the Company)

In connection with the Annual Report of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael O’Neil, Chief Financial Officer, certify, to my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:    March 4, 2013      

/s/ Michael O’Neill

      Michael O’Neill
     

Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer

(principal financial and accounting officer

of the Company)